Audio

467: Vietnam: The Untold Gold Mine For Sourcing You’ve Been Ignoring With Jim Kennemer

467: Vietnam: The Untold Gold Mine for Sourcing You've Been Ignoring With Jim Kennemer

Today, I’m thrilled to have Jim Kennemer on the show. Jim and I met randomly on a panel run by Global Sources. And when we met, I knew I had to have him on the show.

Jim is the founder of Cosmo Sourcing and he’s helped hundreds of clients source more than $100 million worth of products from both China and Vietnam.

Production and sourcing have been slowly shifting away from China to places like Vietnam and Jim just happens to be a sourcing expert for Vietnam.

What You’ll Learn

  • Why source from other countries outside China
  • How Jim became a sourcing expert for Vietnam
  • The right way to source products from Vietnam

Other Resources And Books

Sponsors

Sellerboard – Sellerboard is a must have tool for Amazon sellers if you want to know how much profit you are actually making. Click here and try Sellerboard for FREE.

180 Marketing – 180Marketing is the agency that I used to grow my SEO traffic by 4X in just 6 months! Click here to book an appointment

Transcript

00:00
You’re listening to the My Wife Could Her Job podcast, the place where I bring on successful bootstrap business owners and delve deeply into the strategies they use to grow their businesses. Today I have my friend Jim Kenimer on the show and Jim runs a sourcing agency called Cosmos Sourcing where he helps others source products from Vietnam. Now as China is getting more more expensive, especially with tariffs, Vietnam can be a great alternative. So in this episode, Jim tells us how to find suppliers over there and what to expect. But before we begin,

00:28
I want to thank Jeff Oxford of 180Marketing.com for sponsoring this episode. 180Marketing.com is an agency that specializes in helping e-commerce stores boost their SEO traffic. Now in the past, I used Jeff and his firm managed to grow my search traffic by 4x in just six months. In fact, 180Marketing is one of the few SEO agencies that I trust 100%. For more information, go to 180Marketing.com or just email Jeff at 180Marketing.com.

00:57
I also want to thank Sellerboard for sponsoring this episode. Sellerboard is profit analysis software that helps you figure out exactly how much profit you are making selling on Amazon. Now, if you’re an Amazon seller, you’re probably aware that there many hidden fees in selling on the platform and Sellerboard organizes all that information for you in a clear and concise fashion. Now, personally, I recommend Sellerboard because they’re among the least expensive software that I know of that does this, which is one of the reasons why I like them and recommend them.

01:24
For more information, go to mywifecouterjob.com slash seller board and try them free for 30 days. It’s a no brainer. Once again, that’s mywifecouterjob.com slash seller board. And then finally, I wanted to mention my other podcast that I run with my partner, Tony. And unlike this one, where I interview successful entrepreneurs in e-commerce, the Profitable Audience podcast covers all things related to content creation and building an audience. No topic is off the table and we tell it like how it is in a raw and entertaining way. So be sure to check out.

01:53
the profitable audience podcast on your favorite podcast app. Now on to the show.

02:04
Welcome to the My Wife Quitter Job podcast. Today I’m thrilled to have Jim Kenimer on the show. Now, Jim and I met randomly when we were on the same panel run by Global Sources. And when we met, I knew I had to have him on the show. He’s the founder of Cosmos Sourcing and sourcinghub.io. He’s helped hundreds of clients source more than $100 million worth of products from both China and Vietnam. And products that he has sourced have ended up in almost every major retailer for clients from over 30 countries.

02:34
The reason I wanted to have Jim on the show is because production and sourcing is slowly shifting away from China to places like Vietnam, and Jim just happens to be a sourcing expert for Vietnam. And with that, welcome to show, Jim. How you doing? Thank you. It’s pleasure. Thanks for having me. I’m doing great. Yeah, you know, I love going on these panels with different companies because I always end up meeting someone interesting. Yeah, same. I love them. I really do meet a lot of cool people on those panels.

03:01
Tell me a little bit about your background and how did you get into sourcing specifically from Vietnam? Yeah, so actually, yeah, I started like in China like most people so in 2011 I moved to China got my MBA from a university in Shanghai Hultin International Business School. That for a year and then afterwards I was actually working as project manager for an IT company so unrelated actually but just the whole being in China being in Shanghai I had contacts and friends and

03:29
Really anybody kind of reached out to me just out of the blue a lot of times. Just asked me, hey, I’m looking for this product. Do you know a factory or I have a factory. I’m trying to, I found this product on Alibaba. I came to check the factory for me. So I started just doing that on the side, kind of a little side hustle. And after doing that for about a year, I decided to quit my job and actually to focus on sourcing because I enjoyed sourcing more than sitting at desk all day. So yeah, I started sourcing in China and then 2014.

03:58
I decided to move to Vietnam. Actually, I visited on vacation earlier, fell in love with the country. I was like, this is where I want to be. So I moved to Vietnam, started sourcing from Vietnam full time. At the time, Trans-Pacific Partnership was in the works, which ended up getting canceled. would have been the largest free trade agreement in history with 14 countries, with Vietnam being one of them and the US being another. Even though it got canceled, was still in Vietnam, still had a lot of projects, still had lot of interest from clients. So I kept kind of focusing on both Vietnam and China. And yeah, it didn’t.

04:27
2017 trade war happened and yeah trade war happened So business kind of boomed and kind of was in the right place at the right time and pretty much mostly sourcing Vietnam sentence Does that mean you speak fluent Chinese? No Okay, I try this you can go to school in Shanghai for however many years. Yeah, it was an international business school. So it was English language classes Okay. Yeah, and when you were in China

04:52
You didn’t speak the language yet, you could just go into the factory and communicate, okay? basic Chinese, but it’s very bad and out of practice. I’m terrible at learning languages. I’ve actually, taken probably equivalent of about four semesters worth of Chinese classes throughout my time, all the way from undergrad up until, and it just doesn’t stick. I’ve done the same with Spanish and I’m just not, I’m just not a language-intended Okay, it’s clearly not necessary at all then to do what you do. I mean,

05:19
Yeah, I mean, I often hire assistants to translate a lot of times and like my staff in Vietnam is entirely bilingual. So we have stuff on the ground. I know basics of Chinese and Vietnamese. I can go around town and order food and whatnot. So I’m not like completely in the dark. level as mine then. Yeah, probably. I am curious since you mentioned it, what was this free trade treaty? Can you just give me like a little bit of detail on that? Like what was supposed to happen? Yeah, so it was the trade specific partnership.

05:48
It would have covered 14 countries in full that had a free trade agreement. Vietnam, United States, Canada, trying to think of the others. I know Chile was one of them, Mexico, Australia. So what are the implications of that though? Yeah, well, I mean, it got canceled, unfortunately, because it never could get ratified. But the implications would have been that all 14 countries along the Pacific Rim, I know China was excluded. was specifically designed. Oh, against China, okay. Yeah, against China. kind of.

06:16
leverage, help boost these developing economies. Yeah, and it would have been the largest free trade agreement in history. Kind of portions of it are still in effect and Vietnam’s always been pretty proactive about getting free trade agreements. they have one with the EU that just kind of got recently. But how does that benefit like a buyer? Oh, from a buyer’s perspective, you don’t have to pay tariffs or high taxes. So you get a much lower rate. Okay, got it. Yeah.

06:45
the free trade agreement was in effect, you would basically pay no tax or very minimal taxes to get your products imported from Vietnam to the United States or whatever countries were in the free trade agreement. I see. I mean, there’s already tariffs from China and they haven’t gone away. So I mean, it’s already cheaper, right? Absolutely. Okay. Yeah. All right. Yeah. I think we’ll stay because they’re actually really politically popular. Oh, the tariffs are?

07:12
Yeah, I mean, Biden has made no effort to take him away, even though he has fully has that power. You know, think his I think his political populous just be having tough stance stance on China at the moment. So I think I don’t anticipate terrorists going away. My opinion, my professional opinion. And know that so which is kind of unfortunate and all these other activities against China to related to computer chips and semiconductors also. Yeah. So so why would someone source from Vietnam over China?

07:43
Generally it’s cheaper. It’s kind of more politically stable. But it’s less hands-on from the government, I would say that. Just in terms of things like COVID, you they had total lockdowns in China and then back to nothing and that’s caused tons of disruptions. Vietnam was pretty smart with how they managed COVID lockdowns. They had one of lowest rates of COVID. They actually had one of the highest or not the highest.

08:09
that had one of the highest and fastest vaccination programs in the world. had some, I want say they had like 80 % of their, once the vaccines were released, they had some like 80 % of their population vaccinated within two months, I believe. Wow. Yeah. Okay. Which is great. There are no major lockdowns for that. Just in terms of experience, I find them pretty easy to work with. I do find China easy to work with for the record and yeah, generally cheaper labor, different, they have different skills. much cheaper are we talking about here?

08:38
It used to be a lot cheaper when I first started sourcing in 2014 I was getting sometimes 30 40 percent savings, but Wow Yeah, I mean the man for Vietnam has gone up a lot. So it’s a lot of times probably comparable pre tariffs and In terms of pricing just cause labor costs have gone up in the last several years and demand for Vietnamese products Has gone up. So it’s pretty comparable now, but without like the same price you mean without yes, I would say about 10 to

09:06
Same price to 10 % cheaper is what you probably should expect. So it’s not huge anymore, I guess. So where the savings are really is if you’re on like a tariff list from China, then Vietnam is your best bet. Yeah. And there’s free trade agreements too with Europe too. So you get savings there even though they don’t have tariffs against Chinese goods. Right. Yeah. Okay. And with Vietnam, you kind of have to focus on specific products too, because you know, trying to get everything in any quantities and any style. Vietnam, you know, they specialize in a handful of products.

09:36
such as, they do wooden goods really well, clothing really well. Any I’m sorry, what were the two things? You said clothing and what else? Wooden goods, anything made of wood. Wooden goods, okay. Yeah, we do a lot of furniture from Vietnam, a lot of rattan, a lot of bamboo. Rattan is like wicker. It’s like rattan baskets. Let’s see if I have Because I know from China, tariffs on wooden pencils, for example, is like 25 % or I can’t remember what it was. Something ridiculously high.

10:05
But that’s not the case in Vietnam, right? No, it’s not the case and one I mean Vietnam is a tropical country. So there’s tons of forest and plantations So they actually get the wood the raw material is pretty cheap and it’s very high quality woods to a Lot of words we work with our kasha teak bamboo bamboo is probably most sustainable material going to work with maybe you’re into sustainability Akasha grows super fast. So it’s pretty sustainable like is used

10:31
Rubberwood which looks a lot like oak and then they import some woods like we get some virgin spruce and a few other woods Imported from Canada. So let me just kind of rephrase that question then so yeah If what products would you definitely source from Vietnam over China? Material I clothing. I would do wooden goods. I would do a lot of furniture I want to say all furniture, but we do tons of furniture in Vietnam. Um, I would do bags from Vietnam

10:57
Backpacks purse bags like leather or canvas or what every time I think yeah leather bags canvas bags We do some shoes are kind of tricky at that moment, but we do a lot of shoes still try to think what else I would say those my bags over China. I’m just curious. Is it just the pricing or what? Yes the pricing and the factories they have huge factories that do I mean cut and sew is just a broad category of cutting fabric sewing it correct? Yeah, so bags clothing off into that so

11:25
They have just huge factories and relatively cheap labor to make it. And yeah, from our experience, bags have been pretty consistently cheaper. mean, because China like kind of owns textiles, I feel. I think Vietnam has a very good competitive edge with textiles over China. And is it mainly price or is it skill? I price and quality too. There’s a lot of skill. Yeah, because I mean, there’s a lot of the old factories. I mean, they have like thousands of people working at a

11:54
massive factories cutting and constantly. But even new, they’re getting new technology that makes it a lot more efficient too. I mean, look at your bags, like Patagonia, North Face, all those big companies make their backpacks in Vietnam. I know some luxury brands like Tory Burch or Michelle O’Cores and whatnot make their purses in Vietnam. Lulu Mom makes a lot of their clothing in Vietnam. Lulu Lemon, I always miss that name for some reason.

12:21
I first read it as Luluban, it’s been in my head since. Are a lot of these companies in Vietnam, Chinese companies that kind of move factories over there? Because I know that in my experience that’s happened to some of ours. Yeah, it exists. It’s not every company. I would say at least 50 % are still Vietnamese owned. Vietnam, unlike China, companies and foreigners can own factories. So there are a lot more foreign owned companies. They tend to have Vietnamese man.

12:48
Often have Vietnamese management but kind of going back to free trade agreement part of the free trade agreement allows You know, there’s no tariffs but on the other hand allows foreign companies to own the factories and actually own these So like a lot of factories are Japanese owned a lot are South Korean owned and we work with tons of South Korean Japanese owned factories One of the biggest furniture factories is Indonesian known. Um, it’s huge like comically huge like literally one of the biggest factories ever visited. Um, Yeah, I mean there’s

13:17
Few day we worked like Danish and French known furniture companies like we do a lot of metal goods. Um Like we do like fasteners like bolts nuts screws all that type of stuff work with the Japanese own factory That’s you know, they have Japanese management so they get the whole efficiency and latest technology But the cheaper labor costs they would get a good balance of that in lot of So I guess a million dollar question here is how do you find a supplier in Vietnam? And I’m gonna ask this question in two parts. So number one

13:46
Like in China, you can pretty much find a factory that caters to every type of customer, whether they be small or large. Yeah. Is that the case in Vietnam? No, no, it’s really not. And I mentioned shoes earlier. There’s not really good shoe factories that do small orders anymore that we found. It used to be case like a few years ago, but I know COVID supply chain disruptions or whatever, just the shoe quality of shoes that you need to get to make shoes is bigger, like several thousand units now.

14:15
Per thousand units per order. Yeah for order just them. Oh cute to make the first order Like we try to do some projects with like one or five hundred shoes to start off, you know for small startups But it’s not doable but I mean with a lot of products you can but yeah You kind of do need to be more selective calls the factories It’s a smaller country. It’s about 1 15th the size of China So there’s limited factories and if the factory doesn’t exist, unfortunately doesn’t exist, right? I mean

14:42
We do tend to have a lot of luck with small orders too for products. Can you just define what a small order is to you? I would say small is less than 500 units. Oh, okay. So there are places that accept small orders like that. Yeah, a lot of times though with small orders they’re going to be handmade items. Like we’ve done luxury purses that are handmade for instance and then some leather briefcases that are handmade but if you kind of want to have a production run like actual line like assembly line.

15:10
You know, gotta have the MOQ, it takes time to set up those lines. What would you say like an MOQ for would be to set up like a line for like a bag or something? Yeah, for a bag I would probably say that 500. Oh, 500 units? Yeah. Okay, that’s not bad at all. Bag is a pretty simple item. There are more complex items where they’re gonna be higher. And a lot of times it depends on the value too.

15:36
We’ve done like kind of high-end hiking backpacks and those we had a really low MQ I think 200 units, but those were also going for almost thousand bucks actually. Really? Yeah, they were very high-end backpacks. sell or to produce? To sell. To produce it was still about 200 bucks. Wow, that’s pricey. Yeah, it was. It was a very specific niche ultra lightweight backpack. So yeah, was some advanced materials that we had to import from Taiwan and South Korea too.

16:05
What about clothing like if you wanted to make like women’s clothing what were the moqs there look like I? Would probably say about a thousand units that’s units per style per size. Yeah, I would say per style you can make some extra colors, but um Yeah about thousand one two three thousand

16:22
I’d probably say 2000 even have a decent mix of styles, but 1000 for SKU would probably be typical. Okay, wow. So there’s no like Alibaba for Vietnam. So how do you actually find a supplier? Well, one good thing is Google isn’t banned in Vietnam. So you can actually Google factories. Oh, a lot of times. Yellow Pages is actually a decent resource. Oh, sorry, the Yellow Pages? Yeah, the Yellow Pages, classic Yellow Pages. Like yellowpages.com, you mean?

16:50
Yeah, they have a Vietnamese website, but yes. Really? Yeah. Yeah. I haven’t heard that name in a while. Yeah. mean, with that, I mean, there’s going be, they list a lot of factories and it’s not the best updated, but if you’re willing to like reach out and call content at 50 factories or whatever, probably get a response from 10 to 15, but you get a response and then narrow it down. But I mean, for us like too, we have

17:15
We go a lot of trade shows. have access to trade database, because customs data is public knowledge, but you can sign up for a service like Import Genius or Panjiva. personally use Import Genius to get contacts or just names. And then we look it up. And then our team is actually based in Ben Duong province, which is just outside of Ho Chi Minh City, which is made in a dust-ridden area. we just from kind of going to events and our team just being on the ground there, we get a lot of contacts locally too that way.

17:42
How would just someone who’s listening to this podcast without using a sourcing agent find a supplier in Vietnam? I I mean for the most part you’d probably have to use like the kind of resource I mentioned and just be active and I’m just be aware you got to make a lot of cold calls and emails because we when we contact we do emails whatsapp calling

18:09
Zalo which is a local kind of whatsapp-esque service. Kind of like WeChat. Just be prepared to contact a lot of factories and do a lot of research. But there are factories out there. Can you walk me what you would say? What would you ask first? Is it the as Yeah, I we create, I would say just create a basic simple prompt. Like hey, I’m so-and-so, we’re American based buyer, we’re looking…

18:39
I’m just gonna say women’s dresses. We’re looking to make X amount of women’s dresses and we have the design files. Before we contact factories, you need to have the design files or product spec sheets too. Because if you just contact them and say, oh, we’re going to develop them later, they’re not going to take you seriously. So if you have the product spec sheets and sign files ready to go, you don’t have to attach them to the first email, just say you got them. And tell them, hey, we got the product spec sheets, design files, and we’re prepared to make an order of 1,000 units, if suitable. Can you give us a quote?

19:08
Just kind of solicit a quote. It’s card RFQ request for quote anytime you kind of first connect with contact a factory Just because you want to get them to quote you for your products and so right? Um, have a guide on our website if you want to Google request for quote Cosmos forcing I’ll definitely put that in the show notes. Yeah. Yeah for sure. Mm-hmm Is the process the same as China like they’ll create a sample for you and that sort of thing and yeah, it’s pretty similar Yeah, that’s all pretty standardized. So yeah, once you contact a factory

19:36
You know, you want to negotiate prices, get a firm quote first. And then when you kind of negotiate and again, negotiate sample cost, just so you know the cost are and lead time or samples. then, yeah, when you’re ready and happy with the factory, once you kind of vetted them, kind of want to check them out, make sure they’re legit and everything. Yeah, pay for a sample and get a sample made. How does one verify that a factory is legit? I would check third party resources. Like for us, there’s we have.

20:03
I’m trying to think of a regular person. If you want to really do it right, I would say hire an inspection company. There are tons of inspection companies like Tesco, Vietnam Inspection Service, Chima, that spoke QIMA. That will go to the factory for like three, four hundred bucks. And it’s worth paying because you’re about to send a factory $1000 presumably. Go to the factory, check their business licenses, check their restoration, check their equipment, make sure…

20:32
If you’re doing a pre-production inspection, which you should, they’ll check to make sure they’ve done similar items. So if you’re making a woman’s dress, they’ll see that they made woman dresses before. yeah, check out the factory and send you a pretty detailed inspection report with pass fail grading on everything. My first book, The Family First Entrepreneur, just debuted as a Wall Street Journal business bestseller. And not only that, but my book was also featured on a billboard in Times Square during the launch. I’m literally in awe right now.

21:02
I’ve also enjoyed all the incredible reviews of my book that have been coming in from readers all over the world. Now you have not picked up a copy yet, there is no better day than today. It’s available at Amazon, Barnes and Noble, and anywhere books are sold. Now if you’re curious about what the Family First Entrepreneur is all about, it will teach you how to achieve financial freedom by starting a business that does not require you to work yourself to death, because you can in fact achieve financial success without being a stranger to your kids. You can make good money and have the freedom to enjoy it.

21:31
and you definitely don’t have to work 80 hours a week and be a slave to your business just to make it all work. I will teach you how to start a business from the perspective of a parent who makes both business and family work. Not only that, but I made it a no brainer to grab the book because I’m still giving out $690 in free bonuses. And here’s what you get. Instant access to my three day print on demand workshop. And in this workshop, I teach exactly how to get started running a print on demand e-commerce store and provide you with a free website theme as well.

22:01
You also get access to my two day passive income workshop where I’ll teach you how to make money with blogging, podcasting, and YouTube. Go to mywifequitterjob.com slash book and I’ll send you the bonuses, invitations to book parties that I’ll be throwing all over the country, and special offers. Once again, that’s mywifequitterjob.com slash book. Now back to the show.

22:23
Where would one check to see the licensing and everything for a Vietnam company? And is language a problem? Yeah, okay, so first question. They should have copy on hand and if they’re legit, they’ll be able to share it with you. Okay. And there’s some government websites that you can kind of cross-verify it. They’ll give you a registration number, what not. We often use Vietnam credit, which is a government-ran, this is government-ran kind of service that you can just check the credit worthiness.

22:53
pretty much just says yes, they’re in good standing or they’re not. All that will mean from our end, it’s a little bit complex, I don’t know if this is beginner tip, but yeah, I would go through and kind of check that they have a business license registered with the government and that the banking, that they have bank accounts and that the bank accounts are in good standing. It doesn’t tell you the exact credit score, it just says yes, they’re in good standing or no, they’re not.

23:15
and if they don’t exist in database and those say they don’t exist and What second one? Oh English? Yeah, so for English, they’ll have somebody on staff, but um It really varies. Um, it’s sometimes there’ll be somebody fluent. Sometimes it’d be fairly broken English. It really depends on the factory. Um One thing too with Vietnam more than China is a lot of times they don’t have dedicated sales staff so they’ll often have an engineer who as Kind of like once a week, I guess or whatever

23:45
checks emails, but his main job is engineer. So he’ll go through and kind of talk that kind of answer the emails. And when you get in contact with the engineers and those people, they can be pretty direct. I know a lot of people are kind of used to sales people kind of wooing them. Hello, super friendly. You know, trying to really drum up and the salesman is like, yeah, we can do it. Great. And then ask how much and they’ll give you costs and then pretty straight to the point. Which I kind of like just cause.

24:15
You get in get out with the meetings you get exact pricing time. You want to make a modification They can they have the authority to actually you know actually tell you the price because a lot of times what sells people they’re like Oh, I’ll let you know what’s in it over and they send it to somebody and then a few days later, But engineers they can do a lot of times pretty quickly What’s the export infrastructure like I can’t imagine it being as mature as China? Yeah, they’re used to exporting. Um, yeah, that’s another tip is when you talk to factories

24:45
You need to ask them if they’ve exported to, if you’re American buyer, for instance, you need to ask them, have you exported America? Cause there are standards that, you know, they need to know. It really varies by product too. Anytime you work with a freight forwarder, they’ll clear the standards and make sure everything’s legit before they ship or they should. But yeah, in terms of export infrastructure. Yeah. A lot of factories are set up for export exporting, which is great. You can ask oftentimes clients or whatnot.

25:15
they’ll have certifications, ASTM or ISO certifications you can check. guess what I’m getting at is what is list of questions you would ask when you’re vetting a vendor? Yeah, I would ask first and foremost, do you have experience exporting to United States or whatever your country is? And then kind of quiz them on their certifications. Most factories, basic certification is ISO 9001. And then,

25:43
Like if you do wooden goods, for instance, you got to comply with the Lacey Act, which, know, you got to defumigate the woods. You got to have a certificate of origin for the woods. You got to, you know, certify that as, you know, legally or legally harvested from, you can be from plantation or you can actually do forest, but there’s also forest and standing on the council. If you want to go even further, FSC, which will make sure that everything was, for instance, um, there’s like some carcinogens you can’t use in fabrics or, um, in materials.

26:14
For instance from out of hide so China’s used to this already Vietnam. Do you actually have to ask these questions? I would advise to yes, okay All right, if you don’t ask him I mean you can have an inspection if you don’t know what to ask I would hire an inspection service and they’ll Make sure everything’s in line. Okay Yeah, those inspection service. Definitely that that’s your job is to know what the certifications are. Make sure everything’s in compliance Is everything conducted in US dollars as well?

26:41
Yeah, we do almost everything in US dollars and Vietnamese bank accounts. They you can hold for foreign currencies in Vietnamese bank accounts. Okay. And with just the dong being worse inflation in America right now is they they love UST. Yeah, yeah. So what would you say are like the major trade offs? If you’re choosing between China and Vietnam? Yeah, that’s a question. Yeah, like I said, you kind of need to be selective about your product categories. With China, you just go to China, go to Alibaba.

27:12
spend a few days on there or not even days, get tons of contacts with factories, reach out to them. It’s super simple. Vietnam’s still a little bit undeveloped in terms of networks and internet sourcing and whatnot. So you do need be much more proactive and reach out to the factories. There’s not really a way to just post your request on a website and then factories come to you. You have to go to the factories, which I know frustrates a lot of people.

27:41
If I can give a plug to Cosmos Sourcing, you can just go to us and we can do all that for you. I want to get into how much you charge and that stuff at the end. So yeah, it’s much more proactive. Kind of had to follow up with them. They do want your business, but they’re not as they just don’t come across as eager. I don’t know. Even though they do want it just as much. And it really, like I said, if you have specific products that V9 specializes in, it’s pretty good, but it’s like not for every product.

28:11
Alright, well assuming that what you want to source is something that Vietnam specializes in, what are some cases where I’d want to go to China over Vietnam? I mean, if it’s not something Vietnam specializes in, it… I mean, you still can get everything in eating quantities. Like, if you have low MOQs for lot of items, I find China can be better. If you do electronic items, China’s still better. Especially OEM. for the stuff that Vietnam might specialize in. Like you mentioned wooden products, textiles. Yeah.

28:42
I don’t know. feel like you should go to Vietnam. But um, well, yeah, it doesn’t it sounds like you’re You’re a beginner. I mean, would say it’s easier to deal with China a lot of times, especially your first time starting off just to find the factories. So I mean, if you have a address or something, you can actually you can get more quotes. You can actually get more factories from China regardless, just because they’re just for the sheer fact that there’s more factories that do it. Yeah.

29:10
They’re generally easier to deal with like I said, not every factory in Vietnam has a salesperson. So You know get somebody who’s really kind of walks you through the process So does that mean that just not as responsive is that I? Say yeah, I would say that’s a way to say yes I actually would prefer to talk to an engineer to be honest with you right? all the facts and you’re in and out. Yeah, exactly No, I’m saying why like the meetings we have like it turns some clients off because we have people visit factories in Vietnam

29:38
You know, they fly all the way from the United States, come to factory and they’ll sit down with an engineer and they’re pretty much in and out. You can do a meeting like 20 minutes and it’s just, oh, how much would this cost? Great. We make this very, very great. How much would it cost? Oh, that much. What’s the lead time? We can do it to start production in three weeks and be done with two months, know, straight to the point. And, you know, like China, when you go to China, like the factories take you to lunch or dinner, give you drinks. It’s an experience. I love that.

30:07
I mean a few factories in Vietnam will do it, but it’s not over top like China. So yeah, mean we’ll have casual meetings and like, you know, drink tea and whatnot just at the office, but it’s not like the whole What do you use to communicate with your vendors over there? Are they on WhatsApp or? Yeah, WhatsApp, Zalo. I say Zalo probably is the most common one, Z-A-L-O, and emails, mostly emails. Okay. Yeah, we’ll set up kind of just kind of what they’re working on.

30:36
So is email still the best initial contact method? Like you look for them on like the Yellow Pages for example, or Google and whatnot and you send them an email? Yeah, we usually do email first. Like when we research factories, like our team, when we research factories, you know, we can just tell which ones are good factories and worth following up with. So we tend to email them first and the ones that respond by email will keep that conversation in email.

31:01
but a lot of times they don’t. we’ll then kind of reach out by phone and kind of follow up with email or they’re on Zalo. We can get the context of the person on Zalo. We use LinkedIn too sometimes, actually quite a bit to kind of reach out to them that way. So we’ll kind of do a full court press of just whatever method gets a response. And we kind of press them at least probably three or four times each factory that we want to get quotes from, just to quote us until we get a response.

31:29
You know, not every factory quotes, so a lot of times they say we have capacity or we don’t think it’s suitable, but we at least try to get a response of some sort. I know it’s hard to generalize in an entire country, but from what I’m gathering, it seems like you have to be a lot more persistent with a Vietnam factory because they’re not necessarily, they don’t have salespeople, so they’re not necessarily trying to solicit new business. You really have to approach them, know what you want to get, and be direct. Yeah, and a lot of times they,

31:58
Yeah, you kind of do have to be a little bit more direct with them. mean, there’s exceptions that factories like there’s a lot of factories that are pretty proactive about getting sales, but it’s just something that a lot of people when they first kind of get in touch with Vietnam, they kind of dismiss factories that, you know, don’t seem super responsive, even though they’re pretty good. So I would just say be persistent if you think this is a good factory, but don’t be too persistent. But you can definitely follow up multiple times with the factory to get a response. But once you’re in contact with them and they

32:27
You know, once you’re in contact, like say 1000 dress, their dress factory, they need the business. They’ll definitely respond more and kind of give quotes. yeah. So back to the question on tradeoffs outside of price, why would I go to Vietnam over China? Yeah, I I would say a lot of products are pretty good quality as well. I think the textiles they make are very high quality. They work with like high end brands, like I said, same with furniture.

32:56
furniture and wooden goods, like the wood is very high quality tropical hardwood. So it’s much denser than your basic pine. So, and then in general, the labor force in Vietnam is pretty young. So they’re pretty skilled in terms of like what they can make. And yeah, I mean, it’s kind of, it’s easier to work with too sometimes. Like there’s not as much bureaucracy or headaches or anything. Like I never, I feel like I never really deal with the government or any government issues in Vietnam like I did with China.

33:27
Which is always nice. It seems like the major trade-off is just getting that initial contact then. that accurate? pretty much. Because… I we work factories for years and they’re really… a lot of factories are easy to work with. It’s true to point, but you just pick an order and it’s consistent order and they’re responsive and everything. I know for me, just in my experience, and this is only one data point, is every year this happens. Like after Chinese New Year, like half the workforce doesn’t want to come back to work.

33:55
Yeah. then sometimes we have to scramble to find, you know, a new vendor or, or like the materials in the same way do textiles. Yeah. Would you say it’s generally more consistent in Vietnam or does the same thing kind of happen? I know we’re generalizing the entire country. Pretty similar Chinese New Year or not Chinese New Year. It’s Tet holidays, T-E-T in Vietnam. So Lunar New Year is the same date, same general concept. But yes, the way the contracts work too and

34:24
Both Vietnam and China is they tend to workers tend to sign on one-year contracts to begin and end at arm Tet or Chinese New Year And so yeah right before Tet holidays a lot of it. Well, a lot of workers just quit early You know have extra long holiday and then after the Tet holidays or arm is same deal They got a you know hire new workers and sign new contracts. So this a slow upstart a lot of times To get the workers in so yeah, it’s definitely same issues same issue. Okay, it’s not

34:53
I don’t know. I’m gonna say it’s as bad. But yeah, it’s something to keep in mind. It just seems like maybe for someone just starting out, like if someone’s listening and they’re just starting out, it seems like China is still the easier way to go. Probably. It’s easier for first-time buyers and especially if you kind of have a smaller kind of have, if you have limited capital and you kind of want to start small and kind of work your way up. What would you say would be like the minimum capital that you would need to just have something made

35:23
Textile wise over in Vietnam. I probably say about 20,000 bucks 20,000. Okay. Wow. Okay. So that’s Yeah Okay, yeah and What about actually visiting the factories is it the same or? Okay. Yeah, there’s no issues visiting factories in Vietnam. Um Yeah, you can fly in a range of visits. We have people visiting all time. We have I’m several guests coming in over the next month or so

35:53
To visit so it’s yeah, you go in visit factories If you want to do production you just see what they’re doing what they make get it started that way and if you have samples made like we have a client who has Probably about to visit I think three times because he’s making I think golf bags and it’s pretty complex because he has very everything’s customized But he’s you visit before made an initial then when the samples are made he’s visiting for samples And now we’re starting production or we’ll start production around April. So we’re planning a visit

36:20
for him during the production run and he wants to be there, you know, just see the bags be made. So for something like a golf bag, there’s a whole bunch of different parts, zippers, pockets, materials, everything. Do they handle all the different materials or? Yeah. Most factories have their back end, what you call the back end supply chain, back end sourcing. So yeah, we expect in most cases, unless you have really unique fabrics or really unique needs for the factory to…

36:49
to get the products to procure the raw materials. So that’s pretty expected. We worked with Kodura and we had to source that separately in some special material. Like I mentioned the high end hiking bag one time, we had to source the material separately because it was very ultra lightweight material that was only made by one factory in Taiwan. was… What about packaging? Most factories can do basic packaging in a house. So if you have what we call kind of brown packaging, just the cardboard or…

37:19
Plastic bags they can do all that and it’s we often call retail ready packaging which means it’s ready to go into retail Yes, if you’re FBA seller, know, you need a barcode on the outside They can most factories can do all that and we can bet them beforehand. Okay, make sure they do that Okay So it seems like okay if you have the money And let’s say we just go through someone like you for for sourcing

37:44
Vietnam will tend to be cheaper and the quality is good mainly because there’s no tariffs and the hurdle really is just finding the factory and kind of developing that relationship. Correct. And as far as you can tell, once you’re kind of in production, there’s really no major disadvantage of going with Vietnam over a Chinese factory. No, there’s not really that.

38:08
What I mean if they have their meet all your qualifications once you kind of bet them everything then there’s not really any specific disadvantages I Mean is it harder to vet because like an Alibaba they actually vet them all for you now Yeah, if you just go through a trade assurance So so basically you have to do this your own legwork Is there anything like trade assurance over with the Vietnam factory probably not right? Not really No, yeah, and yeah, we got a lot of people saying hey I’m trying to find factory of Alibaba trade assurance Vietnam. I’m with that. Yeah

38:37
Okay. Yeah, and just in general, Vietnamese just don’t trust the Chinese, to be honest. I don’t get too deep into that. But yeah, in general, they don’t trust Alibaba, they don’t trust using Chinese-based platforms. they don’t. I can see that. Yeah. I can see that. Let’s talk about Cosmo real quick. How much do you charge? What are your services? Yeah, our basic services,

39:03
We so we do a different pricing model than most other sourcing companies. We charge a flat rate instead of commission. And so the reason we charge a flat rate is you’ll get full contact details of every factory work with what do you direct your introduction between you and the factories and you can work directly with the factories. But our basic sourcing, simple sourcing starts at 1500 USD and then we have kind of a pro tier. So a lot of times you need certifications, certifications, whatnot. And that kind of starts at 2000 USD. But our basic package is 1500 USD. So 1500 that’s defined just

39:33
That’s per project. I would I would gather right we do it by product category So we generally find a product categories of one factory and make it so if you’re doing clothing for instance And you got like let’s just say ten different women’s dresses or ten women garments But they’re effectively the same one factory make all ten styles and that would be one product category Okay, that actually ends up being cheaper because a lot of times the sourcing companies will take like five percent or something like that off Yeah, production run right? Yeah, which yeah for fifteen hundred bucks. Okay. Yeah and

40:03
Another thing too, like why we do a thyroid in Vietnam instead of China, because when I first started sourcing, I was doing commission like everybody else, worked fine. And then I moved to Vietnam. I was trying to do commission. They just don’t trust middlemen in Vietnam like they do in China. And so there’s just kind of expectation to that the Vietnamese factories work with the end client. So I set my services up so that, yeah, if you were reach out.

40:27
with us, you’ll be talking directly to the factory, you can work directly with the factory. We can assist, we have additional services to help out, make sure everything’s going smoothly and nothing sketchy’s going on, but yeah. Okay, do you guys provide, I guess just referrals to freight forwarders and… Yeah, we do referrals to freight forwarders and same with inspections. We visit factories all the time, just with our team, but it’s, they’re basic visits to be honest.

40:52
The more detailed inspections I think are better served by an inspection company because they’ll go in and get full test of every product But we get samples in all the time from fact for clients who just have the sample shipped to us and we can do checking out and do basic checks but Let me ask you this what other countries are kind of up and coming? Yeah, we’re actually looking at expanding to Thailand, Indonesia, Malaysia and Taiwan right now, but

41:21
done anything there yet. So I would say all of those countries. think Taiwan’s pretty up already. But they, in terms of Taiwan, they do a lot of high end precision stuff. Like with the projects we like to do in there were automobile and airplane parts actually. Yeah, LED casings for airplanes specifically. So they do a lot of high end precision stuff. You probably know that Taiwan TMSC.

41:45
Yeah, the biggest microchip factory in the world is based there. So they do super advanced stuff in Taiwan. It’s very high end, very precision stuff. In terms of low cost Thailand, we’re looking at doing some clothing. Indonesia actually does a lot of shoes. So we’re looking at doing shoes there. I’ve looked at Bangladesh, but I don’t trust Bangladesh to be honest. What about Pakistan? Yeah, I would say probably Southeast Asia in general. I would say most countries in Southeast Asia are pretty up and coming. I think those are the next Vietnam. think that’s next boom. Next area. Yeah, I really have it.

42:15
Massive growth. Yeah. Well, hey, Jim, cool. Thanks. Thanks a lot for coming on. Where can people find you and your company? Where should they go? Yeah. Cosmosourcing.com is our website. Just Google Cosmosourcing. We come up. If you want to get in touch with me directly, can shoot me an email at info at Cosmosourcing.com and I’ll respond. I’m also on Facebook, on LinkedIn, or on Instagram. So if you want to follow us there, all under Cosmosourcing, you can, but I think probably.

42:45
email and just go into our website is probably the best. Cool. Hey, well, Jim, hey, thanks a lot for coming on, man. Thank you so much. was pleasure.

42:57
Hope you enjoyed that episode. Now John is a great person to speak with about sourcing from Vietnam and diversifying your suppliers is a great idea. For more information about this episode, go to mywifecoderjob.com slash episode 467. And once again, I want to thank Sellerboard, which is the Amazon profit software that I recommend for Amazon sellers. By going to mywifecoderjob.com slash Sellerboard, you can get 30 days for free. Once again, that’s mywifecoderjob.com slash S-E-L-L-E-R-B-O-A-R-D.

43:26
I also want to thank 180marketing.com for sponsoring this episode. 180 Marketing is the agency that I use to grow my search traffic by 4x in just six months. more information, email Jeff at 180marketing.com. Now I talk about how I use these tools on my blog, and if you are interested in starting your own eCommerce store, head on over to mywifequitterjob.com and sign up for my free six day mini course. Just type in your email and they’ll send you the course right away. Thanks for listening.

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!

466: Outdated Ecommerce Tips You Should NOT Be Doing In 2023 – Family First Friday

466: Outdated Ecommerce Tips You Should NOT Be Doing In 2023 | Stop Doing These Now!

Welcome to another Family First Friday in honor of my Wall Street Journal bestselling book, the Family First Entrepreneur. In this episode, I discuss what not to do when it comes to starting an ecommerce business today. 

There’s just way too much content to consume online and a lot of it is outdated and worthless. To help you sort through the junk,  here are all the outdated ecommerce strategies and tips that no longer apply in 2023.

What You’ll Learn

  • Outdated ecommerce strategies and tips
  • What not to do when starting a business
  • The problem YouTube, Google and Tiktok

Other Resources And Books

Transcript

00:00
You’re listening to the My Wife Could Her Job podcast, where I teach you how to start a business or side hustle from the perspective of a father with two kids. Welcome to a new segment of the show, which I’m calling Family First Fridays in honor of my Wall Street Journal bestselling book, The Family First Entrepreneur. Now in this episode today, we’re going to talk about what not to do when it comes to starting a business. And the problem with learning how to start a business on YouTube, Google, or TikTok, or listen to a podcast, is that there’s just too much content to consume.

00:30
and a lot of it is outdated and worthless. So to help you sort through the junk in this podcast episode today, I’m going to tell you about all the outdated e-commerce strategies and tips that no longer apply. So number one, stop relying on Amazon, eBay or Etsy for all of your sales. Now relying on a single platform for all of your sales can be risky because it leaves your business vulnerable to changes in that platform’s policies or algorithms, which can instantly tank your sales. Also,

00:58
Diversifying your sales channels can help you reach a wider customer base and increase your overall revenue. Let’s start with Amazon. First off, Amazon does not care about you at all. For as long as I’ve been selling on Amazon, there are thousands of malicious sellers on the platform who game the system and try to sabotage your sales. For example, my friend Kevin Williams started a company called Brush Hero. He’s actually a guest on the podcast talking about this. He sells cleaning brushes and an evil seller in China

01:27
decided to knock off his entire product line, including the box with his picture on it. Now this Chinese company sold a crappier version of his product on his listing at half the price and totally destroyed his multi-million dollar brand. Now when Kevin complained to Amazon and showed them his patents and copyrights, they ignored his problem and did not suspend the malicious seller. And in fact, it took him two years and multiple million dollar lawsuits for him to get Amazon to take action.

01:55
Now for my store over at Bumblebee Linens, every year we have sellers who try to buy out all of our inventory over the holiday season to prevent us from selling and then return all of our merchandise in January after the holidays. My friend John Rampton lost his multi-million dollar container business when Amazon decided to ban his account for life. In fact, I recorded an hour long podcast episode with John about this that you can actually listen in in the show notes below.

02:22
Now Amazon is also getting harder and more competitive every single year. Roughly 3,700 new sellers join Amazon every day and it’s a very cutthroat marketplace. Now I’m not telling you not to sell on Amazon, eBay or Etsy, but you should never put all of your eggs in one basket, especially on a platform that you do not own. The only thing that they care about is their stock price and they are constantly raising their prices to make it harder for sellers to make money. And in this day and age,

02:51
You must have your own website and a property that you own and control. Now, the biggest disadvantage about selling on third-party platforms is that they hide all the customer information from you. And the heart of any business is repeat business. Now, the number two outdated strategy is to stop dropshipping from AliExpress. AliExpress dropshipping is an e-commerce business model where you take orders online and the orders are fulfilled by AliExpress.

03:19
Now products are much cheaper on AliExpress than they are in the US or Europe, so you can make a profit on the sales without ever seeing the product or touching any inventory at all. Sounds easy, right? Well, it’s not. Do not choose this business model because here are the disadvantages. AliExpress is based in China, so shipping times can take several weeks or even months. Now can you imagine ordering something online and having it delivered in 60 days or more? These shipping times alone will kill your business before it even gets started.

03:49
If you need faster shipping, the shipping costs will often cost far more than the product itself. Now most sellers on AliExpress have poor quality control measures in place. And most of the stuff that you find on AliExpress is just cheap junk that is made in China. You want to build your online store and brand on top of quality products and not garbage. Some products on AliExpress are counterfeit. If you end up selling counterfeit products by accident, then you are liable for the damages, not AliExpress.

04:19
There’s also low profit margins. Lots of people are using Aliexpress to drop ship the same junk. As a result, prices are road quickly and you end up having to jump from one fad to the next. There’s no longevity when it comes to drop shipping from Aliexpress and you constantly have to find the next trending product. But most importantly, it’s actually against terms of service to drop ship from Aliexpress on Amazon, eBay or Etsy. If you are caught, you will be suspended. Now, since we’re on the topic of drop shipping,

04:47
I also want to say that dropshipping overall is not a good long-term business model. Sure, it’s easy and cheap to get started, but your margins are low and you’ll probably not make life-changing money with it. Once upon a time, dropshipping was a lot more viable, but Amazon basically killed this business model. Outdated strategy number three is to stop using Amazon Automation. Amazon Automation is a service where a business owner outsources all the processes of their e-commerce store to a third party.

05:17
Basically, you pay a company tens of thousands of dollars and they go and find you a product to sell, list it on Amazon, and you split the profit. Now, when I first saw these ads all over YouTube, my Spidey sense started tingling immediately. Why would a company start an e-commerce business for you from scratch and split the profits when they could just do it on their own and keep all the profits? Amazon Automation had scam written all over it and it’s proven to be true.

05:42
Now I’m not going to call it any specific Amazon automation businesses in this episode, but all I can say is that if something sounds too good to be true, it usually is. Now, even if some of these Amazon automation companies were legit, most of the Amazon aggregators actually went bankrupt during the downturn and it’s an extremely difficult business model. The next outdated business model is to stop running Amazon giveaways or soliciting reviews.

06:09
Now over the years, Amazon has majorly cracked down on solicited reviews. It is now extremely difficult to get people to inorganically leave a review on your products, so just don’t do it. If you are caught, then you risk a product or an account suspension, and it’s just not worth it. The best ways to get reviews now are through Amazon’s backend, where they allow you to send a single, canned email to ask for an unbiased review. And the same goes with giveaways. Once upon a time, you could spam giveaways to increase your sales velocity and rankings, but these no longer work.

06:39
You also want to stop using public rebate sites. Once upon a time, people were using rebate services to get sales on Amazon and then reimburse them through PayPal. And this allowed sellers to get a full price sale, which helped boost rankings while attracting many buyers looking for free products. Essentially, it was like running a giveaway, except you get a real sale. Now, Amazon cracked down hard on these rebate sites when one of the most popular rebate giveaway tools, RebateKey, was suspended. Anyone who used a rebate service

07:08
was also sent a scary letter warning against these actions going forward. Amazon changed their terms of service with the following new wording. Manipulating sales rank, such as by accepting fake orders or orders that you have paid for, or making claims about sales rank in product titles or descriptions is against terms of service. Now, there’s still Amazon sellers using rebates, but definitely not with a paid service. It’s just not worth the risk. You also want to stop spending all of your efforts on customer acquisition

07:38
and sell more to your existing customers. Now, when most people run a business, most people focus on spending all of their money to acquire new customers and often neglect their existing customers. Well, let’s face it, we’re in a downturn and there are many reasons why you should be focusing on selling to your existing customers more. It is 66 % less expensive to sell to existing customers than to acquire new ones. After all, existing customers already know who you are and they trust you. They already opened up their wallets once.

08:08
As a result, the cost of getting someone to buy again is super easy. Just send them an email or a text. Existing customers are more likely to make repeat purchases and spend more over time, which means that you can greatly increase the lifetime value for each customer. Repeat customers are also much more likely to be loyal to a brand, which can lead to more positive word of mouth and referral marketing. And this is saying that on average, every happy customer tells at least nine people about their experience.

08:36
So by focusing on your existing customers, you can gain a better understanding of their needs and preferences. For example, with our store, once I started communicating with existing customers, I actually discovered that many of them were event and wedding planners. And by getting on the phone with them and offering them coupons and special treatment, I could get them to buy in bulk from our store forever. The other thing you also want to do is to stop focusing all on ads and more on content. Paid advertising is expensive.

09:06
and it’s getting more expensive every year, and the traffic is short-lived. Platforms like Google and Facebook are getting more expensive every year, and this is even taking into account iOS 14, which pretty much decimated the effectiveness of Facebook. The best way to attract long-term sales for free is by creating content. Three years ago, I started a YouTube channel, and let’s just use that as an example. Right now, if you go to my YouTube channel, and you watch a video, and you absorb the tactics and strategies that I teach you, I’ve gained a little bit of your trust.

09:36
And by trusting me, you are far more likely to buy a product that I have for sale. Now the beauty of content is that it’s free to produce and the effects are everlasting. Videos and blog posts that I wrote 10 years ago are still generating me traffic today. YouTube videos that I created years ago are still making money. And in fact, my YouTube channel makes over 300K on ads alone. And my blog makes seven figures on affiliate marketing and core sales every single year. And in this day and age, it’s all about building a brand.

10:05
which requires you to create content. After all, you can’t really build a brand unless you can get your message in front of customers. So just pick a medium, whether that be blogging, YouTube or social media and start posting on a regular basis. Because once you’ve gained someone’s trust, you can easily sell them products that you create. Another e-commerce strategy that you guys should be focusing on is email marketing and SMS. Now in this last section, I talked about creating content to build a brand.

10:33
Well, the average conversion rate in e-commerce is only about 2%, which means that 98 % of people consume your content and then bail. Now, the best way to bring these visitors back is to grab their email or their phone number. Create a lead magnet. This could be something as simple as giving out a coupon or free shipping in return for their contact information. And here’s the beauty of email and SMS marketing. Visitors may not be ready to buy from you right this second, but by emailing them and contacting them on a regular basis,

11:02
you’ll keep your company in their minds. So when they are ready to buy, they will buy from your store. Email and SMS marketing can also be used to promote products, offer discounts, and provide valuable content to subscribers. And the best part is that these are customers that you own and no one can take them away from you. Now my next piece of advice is to just stop doing what’s easy. Because if you go with what’s easy, there’s going to be more competition.

11:28
Now one of the most common questions I get asked is, Steve, what is the easiest way to make money online? Steve, what is something that can start and make money today? This is the absolute wrong mentality and let me just explain why. If you go and start something that is easy, that means that thousands of other people are going to be doing it. And when you do something easy, there are no barriers to entry and the competition is going to be fierce. Let’s take dropshipping as an example. It’s pretty easy to start dropshipping online because you don’t have to carry inventory.

11:56
and you can start selling immediately. But guess what? Chances are there are thousands of other people drop shipping your exact products. Now as a shopper, let’s say I find 10 stores selling the exact same product. I’m going to buy from the store with the cheapest price. So when you do something that is easy, the price always spirals to the bottom. So instead of asking yourself what is easy, you should ask yourself what is difficult or a pain in the butt to start. What unfair advantage do you have

12:26
over other people. For example, with our store, we do custom embroidery. We have five machines that cost over 10K each to do customer embroidery for our customers. And not only are these machines expensive to buy and maintain, but it’s actually a major pain in the butt to embroider something. Not only does the thread break all the time, but the machines need to be recalibrated and the machines chew up product all the time. Furthermore, it requires someone trained to operate them. And because doing custom embroidery is such a pain,

12:54
there are very few people who would try to copy me. Sellers in China can’t copy us because they can’t offer the service from 20,000 miles away. So instead of asking yourself what is easy, ask yourself what’s hard that you’re willing to tackle. Now my final piece of advice, it’s to stop throwing up random products to sell online. Because back in the heyday, you could go on Alibaba, find a product for cheap as is, listen on Amazon and make a killing, but those days are over. Now to be clear, you can still make money this way.

13:23
but only for a short time. Especially on Amazon, sellers are constantly using research tools like Jungle Scout to find good products to sell, and eventually someone will find your product and copy it. That is, unless you have a strong value proposition and a brand. A unique value proposition, or UVP, is what makes your product different or special, and your product doesn’t necessarily have to be better, it just needs to be different. For example, my brand over at Bumblebee Linens,

13:50
offers the largest selection of handkerchiefs on the internet. And I’m pretty sure that companies can’t make this claim because we specialize in hankies. My friend Dave over at Saddleback Leather sells bags which are a huge commodity. But his value prop is that his bags last forever. His slogan is that they’ll fight for it when you’re dead. So instead of throwing up random, disparate products to sell, think in terms of niches or families of products that you can build a brand around. You can start with a single product, sell it well,

14:19
and then expand into related products or accessories. This way, you are creating a business that focuses on a specific area, which will eventually lead to a brand. So that’s just a list of things that you should not be doing today. Don’t fall for the get rich quick schemes and be prepared to stick it out for whatever business you decide to start for at least one year.

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!

465: The Secret Sauce Of Successful Amazon Sellers: How To Rank Your Products In Search With Brandon Young

465: The Secret Sauce of Successful Amazon Sellers: How to Find High-Demand, Low-Competition Products With Brandon Young

Today I’m thrilled to have Brandon Young on the show. Brandon is one of the leading experts in Amazon private label, especially when it comes to Amazon SEO. He and his wife are eight figure sellers, and he’s also the co founder of one of the fastest growing Amazon software companies called Data Dive.

In this episode, Brandon reveals his latest strategies on how to research and rank your products on Amazon.

What You’ll Learn

  • How to find a high demand and low competition product to sell on Amazon
  • How to rank in Amazon SEO
  • What it takes to become an 8 Figure seller on Amazon today

Other Resources And Books

Sponsors

Sellerboard – Sellerboard is a must have tool for Amazon sellers if you want to know how much profit you are actually making. Click here and try Sellerboard for FREE.

180 Marketing – 180Marketing is the agency that I used to grow my SEO traffic by 4X in just 6 months! Click here to book an appointment

Transcript

00:00
You’re listening to the My Wife Could Her Job podcast, the place where I bring on successful bootstrap business owners and delve deeply into the strategies they use to grow their businesses. Today I have my friend Brandon Young on the show. And Brandon is one of the most successful private label sellers that I know personally, especially when it comes to Amazon keyword research. So in this episode, we analyze exactly how he picks winning products to sell on Amazon. But before we begin, I want to thank Jeff Oxford of 180marketing.com for sponsoring this episode.

00:28
180marketing.com is an agency that specializes in helping e-commerce stores boost their SEO traffic. And in the past, I used Jeff and his firm managed to grow my search traffic by 4x in just six months. In fact, 180marketing is one of the few SEO agencies that I trust 100%. For more information, go to 180marketing.com or just email jeff at 180marketing.com. I also want to thank Sellerboard for sponsoring this episode. Sellerboard is profit analysis software.

00:56
that helps you figure out exactly how much profit you are making selling on Amazon. Now if you’re an Amazon seller, you’re probably aware that there are many hidden fees in selling on the platform and Sellerboard organizes all that information for you in a clear and concise fashion. Now personally, I recommend Sellerboard because they’re among the least expensive software that I know of that does this, which is one of the main reasons why I like them. So for more info, go to mywifequitterjob.com slash Sellerboard and try them free for 30 days.

01:24
It is literally a no-brainer to sign up. Once again, that’s mywifequitterjob.com slash S-E-L-L-E-R-B-O-A-R-D. And then finally, I want to mention my other podcast that I run with my partner, Tony. And unlike this one, where I interview successful entrepreneurs in e-commerce, the Profitable Audience podcast covers all things related to content creation and building an audience. No topic is off the table and we tell it like how it is in a raw and entertaining way. So be sure to check out the Profitable Audience podcast on your favorite podcast app.

01:53
Now on to the show.

02:00
Welcome to the My Wife Quitter Job podcast. Today I’m happy to have Brandon Young on the show. Now, Brandon is considered by many people, including myself, to be one of the leading experts in Amazon private label, especially when it comes to Amazon SEO. Now, he and his wife are eight figure sellers and he’s also the co-founder of one of the fastest growing Amazon software companies called Data Dive. He’s also speaking at Seller Summit this year. And so if you’d like what he has to say today,

02:29
you can get Brandon in person and live in Fort Lauderdale, Florida on May 23rd. in this episode, we’re actually going to learn the story about how Brandon became an eight figure seller and the latest strategies regarding Amazon SEO. And with that, welcome to show Brandon, how you doing? Oh, thanks for having me, man. I’ve been looking forward to this for a while. The funny thing is

02:53
You were probably maybe the second podcast or third podcast that we ever discovered when we were building our e-commerce brand, my wife and I. And you were by far her favorite host by the in-depth questions you’d asked, the fact that you were practicing what you were preaching, the amount of marketing you were doing. And I think if you remember correctly, the first time that I met you, she was with me and she was starstruck. I told you that you were…

03:22
She was afraid to even talk to you because she’s such an introvert. But we’ve hung out at a bunch of events since and at your event last year. And you know, it is you’re like a celebrity to us. I’m trying to remember when I met you in person. Was it the mini chat event or the mini chat event may have been the first one or it was your event. I came to your event in 2018 maybe. OK, yeah, maybe maybe that was the same year actually. Yeah, yeah.

03:52
Cool, yeah. I managed to get a ticket because you were sold out, you sell out every year. People listening think that that’s sales gimmick, but the reality is once you’re done selling your 200, 250 tickets, you cut it off because you want the event to be small and intimate and the sellers to really get to know each other, which is awesome. But a lot of people will say, oh, only a few more tickets left, and then they just keep opening up and make the room bigger. You don’t do that. So I had found out about your event and I live in South Florida.

04:21
So I wanted to go really badly and I had a friend who couldn’t make it. So I had to get his ticket transferred to me last minute and he had bought a mastermind day and I was in Brad Moss’s room. That was the first time I met Brad Moss. yeah, that’s right. Yeah, yeah. He’s absolutely brilliant. Former Amazonian, helped create the Amazon seller app. Like the quality of people that I met.

04:45
When i was there for the first time just blew me away and i wasn’t expecting anything less but it was even more than i like it was just incredible So thanks brandon. You’re too kind In other words come hang out come meet, you know Come meet us and and meet all the sellers the high quality sellers and everything. I hope to see you guys all there for sure It’s funny. Uh brandon and I we were just talking about events because brandon just held his event, which was amazing

05:11
And we were just talking about small events don’t really make money. We’re doing it really for the community. The reason why we do these things. Yeah, I actually lost money at my event. It’s not I’m not even doing it to make money. I did not lose money next year. I think I think the the way that we did it was amazing and and intimate. like I got a lot of inspiration for the way from the way that you run yours. So it was fun. Cool.

05:40
Yeah, it’s not very profitable. I’m curious. I’m pretty sure a lot of people don’t know your origin story, at least the listeners in my podcast. Like how did you start selling on Amazon? And did you hit eight figures before you started going to the software and that sort of thing? Yeah, so we did hit eight figures before we started developing the software. But we started in 2015 with Arbitrage. We, we

06:06
We were listening to Scott Volcker’s podcast, like when he was really getting into private label and reselling and we were listening to a couple other people. We had just discovered what FBA was and my background in business, I said, man, FBA makes such an amazing opportunity to make a scalable business because the hardest part of running a business is the overhead and the cost associated with the overhead and they don’t.

06:34
they take care of all that for you. They let you leverage the billion dollars of infrastructure they have. And I don’t have to buy a warehouse. I don’t have to pay for boxes or anything. So I said, all we have to do is find things that sell and just keep sending them in and we can build a really big business. And so my wife and I decided to give that a shot and we, we, it almost seemed too good to be true. So I think we just went to a store. We had found out what app to get to, to scan something and we sent it in and it sold within a two days of checking in. so.

07:03
We looked at each other, said, what else can we sell? And in my background, my family owned a wholesale construction supply business. So I, I reached out to my contacts with DeWalt and Milwaukee, Makita, and we started wholesaling tools. We also found some opportunities with liquidation. So we found pallets of returns from T-Mobile where most of the goods were still brand new in the box. And so we were able to like, you see these giant pallets that would come in with a thousand items on them. And.

07:33
you know, a third would be trash. A third would be used that we could sell on a third, you know, would be brand new and, and sellable. People were actually buying them. And so we were, we were buying these pallets. We were buying tons of tools and we had a couple skews start to get blocked. Kate Spade became a gated brand. yeah. The Waltz became a gated brand and those were huge parts of our business at the time. And so with, with my wife being from China,

08:03
I said, why aren’t we doing private label? We have such a huge advantage here. You speak the language, like you have family there that can help us source. We can, we can figure this out. So in 2016, we hopped on a plane and we went to Canton and we picked a few products that were in the same vein of what we were doing in electronics, which turned out to be a mistake because it ended up being such a competitive niche. But we definitely learned by jumping into the deep end and learned from failures, learned from some successes.

08:33
and built it up. I’d say we did one million, then three million, then six million, 12 million, and then this last year we did 22 million. Nice. You know, it’s funny, you were just talking about overhead, like we just bought our own warehouse. Like, just ended our lease on our warehouse. Oh, did you really? Yeah. Congratulations. I went the other way. I had that option and I was like, renew my lease or just

09:03
Just outsource all the three PLs. I said, I don’t want to travel, come back to a messy warehouse. So it’s funny is I always optimize for low stress. And when I have everything under my own roof and control, that allows me to sleep better at night. Because I’ve had friends who have had nightmares with three PLs. Oh, OK. I find it the opposite because like finding it was was partly from finding like employees that would.

09:28
you know, basically receive the packages, inventory them correctly, quality control them correctly, store them, make sure they were labeled, had a cycle count every month. That’s all I wanted, right? Like just want things being received and put away. And it became overwhelming for the people we had helping us. I didn’t… That was stressful to me. Coming back and seeing a messy warehouse and not knowing what was in it.

09:57
Far more stressful than than than that can be stressful to out of sight out of mind, right? So so what we do is our biggest brand is a toy brand and I found an amazing not for profit that, you know, helps underprivileged families or poor families with underprivileged kids and they receive all of my returns from my toy brand. Give me a ticket for everything and then they quality control.

10:25
take out anything broken, throw it away, whatever. And what I’ve found, not only this is good for business, but it’s also good for them, is that things I would normally throw away, like something that’s open or the packaging is damaged, they’re breaking it apart and the parts become their own little toy that they can give out to little kids. Right? So, like a tool kit, for example, that I might, like I sell, the toy hammer is still good. It’s still a little tool that, like a toy that a kid might want.

10:55
And normally I would just chuck that in the garbage bin, but they’re able to use a lot more of it than I thought they could. And then I don’t have the overhead of having someone quality control it and get less of a write-off also. So it works out so many different ways and we get to help so many families. We ended up helping over 6,000 families last year. That’s amazing. How did you find this, Thrupeel? No, it’s the not-for-profit itself that has a warehouse.

11:21
Oh, got it. Got it. We said everything there and then they scan in the Amazon slip. That’s amazing. That’s it. That’s amazing. That’s amazing. I am curious. How many skews do you have? We depending on the holiday, it teeters between 250 and 300. We added about a hundred and 150 products almost last year. Wow. OK. And we’ll probably launch about the same this year.

11:52
So you have SKUs that just kind of come and go. Yeah, we do a lot of seasonal, a lot of holiday because our biggest brand being toys, we don’t want Q4 to be so heavy on us that, you know, everything’s a build up. It’s from a cashflow perspective, a risk perspective. It’s just really difficult. So we’ve added Valentine’s Day, 4th of July, tons of summer stuff, Halloween, you know, so it kind of, it levels out the year with bumps in those holidays.

12:21
It’s a little bit harder from a product development standpoint like our team has to put a lot of these Packages and toys and toy development together, but once we’ve done it a few times. We kind of see what works what doesn’t and it helps So I get a lot of questions from people asking me about what the margins are like on Amazon now So I was just kind of curious what your margins are like and what’s acceptable to you. Oh, it’s it’s it’s low

12:48
No, the reality is I’m one of the few people that’ll tell you the blatant truth about it. Margin compression crushed a lot of us the last couple years, especially when containers went to 20 grand. Well, they’re back to normal now, thank God. Yeah, thankfully, right? Like 2000 is a big, big thing. But the cost of plastic is still up 50 % or whatever, right? That’s correct. you still have some product costs that are higher.

13:11
there are sellers that are just okay selling at a smaller margin. And what we found is we’re pretty aggressive in that way. Tacos, so to explain tacos really quickly, like your total advertising cost over your total sales, people call that your tacos. So that would be like the percentage of your revenue that you spend on marketing.

13:34
And our tacos went from an average of like 11 % to maybe 16%. So that’s 5 % off the bottom line right there. And then the additional costs that we were talking about. And launching is always more expensive. So to give you an example, last year during March and April, as we were launching a bunch of summer products, we actually lost money.

14:02
And then we had single digit months a couple times throughout the year, single digit margin months, and that’s that’s after everything that’s that’s after like overhead and one time costs that you would normally get added back like from marketing and launches and stuff. But Q4 is where we make it up so we we will purposely stick with a skew that we know is tight throughout the year. You know 1520 % margin.

14:26
because we know that Q4, it’s gonna be 30 % or 35 % and sell five, it’s basically six months and three or six months and two. And so we’ll stick with it. But yeah, for the most part, you have to lower your expectations and make sure you’re getting an accurate landed cost and really, really factoring in the marketing that you’re gonna have to do, not only to launch the product.

14:53
but to maintain the growth and grow it, grow it and then maintain the position that you wanna have, like the market share you want. You have to spend in order to stop someone else from taking that market share. And unfortunately, PPC is the most effective way to do that. So you just have to spend dollars on marketing. That’s why I was just curious. mean, for products that you’ve launched and then you don’t sell anymore, that’s kind of like a hit, right? A lot of this is an investment in the listing, right? Yeah, for sure.

15:21
I’d say that we make money about 70 75 percent of the time on a product Yeah lose money about 25 to 30 percent of the time Maybe that’s up a little bit from where it was two years ago three years ago when the hit rate was better But that that accounts all of the products that you just discontinue and I’d say we used to reorder about half of the products that we launched now It’s probably 40 percent. It’s gone down where just doesn’t make sense doesn’t

15:50
You know, maybe the design wasn’t as good. The conversion rates, not great. We, know, the competition came in too harsh, whatever the reason we, we only reorder maybe a 40%. But the other 40 % that we don’t lose money, it’s because we can get our money out of it, but it’s going to take six months instead of the two or three we were expecting. Yeah. Yeah. That’s actually, was getting at like, how do you see the landscape on Amazon this year and going forward?

16:19
So it really depends what happens with the economy, I think. But I see Amazon continuing to grow overall from a overall revenue perspective and as a percentage of overall retail. So I think that even if the economy tanks, which it looks like we’re going to have a softer landing than people expected, is the talk around from experts that I I listen to simply because of this last jobs report.

16:49
Um, you know, being 500,000 as opposed to the a hundred thousand they expected, uh, they, they feel like, uh, maybe it won’t be as bad, but even if it does pull back, I think that there will be certain niches that you should avoid like travel and luxury goods. Right. But I think that there will be plenty of products that do well and will continue to grow. Uh, and I think Amazon’s just the clear cut favorite for us. Like it’s our main marketplace.

17:19
because of the ease of the logistics and supply chain, because of the leveraging their overhead, and because we’ve really solved their ranking algorithm, we can really do the product research and have a very high success rate.

17:36
My first book, The Family First Entrepreneur, just debuted as a Wall Street Journal business bestseller. And not only that, but my book was also featured on a billboard in Times Square during the launch. I am literally in awe right now. I’ve also enjoyed all the incredible reviews of my book that have been coming in from readers all over the world. Now if you’ve not picked up a copy yet, there’s no better day than today. It’s available at Amazon, Barnes & Noble, and anywhere books are sold. Now if you’re curious about what The Family First Entrepreneur is all about,

18:05
It will teach you how to achieve financial freedom by starting a business that does not require you to work yourself to death, because you can in fact achieve financial success without being a stranger to your kids. You can make good money and have the freedom to enjoy it, and you definitely don’t have to work 80 hours a week and be a slave to your business just to make it all work. I will teach you how to start a business from the perspective of a parent who makes both business and family work. Not only that, but I made it a no-brainer to grab the book.

18:33
because I’m still giving out $690 in free bonuses. And here’s what you get. Instant access to my three-day print on demand workshop. And in this workshop, I teach exactly how to get started running a print on demand e-commerce store and provide you with a free website theme as well. You also get access to my two-day passive income workshop where I’ll teach you how to make money with blogging, podcasting, and YouTube. Go to mywebcoderjob.com slash book and are seeing the bonuses.

18:59
invitations to book parties that I’ll be throwing all over the country and special offers. Once again, that’s mywifequitterjob.com slash book. Now back to the show.

19:10
Well, let’s talk about that. How do you do the research? How do you rank and search? And what I like about you, Brandon, is like you really can dig deep into this stuff. And I want everyone listening to understand everything too. So I will try to explain when Brandon gets too technical or I’ll ask him to explain. Yeah, I’ll do my best to give you a high level overview, but to not hold anything back. Yep.

19:39
So when it comes to evaluating a product, I think that the most important question you need to ask yourself is how are the current sellers making their sales? So that’s the million dollar question in my mind. And so that was a question that I figured out when I was really just thinking deep on a failure we had. And I thought to myself, why did this product fail? And it really was because I didn’t

20:09
And I’ll tell you what it was. It was like a lighted Lego type set, like a brick set with lights in it. And I really was like curious why I couldn’t sell this thing. It was such a cool toy. I enjoyed it. I loved it. The designs were awesome. And like we put a lot of effort into the artwork and like the product kind of sold itself. Like if it was sitting in a store, people would love to buy it, right? And there’s a similar brand out there that people do buy. Like if, but it’s in Barnes and Noble and Toys R at the time and stuff.

20:38
And so was like, OK, well, we could do our own version of that and it should do great. The reality was there weren’t a lot of keywords like lighted bricks is not a keyword. I couldn’t use the brand name of the competitor that was in the space and I definitely couldn’t use Lego. If someone searches for Lego, what I figured out is that they want Lego. They don’t want Brandon’s bricks or whatever, right? And so that what they were called. No, they were not actually called Brandon Bricks, but it was just as an example and.

21:07
So I really thought about it I was like, okay, so the first thing I need to do is figure out how are people buying these products? How are the current sellers getting their sales? And then not only that, the next level question is, can I duplicate that? Can I do a better job than them? Are they all doing a good job? And so once I asked myself those questions, I started to figure out that I needed to put this in some kind of matrix. And so what I would do is at the time I had seller tools and I had viral launch,

21:36
And I would use seller tools for like the, they were the reverse ASIN and then viral launch had search volume that was accurate. And I would kind of V look up and try to figure this out and then put the competitors. And then Cerebro came out with Helium 10 and I could pull like one competitor at a time. And then they opened at the 10. So I could pull 10 at a time. So I’d pull the raw data.

22:03
I’d put in a formula to match, like to count how many of the competitors were ranked for each keyword, which to me is just a simple way of figuring out relevancy. Like the, if I choose the best competitors or best sellers of a niche, the more that are ranked good for a keyword, the more relevant that keyword should be. Just simple logic. And so we did like a count it formula and then we started playing around and sorting with search volume. And, and so this whole process of really digging into a product to

22:32
see what the relevant keywords are, how many, was then, then I was counting how many of those relevant keywords each competitor was ranked well for. Then I was counting, adding up the search volume and adding and figuring out how, what percentage of each, what percentage of search volume each competitor was ranked well for. And I was really getting a good idea of not only what keywords were driving sales, how the current sellers are getting them, but how good they are at Amazon.

23:01
And then I could figure out based on how many keywords there are, what the opportunity is, what the risk is around doing the product. And I really started to figure out this way of formulating through data, how to evaluate a potential product. Let me ask you this, Brandon. I know, cause I run a class myself, sometimes someone will come to me with a product and they’ll be like, Hey, this makes so many sales. And I look at the keywords and

23:29
there’s not enough keyword volume to justify those sales. And it turns out it’s some like TikTok sensation or someone, some blogger wrote about it or something like that. How do you factor that into account in your numbers? So when the, the, amazing part is that the story needs to make sense. And so there’s several things to look at. And by the way, like, like this is all of that manual work is what I taught and did in my own business and then taught my students for years.

23:57
And then until until we kind of create a data dive to make it instead of like that hour long two hour long process of putting that data into a sheet, a master keyword list data dive now does it 90 seconds. But what that also allows you to do is to find the whole like the inconsistencies in the story that you’re talking about. OK, so we have a seller that’s the like the second best seller. Let’s call him the first best seller because they have this big outlier, but they’re only on 60 % of the search volume that drives sales for that product.

24:26
Now we look at outlier keywords and we see, there any branded search terms? Are there any generic search terms that they’re ranked really well for that no one else is ranked for? So maybe, maybe they’re like number three for toys for four year old girls. And that’s 140,000 of searches a month. And no other seller can duplicate that, including you when you want to do it. So that needs to be backed out. And now the story kind of makes sense. But when you have a TikTok sensation,

24:54
What you’re going to generally see is you’re going to see keywords in the outliers that they’re ranked really well for that have decent amount of search volume around their branding and around like just descriptive words around that product that may have been used in the Tik Tok video. And a really good example of that is there’s an aggregator named branded that they’re really good at Tik Tok and they have a garlic press that’s in the shape of a vampire and

25:22
When you do a garlic press dive and you look at the 20 best garlic presses, theirs is one of them, but you see vampire garlic press, you see Dracula garlic press, and then they have like a new, like a branded name for it. Then they have the brand name for it. And all of those have search volume in the thousands. So people are going on TikTok and seeing this product and seeing the ads that they’re running, the viral sensation, and they’re like, oh, I didn’t remember, the brand name’s really hard to remember. It’s not a very good brand name.

25:52
But still, so what they’re doing is then they’re going and they’re searching for vampire garlic press. And so now the story makes sense, because you can see it in the data that somehow they’re still getting those searches. And it makes sense that their sales kind of match to the search volume that they’re ranked well for. What about affiliate links? Yeah, so affiliate links would be difficult to detect because it’s going to be.

26:20
It’s going to be outliers, right? Like so let’s say you’ve got the third and fourth and fifth best sellers and the third best seller is at 800 sales a month. 60 % of the search volume and then the fifth best or the fourth best seller. The next guy is at. You know 400 sales a month, 68 % search volume, so more search volume, less sales. Rank as long as the ranks are similar across the keywords.

26:47
then that would indicate that they’re sending outside traffic to me. That’s like an affiliate link. That’s, uh, that’s some kind of outside campaign where they’re driving traffic from outside of Amazon. And so that’s the missing link is generally when, when the story doesn’t add up, the branded search terms aren’t there. Those, uh, those, those outlier keywords with like generic keywords aren’t there and they just significantly are better with similar keyword ranks than it makes sense. The only place that you’ll see sometimes, uh, where

27:16
one seller will significantly do better with similar search volume is if their keyword ranks are in the top five top three for most of the keywords and the guy next to them with similar search volume are top 10 top 15 top 20 just because the higher up you are on the on the search results you generally will convert better so you’ll make more sales. Right let me just summarize what you told me just for the listeners just in case they’re lost so when you decide something that you want to sell you look at all the top guys

27:46
and then you map out all the keywords that they’re ranking for in a table that you can compare. And you’re looking for outliers and you’re basically just trying to figure out where all the sales are coming from, essentially, right? Yeah, you’re answering the question. It’s like, why is this guy getting 600 sales a month? Well, if you knew all of the keywords that they were ranked on and you knew the search volume of all of those keywords and you know the position of them,

28:11
And then you then you basically lay that out next to the other 19 best sellers. All of a sudden you have a complete picture of the niche. Right. Or 98 or 99 percent of it. Right. So assuming you have all this data in a table, what is your criteria for determining whether you should go into it or not? Yeah. So I look at the competition. I look at the general opportunity. the low hanging fruit is going to be ROI and budget. So.

28:40
Step one would be understand your own business requirements from a risk perspective and from a budget budget perspective. Getting into a product that’s going to require a lot more capital than you have is the fastest way to light your money on fire. If you find a niche and then you evaluate it and you see that, you know, the the third, fourth, fifth, sixth guy, seventh guy, best sellers, right?

29:06
of this product are ranked between 60 and 80 % of the search volume and they’re selling an average between them of 1,000 units a month, so 30 something a day. And it’s a $5 to land product, total landed in, all in. With marketing and enough money to reorder, you’re looking at needing at least five times 30 a day, so that’s 1,000 units.

29:35
So that’s $5,000 times three months is 15,000 for three months of inventory. Then you wanna have double that budget for your next order and for marketing expenses. So you need $30,000 to do that. And what’s interesting, mean, if you take a look at this, I don’t know if I can share really quickly. I know it’s not gonna translate to audio, but I wanna show you so maybe you can explain it in better terms. But before you open that up, those dollar amounts,

30:06
That’s assuming you hit the front page. That’s what you would need to keep up, right? With the sales. So the way that we write our listing and the way that we send signals of traffic, you should be on the first page of, like I said, 60 to 80 % of the surge volume within the first week of launch. So that’s assuming you preserved your honeymoon. You wrote your listing. You want to define all that, first of all, just in case people don’t know what your time is. Can you define the honeymoon period? Oh, yeah, yeah. So.

30:35
When you first launch a product on Amazon, honeymoon periods one of most important things. So when you first launch a product onto Amazon, they have no idea what this product is. And so they’re relying on two things for rank in order to understand honeymoon. You kind of need to know the algorithm. The algorithm relies on performance times relevancy. So the performance piece is going to be your click through rate, your conversion rate and your revenue. And so.

31:02
the day that that product goes live in Amazon’s catalog, just because you created the listing doesn’t mean it’s yours. It’s in Amazon’s catalog. It’s not your product. Even if you have brand registry, you control it. It’s still theirs. And so the day it goes live, it starts to accumulate history. And if you don’t have inventory in stock for three months after launch, it’s accumulated a lot of zeros, right? And so in order to prevent that from happening and to hit the ground running, you want to preserve that honeymoon period, that first 30 to 60 days.

31:32
where Amazon’s kind of figuring out where you belong. And so you want to put the launch and start date into the future, maybe a year out when you create the listing. And so you won’t really populate much into the listing typically, at least we don’t, but you’ll put the bare minimum and then the product will get shipped. It’ll get on its way and on the boat. And then the day before you launch the product, you can populate the rest of the content.

32:01
and you can move that launch and start date to that day that you’re launching and then it will go live in Amazon’s catalog. So in other words, if you had created it and preserved the honeymoon correctly, you click on it in your inventory tab, it’s going to lead to what they call the Amazon dog pages, which is this URL can’t be found. And it shows you a cute dog that someone that works at Amazon owns. Yep. And if, but if you see your listing there with like the bare minimum you would put in, then your honeymoon already started.

32:30
and you’re accumulating negative history. But assuming you hit the ground running, you wrote your listing to maximize rank potential because you wrote the keywords in the right order, in the right format, in the right match type, and in the right spots. And then you turn on the right PPC campaigns for launch, which would be targeting all the highly relevant ones, being very aggressive, sending a lot of signals, traffic signals, add to carts, getting add to carts and conversions and everything.

32:58
that performance piece that Amazon loves to see, then you should rank on the first page for hundreds and hundreds of keywords within the first five to seven days of launch. Very consistent if you do it in the right way. Doesn’t that depend on how competitive it is? So what was your criteria then for figuring out whether you could even do that or whether that was possible? I mean, it’s not always a matter of money, right?

33:22
So typically what you’ll see is like on the first page, what do you have 35 to 45 competitors depending on the layout of the page? Yeah, I’d say even in highly competitive niches like I’m not talking about like vitamin C serum, right? Like that would be like the top. It would be very, very competitive. Not a lot of keywords for it. And people throwing millions of dollars at it, right? Because they’re playing the LTV, the lifetime value game versus the make money on every unit game. So.

33:51
But even in there, the 21st through 35th best sellers are beatable because they’re not gonna be ranked for most of the keywords. They’re not gonna be converting highly. They’re gonna be sending the wrong signals. Their images might not be as good. You should be entering the market with highly converting images because you can test them in advance with PickFu or whatever service you use. could be, you can definitely.

34:19
do the homework in advance to make sure that your design, your product has enough value and is in the right price point to where it should convert. And you should launch at a slightly lower price. That’s our launch strategy. You can use a big coupon instead if you’re gonna run frequent lightning deals or something. But typically you’re just gonna outperform those 20 through 40 anyway most of the time. So when I say jump to the first page, you’re like 15 to 20 for most of those keywords pretty consistently because

34:46
you have a highly converting listing and it’s really strong signals on what you’re selling. So how do you quantify the strength of the listings that you’re going up against? Like what if those in position 20? Yeah. So it’ll be like, do they have infographics? Like are there images really well lined out? So in Data Dive we have a tab called Deep Dive and you can see their sales over the last couple years.

35:14
the trends, you can see how many variations they have. can actually hide, there’s a button, like a drag down to hide the details. And what it’ll do is it’ll only show you their content. So you can see how good their images are. When you start seeing most of the sellers with multiple variations, they have, their second image is about like the benefits of the buyer. They have infographics, they have good lifestyle images that are clearly not photo, like that don’t look.

35:43
you know, obviously Photoshopped, they have A plus content. That would be a more developed niche from a content perspective. Combine that with analyzing how good they are at the keywords, ranking for the keywords, their price point, and whether that leaves you an ROI if you have to compete on price, then that’s kind of how we would evaluate the niche. Okay. So the strength of the listing is a little bit more subjective, right?

36:12
Yeah, strength of the listing would be subjective based. It’s more of just a checkbox. Are there images good and clean? That’s that’s pretty subjective. But do they have a plus content is like a yes or no? Yeah, do they have? Do they have infographics that’s a yes or no? You know, you’ve seen it many times where there’s certain niches where people just have the same. They have like eight product images just from different angles or whatever.

36:38
And that’s not gonna be very sophisticated or tough to beat. Okay. And this is under the assumption that a lot of those guys aren’t doing a great job with their keywords. Yeah. SEO is where you crush them, right? So that’s the most reliable way to beat them. Okay. I’ve seen it many, many, many times where people have the most gorgeous listings, but they’re just not ranked really well because they didn’t do a good job with the SEO and the launch. And I feel like they could do a better job. Like,

37:08
I would love to hire them as a product development person, but they need that training on the SEO side. Okay, let me ask you this question then. If you just use a reverse ASIN lookup tool of the top best sellers and just added those keywords to your listing, how is that different from what you do? So you need to know which ones to prioritize. So we use a formula.

37:32
We take all of the data based on how many of the competitors are ranked well for those keywords. like that’s the relevancy formula. We factor that in and we factor in the broad search volume of the different root words that are found within that data set. So if I can explain that in another way, it would be like there’s 400 keywords. What are the repeated words and phrases that you can pull out of there? So if I was looking at a diaper bag,

38:02
diaper bag backpack out of 400 keywords might show up 200 times. And baby bag might only show up 34 times with 50,000 search volume. So prioritizing the correct phrases in the right order and the right match type and figuring out what words to put in requires a much deeper look into the data. Okay. So just for the listeners out there, when you create an Amazon listing, there’s only so many characters that you have in the title bullet points. So

38:32
It’s a matter of prioritizing what you put in those to make the maximum use out of those characters that you have. Correct. And not only that, Amazon gives you more credit or less credit depending on where the keyword is and what the match type of that keyword is. So if I wanted to rank what a mistake a lot of people make is that they’ll try to stuff a bunch of words together to make a bunch of different keywords.

38:57
And so they end up with all these broad matches where instead of diaper bag backpack, it was backpack for, you know, diaper bag. And so the words are there, but they’re out of order. You’re only getting 30 % credit towards diaper bag backpack, which is probably the biggest keyword for you. And you didn’t know that you thought you were going to get a hundred percent credit. And so, and, then match type, uh, that’s the match type and then where you put it. the title, the beginning of the title is worth more than the middle of the title.

39:26
The beginning of the title is worth more than the bullets. The bullets are worth more than the backend, some of the fields in the backend. And the backend is worth more than the description. Meaning that when there’s an action, anytime someone clicks on your link, like your product, like there’s an impression, anytime there’s a click, anytime that someone even looks at your bullet, like your reviews, anytime someone adds it to cart and abandons the cart, anytime someone converts, all of those actions will trigger a certain amount of credit

39:56
to all of the keywords that you’re trying to rank for. And the only way that Amazon can distribute that credit is based on, and allow you to tap into it, is based on how you wrote the listing. Because that’s how they establish relevancy. All right, so just to summarize for anyone who’s listening out there, when you’re putting together a high converting listing, there’s like a lot of variables in play. So what Brandon was saying was,

40:24
the phrases that you choose and in what order the words are all matter and it just becomes a prioritization problem. You can’t just stuff all these keywords in there. You have to do them in the right order and you have to put them in the priority that you want because the position those words are in actually matters. Correct. the million dollar question then. So in order to solve how to do that we had to put a quantifiable score to it. Right. And that’s where the ranking juice score that we created comes from. So that when you write your title

40:54
You’ll get a score and we analyze all the competition that you selected too. So we actually tell you their score and then we show you show you what your score is. And then we show you on the data set all the root words and phrases and all the keywords exactly what you have hit and what you’ve missed and in what match type you’ve hit it or missed it. OK, so walk me through data dive now. So data dive is Brandon’s tool.

41:24
that can be used to optimize the listings. So if I pop in my listing, let’s say, and then you’ve already pulled like the top 20 in there, will your tool tell me what I should populate in the title and the bullets and the backend keywords? So that’s the fun part is when you already have a listing that’s selling and you wanna know what you’re doing right and what you’re doing wrong, so you would do that dive with 19 other best sellers and you.

41:52
No matter if you’re the 50th bestseller or you’re the 15th bestseller, you want to include your listing and what you’re going to be able to see very quickly is when you prior when you when you sort by search volume or you sort by relevancy, you’re going to see your ranks for all of those keywords and then you’ll start to see patterns in those keywords and so you’ll start to see an example that I use sometimes, which is super fun and obvious, is the garlic press. Everyone’s favorite, right?

42:21
It’s been used a million times. He started that. Yeah. So, uh, it’s so funny. Yeah. He’s the originator. Yep. To this day, Oxo and KitchenAid, $2 billion brands are terrible at Amazon, right? They sell a ton of units, but they’re not good. And so why, how can I dare say that they sell a ton of units? They’re very good, right? Well, the reality is

42:50
If you look at KitchenAid’s listing, you’ll see that they don’t ever write the term garlic mincer into their listing. And so I didn’t know before I did a dive on garlic press, I was like, it should be fun, everyone’s used garlic press, let me just use garlic press to see how it looks. garlic mincer is the second most searched way of finding a garlic press. They call it a garlic crusher, that’s the third best, right?

43:18
Now it’s not, it’s like four to one. It’s like garlic press is by far the best. And then if yours has a slicing feature, there’s garlic slice or two. So it goes down, there’s several roots. We call those root words different ways of calling this product, right? And so we like to find products with a lot of different root words because we have the advantage of being able to find them, right? Whereas most people don’t and they just guess. And so they just call it whatever that is. Whatever they call it is what they assume everyone else calls it.

43:48
If you look at their ranks, KitchenAid is ranked in the top five for almost every single keyword relating to garlic press. But they’re ranked between 25 and 45 for any garlic mincer keyword or any mincer keyword. And the reason is because Amazon’s algorithm is not quite sure if it’s relevant. They’re probably running PPC at garlic mincer and performing okay. They’re probably…

44:17
building up a lot of credit in the bank, but Amazon has them in this maybe zone of 25 to 45. That’s what I call the maybe zone. And if you look at their listing, what they say is crushes, menses and slices garlic or something like that. So a garlic mincer is very different than menses garlic. Very different use of the language, but similar.

44:45
And so that’s enough for Amazon to say, OK, maybe it’s a maybe it’s similar. Maybe it’s a type of product, but I’m not sure. So I can’t rank it in the top of page one because I have to be very sure with my relevancy score in order for Amazon to reward you and say you deserve to be one of the top performers. So those three there’s three garlic mincer keywords with a combined I don’t know, 30 or 40,000 search volume that if they simply rewrote their title, they have they don’t use their whole title either. It’s terrible. But if they just wrote garlic mincer into their title, they would immediately have an uptick of.

45:14
25 to 40 % in sales. Crazy, but that’s the type of incident like that’s the type of insight that we could see by looking at that that matrix because we color code it too. So yellow would be like areas of like low hanging fruit of areas of opportunity and then you know green is you know wide open like there’s something wrong. You’re not ranked at all. You’re not index like you gotta fix something. There’s something major going on. It’s a huge area of opportunity, but the yellow is.

45:43
You know, like you’re almost there and and so what I did is when I sorted by search for him, I saw yellow and I was garlic mincer keyword. It was maybe garlic mincer at the top and then I I saw another yellow and it was a mincer keyword and then I saw another yellow and it was a mincer keyword. But everything else they were ranked top five and I’m like they’re crushing this. You know, no no pun intended. They’re actually like, you know, really good at this niche minus that phrase. They just they didn’t hit it so.

46:13
I don’t know if anyone listening works for KitchenAid, but you guys could do a little bit better. Nice. So this analysis sounds like it takes forever without this tool. Without the tool. Because I’ve seen these spreadsheets that you’ve shown me, right? Yeah. If I were to populate those by hand. Hours. Yeah. Yeah. Yeah. Yeah. OK. The entire premise was like we do on one end, so we learn from doing ourselves.

46:40
Right? Jennifer and I like to equate our businesses, our three businesses to like a three legged table. You know, we got our brands where we learn and ourselves and we do. And then we have seller systems where we teach what we learn. And then we were lucky enough to have a partner that can automate what we teach into data dive into. And then our team gets to use data dive. So we have a beautiful flywheel where all the tables reliant on each other and.

47:08
It saves you hours per day per employee for sure. So in your method of picking products, Brandon, the number of reviews doesn’t matter. I don’t really care about them as much as the other factors. Okay. Lows people away. Like I think that people cringe when they see a bunch of your views. Yeah. But if everyone’s bad at Amazon, then I’m just going to beat them on SEO. I’m going to be ranked higher than them for more search volume and more keywords. So.

47:36
I will convert higher than them as a whole than they will. What’s interesting about the way you do things is it doesn’t take into account like social proof, right? Like if I see like a thousand reviews, I’m probably gonna buy that one. Or if it has Amazon’s choice, is that all factored in there too? No, not as much like for my decision making process. Yeah.

48:04
So we give a negative score if the top like six or eight of the top 10, you know, have have more than a thousand reviews, right? Because once you hit four digits, it’s much bigger than three digits. It’s psychologically. So. This is your exact line of questioning around how to to how to like figure out whether a product is good or not is why I created a scorecard to give a quantifiable score.

48:34
for a product based on all of these different factors. Because the biggest question that people were asking is exactly like you. They’d say like, all these things look good, but they have all these reviews, right? Like, that’s a bad thing. So how bad is bad and how good is good? And so what I did is I started to put together a scorecard with a quantifiable score between 50 and 250 positive, and between 50 and 250 negative. And like, if everyone has…

49:03
like the top six or eight people have 1000 reviews or more than it’s probably minus 100. That’s not a good thing, but it’s not a deal breaker. So it’s still a negative. So at the end of it, when you count the ROI, you count the, you know, the keywords, the profitability, the opportunity to differentiate the opportunity to add value through smaller packaging to reduce your costs with on fulfillment.

49:29
Like there’s a lot of things that you can maybe add value in that are positives. Once you add up all of those scores, plus or negative, then you’ll have a quantifiable number that will tell you is this product good or bad. And then people are like, well, got this product, got a score of 250, should I do it? And I said, okay, do 30 products and then you tell me if 250 is good enough. And what ends up happening is like the more you look at, the cream rises to the top, the better it’s just gonna get.

49:59
you’ll end up finding something that’s worth getting samples on at least and then maybe move forward with. So everyone listening out there, like go check out Brandon’s tool. Like every single Amazon tool that I’ve ever used, I always ignore that niche score. You know what I’m talking about, right Brandon? Yeah. It’s always completely bogus and yours is the first where the number is actually meaningful because the data, there’s data behind it and the data is visible.

50:28
It’s not just this like magic number that’s displayed in There’s no black box. You have to fill it out. We haven’t automated that part yet. There’s going to be certain things eventually that will start to check some of those boxes for you. But we’re really early. Most people listening don’t know. We launched out of beta less than a year ago. And we’ve got 2,000 paid users and growing. But we’re…

50:51
We have a team of 25 on the programmer side because we just want to keep adding tools and value and making it better every day. But yeah, it’s not automated yet and it’s not a black box tool. You’re going to have to fill it out. But you’ll get a quantifiable niche score. It’ll be a real score based on real information and you’ll be pretty confident when you fill it out whether you should do the product or not, I think. Exactly. That’s what I like about it because

51:18
The fact that it’s not a black box, and there’s always nuances, right, that you need to take into account, which is what real life is like when it comes to deciding what to sell. Brandon, where can people find more about your tool? So datadive.tools, that’s the homepage. You have a Chrome extension, and I’m proud. I waited to get on a call with you, with your good friend. We just had a partnership with Jungle Scout. Nice. With Greg.

51:48
Now you don’t need any other subscription to power it so you can just download it and start using it and I believe you have a Discount code for your listeners as well. Okay. Do you remember what it was? What do you always what is your code usually? Let’s just make it my wife quit my wife, but I’ll have to alright I’ll go back and make sure that that’s in there, but my wife quit would get you $50 off per month so

52:14
Immediately you can start using the tool. There’s some instructional videos. There’s a free master class to look at how we do the product validation on seller-systems.com. Watch that three hour master class. It’s free. It’ll walk you through the data. It’ll walk you through the product validation and how we find and how we validate products and then how the tool works. And if you guys, I have a lot of people in my class who always ask me, hey, should I sell this product? Should I sell this product?

52:43
I usually go in and I don’t have like a super quantifiable method. Like I have like the eyeball test. I look at all the competitors and you know their images. But what would be really nice is to just give a number to it. Yeah, getting a number to it and then pulling all of even, even to use your eyeball test, like to pull all the images into one sheet like we do with deep dive. Yeah. Makes it so much easier just to say, okay, this is a very sophisticated niche.

53:11
These guys are all doing really great content. And then if you go back to the master keyword list and you see most of them are ranked really well for lot of the percentage of search volume, like right there, you’re kind of like, this is a super competitive, higher risk product. Maybe you should move in another direction or spend another week or two finding another 30 or 50 potential products and choose one of the better ones. Cool. Well, hey, Brandon, thanks a lot for this talk today. I hope it didn’t go over anyone’s head and

53:40
It’s pretty straightforward when you think about it, right? There’s all these parameters, all these keywords, and you just gotta put them in the right order and figure out what the low hanging fruit is and whether you even have a chance. And there’s a number that basically gives you peace of mind whether you should consider going through with it or not. Thanks for having me, Steve. It was awesome.

54:03
Hope you enjoy that episode. Now Brandon is really a wealth of knowledge when it comes to Amazon and you should check out his content. For more information, go to mywifequitterjob.com slash episode 465. And once again, I want to thank Sellerboard, which is the Amazon profit software that I recommend for Amazon sellers. By going to mywifequitterjob.com slash Sellerboard, you can get 30 days for free. Once again, that’s mywifequitterjob.com slash S-E-L-L-E-R-B-O-A-R-D.

54:30
I also want to thank 180Marketing.com for sponsoring this episode. 180Marketing is the agency that I use to grow my search traffic by 4x in just six months. For more information, email jeff at 180Marketing.com. Now I talk about how I use these tools on my blog, and if you are interested in starting your own eCommerce store, head on over to mywifecoderjob.com and sign up for my free six day mini course. Just type in your email and I’ll send you the course right away. Thanks for listening.

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!

464: Dead Simple Business Ideas That Anyone Can Start With No Money – Family First Friday

464: Dead Simple Business Ideas That Anyone Can Start With No Money - Family First Friday

Welcome to Family First Fridays, which is a new segment of the show in honor of my book, The Family First Entrepreneur.

It’s official! I’m a Wall Street Journal bestselling author! The first half of my book discusses how to find your next side hustle. So in this episode, I’m giving you 10 dead simple side hustle ideas that you can start from home right now with no money.

What You’ll Learn

  • 10 dead simple ideas to start a business
  • Why there is opportunity everywhere
  • Why you don’t need much money to start

Other Resources And Books

Transcript

00:00
You’re listening to the My Wife Could Her Job podcast, where I teach you how to start a business or side hustle from the perspective of a father with two kids. And welcome to a new segment of the show, which I’m calling Family First Fridays in honor of my book, The Family First Entrepreneur. And I want to start this episode by saying that I’m officially a Wall Street Journal bestselling author. It feels great. And what was magical about this entire experience was that I found out that my book hit the bestseller list during the closing keynote of my conference, The Seller Summit.

00:29
which allowed me to announce it on stage in front of everyone at the event. It was an amazing moment that I will never forget. In addition, my partner Tony got everyone to sign a copy of my book, which is a gift that I will treasure forever. Now, some of you might find this story funny. When I told my mom that I hit the best seller list, she didn’t say congrats. She didn’t say good job. The first question that came out of that woman’s mouth was, what number did you hit? And then I had to tell her that I hit number seven.

00:59
And at that point, it was a little anti-climatic. But she did finally say good job, though in the back of my mind, she was probably wondering why I didn’t hit number one. Anyway, the first half of The Family First Entrepreneur is about finding your next side hustle. And one of my biggest pet peeves is when someone comes up to me and says, hey Steve, I can’t think of anything to sell to make money. Or Steve, I don’t have any money to start a business. Or Steve, everything’s already saturated out there. So in this episode today,

01:27
I’m going to whip off some online business ideas that anyone can start this year without any money at all. And these are all businesses that you can start from the comfort of your own home with little or no upfront investment. You just got to be willing to put in the work and good things will happen. Now the first online business idea is actually a problem that I experience every day, finding good podcast guests. So why not start an online podcast matchmaking service? Now, according to podcast report,

01:55
the number of podcast listeners reached 464 million this year with over 5 million podcasts total. And many of these shows, including my own podcast here, are constantly on the lookout for new guests. In addition, there are many people out there who have written books or want to develop an online presence who are itching to be featured on podcasts as well. And all you’d have to do is collect a list of podcasts and ask them if they need someone to help them find guests for free.

02:23
And then once you have a portfolio of podcasts, you can then pitch authors, researchers, anyone, and have them pay you to get them on podcasts. And in reality, you don’t even need the permission from the podcast host. Just gather a list of podcasts and find shows for your clients. It’s a very straightforward business model that only requires people skills. And one of my friends, Jessica Rhodes, started a similar business over at Interview Connections and grew it to six figures within a year.

02:52
Now the next online business idea that you can start for free is a digital course business. Now just in case you guys aren’t aware, did you know that you can teach people something cool and make money at the same time? Well you can. By creating an online class about something you know really well, you can share your knowledge with people all over the world. Plus, you can become your own boss. Now a lot of people want to learn new things, and the money they spend on online classes is growing every single year.

03:19
In fact, the e-learning market is expected to surpass $375 billion by 2026. If you make your own class, you can help others learn and save for your future at the same time. Now you might not think that you’re qualified to teach an online course, but the key thing to realize is that you just have to be expert enough. As long as you know more than the person you are teaching, that is good enough. For example, I teach an online class on e-commerce, which has over 5,000 members and has made me almost $10 million.

03:49
Would I consider myself the foremost expert on e-commerce? Not really. In fact, what I teach is only good until a store hits about 10 million in revenue. Any store that makes more than that is unlikely to benefit as much from my class. But the vast majority of my clients would be happy to make a million or even 100K. And there many online course platforms out there that will host your online course for free, like Teachable. In fact, there are a ton of course platforms out there that will handle all of the heavy lifting for you.

04:19
and all you got to do is provide the content. And the best place to find clients is by looking in local Facebook groups. For example, I teach e-commerce, so you’ll sometimes find me hanging out in e-commerce Facebook groups, answering questions, and developing myself as an authority. It just takes some time, and once again, it’s all about people skills. Now, this next online business idea is e-commerce. And the beauty of e-commerce is that it doesn’t necessarily have to cost you any money to start. Now, earlier on in a prior episode,

04:49
I outlined 12 e-commerce platforms that allow you to sell your products for free. So there’s no excuse really not to get started. Now the number one question that most people have is where and how to source your products for sale. And if you have no money, then you can start with drop shipping. Drop shipping is where you take orders, but your supplier is responsible for storing and shipping the order to the end customer. And if you are interested in this business model, then there’s a bunch of videos on my YouTube channel that will teach you exactly how to get started.

05:16
and how to find the best dropshipping suppliers. Now I’m going to be upfront and tell you that dropshipping probably won’t make you life-changing money because the margins are low, but it’ll be a nice stepping stone towards a more lucrative online business. All you got to do is start out dropshipping, find out what sells, and then private label your winners to keep more of the profit. You can also start a print-on-demand store. A print-on-demand business is where you create your own designs that can be printed on t-shirts, mugs, hoodies, you name it. You create the design,

05:46
sell the merchandise, and the print-on-demand company prints and fulfills your order. And the best part is that you don’t even need to be an artist these days. With AI programs like Mid Journey and Dali, you can have a computer create the design for you based on your inputs. Now, this next business model is something that I just thought of from my last trip to Japan. And while I was there, there were all these cool foods that could not be found in the United States. And now that I’m back, I actually really miss some of the cool snacks that I ate over there. So here’s an idea.

06:16
Why not start a subscription box service that ships curated snacks from all over the world? And the best part is that you can expense all of your vacations and save on taxes at the same time. Also, once someone signs up for a box, they become a consistent paying customer. There are many services out there that can help you create and sell your own subscription box. For example, CreateJoy is a marketplace for subscription box entrepreneurs, and they’ll help you spread the word about your business. Another dead simple online business model,

06:44
is to create specialized content for e-commerce companies. Now have you ever seen ads online where a person is using a product and just gushing about it in a testimonial video? Well, I hate to burst your bubble here, but most of these people in those ads are hired content creators that are paid to create these testimonials. In fact, many video testimonials that you see online, especially in ads, are fake. Think about it this way. What are the chances of finding someone good-looking and eloquent on camera?

07:12
who happens to purchase a product and makes a professional video about it? Very unlikely. If you were good on camera, there are literally tens of thousands of companies looking for people to create testimonial-like content for their products. And the best part is that you don’t even need an audience. All you gotta do is film yourself pitching the product, and that’s it. This video does not go on your own channel. It goes on the company’s ads and social media. I actually have one friend who makes a living making these videos for skincare companies.

07:41
Now this next online business model is dead simple to start, especially if you love shopping on Amazon. Now did you know that you can make money by creating videos reviewing the products that you find on Amazon? Here’s how it works. All you gotta do is buy a product that you would normally buy on Amazon. Then you take your phone and film a video review of that product you just bought and upload it to Amazon. If anyone watches your video review and buys that product, you get a cut of the sale. Now the cut is pretty small.

08:09
and around 4%, but you get that cut off of the customer’s entire shopping cart at the time of checkout. Now, in order to start this business model, you must first apply to the Amazon Influencer program. Then, once you’re accepted, you can go shopping. And the key is to find popular products that do not have many video reviews at all. That way, if you create a video review, there’s a high probability that your video will be displayed in the Amazon product listing itself. And if you can get your review on there, you’ll start making money on autopilot

08:37
because Amazon gets millions of visitors per day. By the way, I actually filmed a YouTube video about this, and if you just do a search on my channel, you’ll find it. The next online business model I’m gonna talk about is great if you have people skills. Now, if you are skilled in a particular area, then you can provide personalized coaching and mentorship in many fields like personal finance and entrepreneurship. This past year, my daughter just entered high school, and since I’m Asian, it’s very important that she go to a good college.

09:05
But most kids don’t get into the best colleges by accident. It takes planning. As a result, we’re looking to hire a college admissions coach to help advise us through the process. And there’s literally a personal coach that you can hire for practically anything that you can think of. The other day, my buddy destroyed me in Super Mario Kart and talked so much trash that I looked up Mario Kart coaches and I actually found a coach online. I don’t know if I’m gonna hire this guy, but you get the point. There’s a coach for anything. So I’ll repeat this again.

09:35
If you are skilled in a particular subject, then offer to provide personalized coaching. List your skills on places like Fiverr, Upwork, or even Craigslist, and I can almost guarantee you that you’ll find some clients. The more obscure the skill, the better. Now this next online business model is one that I recently played around with, and it has to do with selling activity books online. Those of you with kids probably know that it can sometimes be difficult to keep your kids occupied if you want to have a nice quiet dinner at a restaurant. And what we used to do,

10:04
When my kids were younger, was bringing activity books everywhere we went. Trust me, there’s a huge market for these types of books and various niches. And the best part is that you can literally create these types of books in about an hour with software like BookBolt. BookBolt has built-in templates that automatically build you word scrambles, word finds, crossword puzzles, sudoku, you name it. And then you create an attractive cover, find an underserved niche, and then list your activity books on Amazon KDP. For example,

10:33
I was looking for a Chinese New Year activity book several months ago and discovered that these types of books sell super well on Amazon. And the best part is that you don’t even need to be artistic. If you want to create a coloring book, for example, you can simply have mid journey or your favorite AI drawing tool, create coloring book images on the fly. Now this next online business idea is one that I accidentally stumbled upon three years ago. The year was 2020. And you all know that I run an annual e-commerce conference called the Seller Summit. Anyway, because of COVID,

11:02
I had to cancel the live event and move everything over to a virtual event in the span of just three short weeks. And it was extremely stressful to say the least because I knew nothing about throwing virtual events. I knew nothing about the software, nada. Now, if there only was a virtual event planning agency available at that time, I would have hired them. And these days running virtual events is in very high demand and you can easily create a business that helps organize these conferences. Everything from the planning,

11:31
the arrangement of the speakers, the email sequences can be taken care of by your company. Now this next business model is a no brainer and extremely easy to do and can make you up to six figures just for being able to speak English. All you got to do is tutor foreigners in English. And the reason this idea came to me, and this has been around for a long time, is because one of my friends’ ended up making over 100K by tutoring Chinese kids in English over Zoom. Before video conferencing, you had to be physically present to do this?

12:01
but not anymore. In fact, language tutoring online has become the norm. Now this method of teaching goes way beyond language tutoring as well. I have friends who are taking virtual piano lessons, virtual singing lessons, you name it. I even gave my tennis coach the idea of providing virtual tennis lessons for $99 a month over at tpatennis.com. And today he makes thousands of dollars every single month without having to set foot on a tennis court.

12:28
Now in this day and age, there are no geographical boundaries for practically anything, and you can reach billions of people all over the world with your skills. There is literally no excuse for not starting an online side hustle today. So I hope you enjoyed this episode, and if you ever see me live at a conference or something, never tell me that you can’t think of a business idea. Never tell me that you need a lot of money to start a business. And if you use some of these ideas here, I’m sure if you sat down and just brainstormed for a little bit,

12:57
you can come up with a bunch of ideas on your own.

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!

463: Crazy Rich Poets! How Will Green Gets 3M Visits/Month On His Poetry Analysis Website

463: Crazy Rich Poets!  How Will Green Gets 3M Visits/Month On His Poetry Analysis Website

Today, I’m thrilled to have William Green on the show. William is a member of my mastermind group and he is killing it online with an unusual website called Poem Analysis, a site that analyzes poetry.

He gets over 3 million visits per month and makes hundreds of thousands of dollars every year from poetry!

In this episode, we break down how he does it!

What You’ll Learn

  • How Will started Poemanalysis.com
  • Best way to monetize your traffic
  • How to grow your website’s traffic exponentially

Other Resources And Books

Sponsors

Sellerboard – Sellerboard is a must have tool for Amazon sellers if you want to know how much profit you are actually making. Click here and try Sellerboard for FREE.

180 Marketing – 180Marketing is the agency that I used to grow my SEO traffic by 4X in just 6 months! Click here to book an appointment

Transcript

00:00
You’re listening to the My Wife, Quit or Drop podcast, the place where I bring on successful bootstrap business owners and delve deeply into the strategies they use to grow their businesses. today I have my friend Will Green on the show, and Will is the owner of poemanalysis.com, where he gets millions of visitors per month and makes nearly seven figures analyzing poems for a living. Will’s story just goes to show that you can literally monetize any subject online as long as you follow through. In this episode, we analyze exactly how he does it.

00:28
But before we begin, want to thank Jeff Oxford of 180marketing.com for sponsoring this episode. 180marketing.com is an agency that specializes in helping e-commerce stores boost their search engine traffic. In the past, I’ve used Jeff and his firm and he managed to grow my search traffic by 4x in just six months. In fact, 180marketing is one of a handful of SEO agencies that I trust 100%. For more information, go to 180marketing.com or just email Jeff at 180marketing.com.

00:58
I also want to thank Sellerboard for sponsoring this episode. Sellerboard is profit analysis software that helps you figure out exactly how much profit you are making selling on Amazon. Now, if you’re already selling on Amazon, you are probably aware that there are many hidden fees in selling on the platform, and Sellerboard organizes all that information for you in a clear and concise fashion. Personally, I recommend Sellerboard because they are among the least expensive software that I know of that does this, which is one of the main reasons why I like them.

01:25
For more information, go to mywifequitterjob.com slash seller board and try them for free for 30 days. It’s a no brainer. Once again, that’s mywifequitterjob.com slash seller board. And then finally, I wanted to mention my other podcast that I run with my partner Tony. And unlike this one, where I interview successful entrepreneurs in e-commerce, the Profitable Audience podcast covers all things related to content creation and building an audience. No topic is off the table and we tell it like how it is in a raw and entertaining way. So be sure to check out.

01:53
the profitable audience podcast on your favorite podcast app. Now onto the show.

02:04
Welcome to the My Wife, Cooler Job podcast. Today I’m really happy to have William Green on the show. William is a member of a mastermind group that I’m in and he is killing it online. William runs poemanalysis.com, which is a site that analyzes poetry. Poetry, but get this, he gets over three million visits per month and makes hundreds of thousands of dollars every year from poetry. So for everyone out there who is skeptical,

02:32
about creating content for something that they’re interested in. William is the perfect example of someone who has managed to monetize his interests. Now, in this episode, we’re gonna break down how William has managed to create such a popular poetry site and how he monetizes the traffic. And with that, welcome to the show, William. How you doing? I’m very good, thank you. How’s it going? Good. I hope I got those numbers right. I knew they were kind of insane, but I guess millions of visits.

02:59
Right, per month. Yeah, it’s the right ballpark figure. As you can imagine, there’s a lot of fluctuations throughout the year, depending on when students are in school and out of school, but on average, yeah, that’s where we’re currently at anyway. Yeah, crazy. And I know we’re in the same mastermind group, but I actually don’t know anything about your background. Like, how did you get into this? What did you used to do? What did you major in? Yeah, this is a really interesting story. So…

03:26
I actually came up with the idea when I was at school when I was about 15 or 16 and I created a website where I uploaded all my revision material for school subjects and after about three or four years it turned out that the articles that did the best were always the poetry analysis followed by certain other subjects as well. So that was kind of the light bulb idea of oh I should really give this a go you know ten years ago.

03:51
But my whole life has been engineering. I did a master’s degree in automotive engineering with motorsport. After that, I went on to work for McLaren, helping to test our supercars, believe it Wow, that’s awesome. Yeah, it’s quite weird. then COVID hit. I left McLaren, went to another consultancy. COVID hit. Things got a bit shaky in the kind of engineering, automotive sector. And I had this kind of opportunity to be like, should I grind it out?

04:21
for continuing this career in engineering or should I give it a go with the website? And I remember I did a talk once in London for Ezoic, PopTelegen as it was, and a guy came up to me from Google and said, you’re clavish, no, stupidest, clavish person I know. Why are you working 40, 50 hours from McLaren when you could be sitting on this gold mine of an idea? And it kept on playing around this idea. And, you know, during COVID, I gave it a go and it’s kind of been growing ever since.

04:50
So yeah. That’s not so who told you this? Because if someone went up to me and said, hey, I want to create this poetry site, I wouldn’t have thought that it would be a gold mine, to be honest with you. I mean, at the time I was on a panel with two other people and at the end of this questions, I was obviously quite young compared to other people who were like in their mid 30s or 40s. And people said, oh, what traffic do you get? And this one person said, yeah, I get about

05:16
half a million and I’ve got about 20 people working for me and they’re like, oh, okay, that’s interesting. And the next lady said, yes, I’ve got about 800,000 and I’ve got about 15 people working for me. And I said, actually, I’ve had to take the day off my full-time job. I’ve been doing this by myself with one or two other people when I get about 1.5 million and everyone’s kind of just just dropped. And at that point, that’s when I realized, okay, maybe I haven’t been taking this seriously. I should really put more time into it almost, you know? So you’re an engineer, you were an engineer.

05:45
Were you in, like was poetry one of your passions or? It was all stemmed from learning from school. So I have an appreciation for it. I definitely have this growing want for poetry, but I wouldn’t say I am super involved with it, but my writers and my team are. So that’s where I can almost differentiate and let them create the great content. And I do everything else regarding the website. So it kind of is a bit split in that sense. But in the very beginning,

06:13
Were you doing your own poem analyses? Yeah. Yeah. So I was, I did all the poetry analysis, got great feedback. I actually quite enjoyed it as well. But as you can imagine, upscaling is quite difficult. So now the website has about 4,300 poems. So if I obviously wrote all that content, I would be there forever. So that was kind of where I diverged and went towards the kind of technical SEO side of the website. Walk me through the beginning. So you’re working at McLaren, presumably 40 to 60 hours. I don’t know. That’s what an engineer typically works.

06:44
And so you get home and you start writing these poetry analysis. When did you, like how long did it take before you saw any traction? That’s a really good question. So I started the website before McLaren. So I actually started it halfway through my degree. I had this kind of honestly, a light bulb idea. I’ve never experienced it, but this was like a light bulb idea. then basically every part-time job would help me pay for people to help me write and grow the website.

07:14
When it came to McLaren, yeah, was obviously it’s easier when you’re doing a degree. Well, it’s not easier still full-time job a degree But it was easier to make time to do the work But when I was at McLaren, I’ll be getting home at about six o’clock half six and then Sticking another couple of hours every night to it pretty much, but it wasn’t a chore It was enjoyable work. So I wouldn’t think of it as work in that sense and then Presumably it wasn’t making money for a while. Were you hiring writers before it was making any money?

07:44
Yes, and I think that’s always been the case with all of my websites. I think most websites. I would say it took about a year and a half, two years before it became break even. And then it kind of just kept on growing. But the real growth came when I was able to put full all of my time to the website rather than just two hours here, two hours there per day or week. That really surprised me with exactly what that Google guy says.

08:14
Yes, you can grow a website part-time, but if you stick all your time to it, blimey, it just rockets because you can put more time to the things you always want. I’ve got about 20 different ideas I want to do the website and I still can’t do it full-time. So you just keep bringing up new great ideas all the time as you put more time into it, if that makes sense. So walk me through this because I know if I was like a new entrepreneur and I’m starting a content set about poetry, I’d be…

08:43
pretty reluctant to hire writers. Did you know that this was going to make money at some point? Were you confident in the beginning? Yes. I think I saw enough with this revision website that this was worth pursuing. And then I believe with websites you get nuggets of feedback, which you should take note of in particular of this article is done well or this poet’s done well or this or whatever it is with a website. There is data that’s giving you feedback all the time.

09:13
and the feedback was always positive and every time I changed and improved it, the feedback would almost be exponentially positive. at the same time, just for the record, I had about three four other websites I was trying at the same time and all of them failed and each one of them brought brilliant lessons I learned to poem analysis. I have this theory that I want to fail almost more than I succeed because that allows me to realize where I’ve gone wrong.

09:41
and how to better myself. Whereas if I just keep growing, you can’t say if you’re, what you’re doing is really, really good or really good, if that makes sense. And I want to really know when I’m doing things wrong and when I’m doing things right and to what extent they’re right isn’t as important for me just as long as it’s right or wrong. Does that make sense? Yeah. Were those other sites that failed, they content sites also? Yes, in different niches and each of them has very obvious reasons.

10:10
for their failures, sometimes not obvious actually, but all of them life lessons have been kind of ingrained into my head and helped me to kind of build up the website portfolio I have now to where it currently is. Before we move on to like how you grew poem analysis, I’m curious what those failures were and what were the obvious reasons why those other ones failed? Okay, okay. I had a website about Twitter tips about optimizing Twitter.

10:40
And I just wasn’t an expert in it, I believe at the time. I was wanting to learn about it. I wasn’t an expert. So the content wasn’t very good. I had a few tweets that was articles that would go viral, but it wasn’t very good. Another one was about educating financial tips such as like it was in this style of Tinder. So you swipe right. If the tip was good, swipe left. If it’s not good. And then my website would showcase the better tips to people on the homepage. But the issue of that was the

11:09
word count for each of these tips was like 200 words. So it was very difficult to index and get traffic from Google. It wasn’t exactly super valuable content. was just a great user experience, but not good for SEO traffic. And then there was one about a tech website to do with the iPad, because I was a massive fan of the iPad when it came out. And again, I was probably copying too much content, not really understanding what I was trying to do in that website. And the last one was a website to do with Steam engines, believe it or not, which

11:39
is something I’m keen on actually, despite sheer coincidence. I have a book on Steam engines as well and but what I found was that was the first time I had people really giving me feedback in the comments and contact forms about the website, about how I was writing the content, how it could be better. So almost before Google told people categorically this is how you should write the content, I was almost getting that feedback from these real interested readers about Steam engines. So that was

12:08
what I kind of bought into prime analysis as well. Interesting. Okay, so it sounds like one, you learn that you shouldn’t write about stuff that you don’t know that much about. And two, SEO matters in your case. And then three, if you’re getting a lot of feedback from actual readers, that’s a good sign that you’re onto something. Yes, I would go down the route of if you can’t write about it as an expert, get someone else to, and it’s fine to outsource it to someone else.

12:38
And I think, yeah, what you said is pretty much bang on, I’d say. The only thing I would say is each one of these had very obvious reasons for failing and I should have noticed it sooner maybe. But yeah, the feedback is okay even now. I get quite a lot of comments on the website per day and I almost sift for the negative comments because they’re the ones that are really people that are passionate, that really almost…

13:07
unknowingly want to help me by showing me where I’m going wrong. even to this day, that’s a real key kind of feedback loop I use to kind of grow the website and help deliver the best user experience. What’s funny is I feel like blog commenting is pretty dead. Where are these people leaving their comments? Not if they’ve got questions. It depends on the context. So with poem analysis, a lot people have questions about the poetry that might not be answered in the analysis.

13:36
and they sometimes are very specific questions, sometimes not and you do find the more niche you go, the more niche questions you get and sometimes they’re quite beneficial to include as FAQ scheme or something so it’s almost like that feedback loop of they’re gonna ask me a question, okay I’ll answer it but I’ll answer it as an FAQ that’s something I do with a lot of the websites as it starts to get more traffic but it has to, I’d say you have to, it doesn’t always work some of my websites don’t have commenting enabled but the ones that do

14:06
tend to give really good feedback. Okay. All right. So if someone, so I teach a class on like building an audience and if someone came up to me and said, Hey, I want to do a set on poetry. I would probably say, okay, uh, you can probably get traffic and build an audience, but how the heck would you monetize that? And I’d ask them to think about that. So William, how do you monetize this site? That’s a really good question. Uh, I do it currently a hundred percent ad revenue.

14:36
So my objectives is as much traffic as possible, as much ad revenue. But recently I started to realize ad revenue is probably the worst way of monetizing a website. So this is where I’m starting to look into products, services and other ventures, which weirdly enough is what all my competitors are doing. So I’m not really sure why I haven’t taken note of it, but that’s kind of the area I’m going into now anyway. So can you give the listeners an idea of

15:05
Like how much ads pay out on like a poetry site? Not very high. So it depends on the ad network you’re with. So I was with Ezoic for a long time and they sometimes didn’t provide the best RPMs or EPMVs, what they call it, earnings per million thousand visitors. So with them and the price of their premium services… Can you give us a bit of a part like, what was Ezoic paying at the time and then the different ad networks that you’ve used and how the payouts had increased?

15:36
Izoic during COVID was terrible. was actually net negative for one or two days, but I would say about $7 RPM is a ballpark figure. For AdFribe, since I’ve been with them, you’re looking at around 12 to 15, I’d say. Okay. So just for the audience, that’s 12 to $15 per thousand impressions, right? Yes. Okay. And…

16:05
I don’t actually have ads on my site because I want people to sign up for my email list and whatnot, but how do you balance not turning your poetry site into just one big ad page? What are your limits? Where do you place your ads? What’s the optimal placement? So back when I was with Azote, they was doing quite a lot. I then went to ad fry, but it wasn’t as much. from my general consensus and from working with the companies,

16:34
It’s difficult to do too little because it’s always if you add 5 % more adverts, you might get 5 % more revenue. So right now, I’m probably at a point where I’ve got too many adverts on the website, which is also a good incentive for people to buy an ad for experience. But typically, I’d go with the Google guidelines. So in content, you’d probably aim for about 20 to 25 % coverage.

17:00
You don’t really want any adverts above the folds, so it kind of pushes the content down. And maybe one or two sticky adverts being at the bottom of the website or in the sidebar. But that’s quite intrusive. I admit that. It’s not perfect kind of monetization strategy. It’s kind of a concession. And that’s kind of why products and services is probably a better way to go. Because the third example, I guarantee and know that if I turn off the adverts for one week,

17:26
my traffic would just shoot because it’s a better use experience, but then I’m also not making money. So there’s a kind of strenuous effect of better use experience, but also monetizing the traffic as best as possible. Cause I know like if I click on something and sometimes I end up clicking on, you know, some of those articles, uh, like at the bottom of websites where it takes into, it’s obviously like an ad driven site.

17:52
because there’s ads everywhere and then it shifts the page up and down and everything, so you accidentally click on the ad. I know that when I land on one of those, it actually diminishes the quality of that site in my mind. And I’m just curious how you balance all that. I actually, I went on your site, it didn’t seem that intrusive until you scrolled down a little bit and sometimes there’s like a big ad and sometimes there’s like these little mini video ads, I don’t know if they’re gifs or videos. And you mentioned that

18:20
If you took those off, you would see traffic shoot through the roof. I’m just curious, is your goal 100 % right now to get as many impressions or is email part of your strategy? What is the thought process? Since I’ve done websites, there’s always been traffic. And I think that’s the way most publishers go. They go, I get more traffic, I get more ad revenue. It’s a one-to-one relation, but…

18:48
When you get to a certain level, and I can’t say for what industries you should get to in terms of impressions per month, but when you get to a certain level, I think the objective should move massively away from ad revenue and traffic, and which will also help with any drops in traffic, be it SEO or seasonality, and then move towards monetization with other methods. And I think that’s the best way to go about this type of industry, maybe because ultimately it’s difficult. I think it’s…

19:17
having a product and service is a real good niche and a great thing to have, but it also takes a lot of time. So getting enough traffic is what I tend to do with my website. And now I’m starting to think, okay, once I’ve got to that level, can I better monetize the traffic? So it’s not actually dropping, but it’s actually improving the website even further. So do you think that advertising has harmed your rankings in Google? Yes, I think it definitely has. There’s a lot of factors that will negatively

19:46
Influence a web user and how they browse a article bounce rates I get a lot of feedback for people with the adverse and they hate the adverts as well, which I completely agree with a Lot of the competitors. I even see some maybe testing of some people Removing adverts on some web pages and see some it’s seen it shoot up as well It makes sense. It’s not kind of rocket science if you’ve got someone come to a

20:13
webpage to read content and they’re getting on farther with adverts in between the content, it’s not going to improve, make them want to stay on the website, it’s not going to help the core web vitals as well, you know, it’s still not helping the SEO impact of the website.

20:31
My first book, The Family First Entrepreneur, just debuted as a Wall Street Journal business bestseller. And not only that, but my book was also featured on a billboard in Times Square during the launch. I am literally in awe right now. I’ve also enjoyed all the incredible reviews of my book that have been coming in from readers all over the world. Now if you’ve not picked up a copy yet, there’s no better day than today. It’s available at Amazon, Barnes & Noble, and anywhere books are sold. Now if you’re curious about what The Family First Entrepreneur is all about,

20:59
It will teach you how to achieve financial freedom by starting a business that does not require you to work yourself to death, because you can in fact achieve financial success without being a stranger to your kids. You can make good money and have the freedom to enjoy it, and you definitely don’t have to work 80 hours a week and be a slave to your business just to make it all work. I will teach you how to start a business from the perspective of a parent who makes both business and family work. Not only that, but I made it a no brainer to grab the book.

21:27
because I’m still giving out $690 in free bonuses. And here’s what you get. Instant access to my three-day print on demand workshop. And in this workshop, I teach exactly how to get started running a print on demand e-commerce store and provide you with a free website theme as well. You also get access to my two-day passive income workshop where I’ll teach you how to make money with blogging, podcasting, and YouTube. Go to mywebcoderjob.com slash book and are saying the bonuses.

21:53
invitations to book parties that I’ll be throwing all over the country and special offers. Once again, that’s mywifequitterjob.com slash book. Now back to the show.

22:04
And,

22:34
You have all these ads, the user experience isn’t that great, yet you’re still getting millions of hits every month. Clearly you’re doing something right. Can we just- I will- one of the reasons that it’s doing well is because a lot of websites that offer educational content for especially students in schools offer it behind a paywall and I’m ethically against that. I don’t think you should have to pay to get education. So even with the ads, it’s better than paying for the content and-

23:02
That will always be the case, I believe. I’ve seen a lot of my competitors that even didn’t have a paywall, never went to a paywall, and their conversion rate improved greatly for whatever service they were offering in terms of paying to see the content, to the point that they could almost lose 80 % of their traffic and still be making more money from these memberships and premium services. But with a paywall, the SEO tanks as well, completely. Their website just crashes, and it’s still crashing for a few competitors, unfortunately.

23:32
So yeah, I think they’re of niche USP that I have with my content on all my websites that I don’t offer a limited experience. I offer the full experience, not as nice UX as it would be if it was ad free. Interesting. So with that philosophy then, that precludes you from selling products, right? Info products? It makes it more difficult, but then what I would be looking at is

24:01
not just given them the content, but in a better format that they can understand better. then extras on top of that, because a lot of websites, they offer something for free and then cut back almost a bit like Twitter. Twitter, believe it was a free service and now they’re making you pay. Paying for something that was previously free is never going to go down well. So whatever I choose to do in terms of products or service needs to kind of add to the free experience, not subtract from it. Got it. Okay. I understand. I understand. Yeah. So you just…

24:31
You’re going to keep the free stuff the way it is, but then you’ll add value and charge for that. Okay. Makes sense. Yeah. You’re just, you’re not against like just charging for education period. So you mentioned something key there. You said that a lot of your competitors have it behind a paywall. Has that allowed you to track a lot of links from like.edu organizations? I do get a lot of links from.edu. It’s a massive benefit.

24:59
It does seem like it does follow in terms of the backlink juice as well, even though sometimes they’re behind closed doors. But yeah, I’ve noticed a few times where links have popped up on the website and there’s a increase in domain authority in AHRES or Moz or have you within a few days. So it’s not ideal, but having it behind walls, but I do still see benefits from them links as well.

25:27
Can you just walk me through your process? Like you’re going to do a poem. Like how do you get so much traffic off of one of these? Like what’s your process for research? Presumably there’s careful consideration before you write any piece of content, right? Yeah. So some of this is poetry specific. I think some of it can be, you know, be used throughout different niches and categories for websites. I would typically do

25:56
And SEMrush keyword research, AHRF as well. I use both because they are slightly dissimilar in how they show the results. Use keywords such as poem, poetry, blah, blah, that type of thing and see what’s ranking well for that. Look at competitors, see what their top posts are and see what is working for them and basically do the same but make it better. So it’s not just copying or the same content but it’s actually improving the content for that keyword.

26:23
There’s a lot of listicles on best poems, books on poetry, there’s educational syllabuses on poetry which is going be great for students. So there’s a lot of resources where I can get lists of what poems people care about because especially with educational syllabuses, excuse me, you tend to find that the SEM rushes and AH refs don’t really showcase what’s popular because it’s going to be popular for the coming year for the educational syllabus. So that’s where you have to more rely on.

26:53
research offline books and or even Google trace to some extent as well. So they’re kind of the main core ways of doing research and just by doing that you get hundreds of ideas even thousands. So that kind of has kept me quite busy with my team.

27:12
Interesting. So does that mean you have people on the ground at schools to know what the upcoming curriculum is?

27:20
No, so a lot of the examining boards in different countries, mostly US, UK and India have everything online as PDFs so that teachers can take it away and learn how to best approach the new syllabus. So we would basically have a list of these all of the different examining bodies in the US, in the States, in the UK, in India, whatsoever countries we want to target and then go to town and basically add them where we can. And the great thing with these type of

27:49
target team which is something I would recommend people do is you create your content for each of the poems or each of the mini topics but then you then create it into a listicle so people can see the complete educational syllabus in an article and they’re the articles that tend to get really good backlinks from kind of educational websites and stuff so that’s what I would tend to do I would make these separate poetry articles or my team words and then we’ve congregated into these articles that are specifically aiming at certain

28:16
demographic of people, students that are wanting to study this specific examination so that when they go, ah, I’ve got a full list here, I can send it to my teacher, send it to my school, send it to a forum, and then that’s where the backlist can kind of be generated as well.

28:31
Give me an example. So for example, in the UK, we have a Xanon ball called AQA. They have, think, can’t say off the top of my head, about 20 poems in a anthology called A Power and Conflict. And each of these poems needs to be analyzed. So I would get my team to say, OK, these are the 20 poems that need to be analyzed. Go ahead. Let’s analyze them individually as one article per poem.

28:57
And then we then make another article that says, this is the list of the AQA poems that you need to analyze for these years. And it’s that article because you’re in a title, you’ve got the examiner body, the year that it’s been analyzed, and other examinational kind of keywords that ranks really high for students trying to analyze them. And then that’s where them links then get sent around to different .edu websites.

29:24
Interesting. So you’re putting together essentially like a curriculum and then you’re sending them out to the EDU sites as like study guides. Is that accurate? I would say reference guides of here’s the poem that you need to analyze with links to them. That’s why I would put it. Yeah. And then earlier, this is just for my own curiosity. You said you use SCMrush and Ahrefs.

29:51
Just curious what your take is on the difference between those tools. Because I couldn’t really find a big difference that would warrant me signing up for both. Yeah, so AHRFs I find is really good for… Well, the first thing is I tend to look at them on a daily basis to see what percentage increase or decreases my competitors and myself have had in terms of SEM rush. But AHRFs has something similar. So if I see SEM rush has a 10 % drop in their predicted organic…

30:19
traffic, I’d want to double check that against Ahrefs and if that says a 10 % drop, I would then start to worry but sometimes you’ll find one goes 10 % down, one goes 5 % up, so it’s like okay, that’s their own tools and algorithms that is making them changes. I find with Ahrefs, I prefer the keyword research and I think with SEMrush, it’s good for the site audits but it’s very good also for certain keyword researches where they

30:48
Introduced something that I tested with them called user intent was so it’ll tell you is it a commercial intent? Is it a brand intent? Is it? informational intent and then understanding the intent behind the keywords is something that I find is quite useful So I tend to use ah refs if I really want to go hard with a keyword on then use SEM rush But the other thing with SEM rush, which is a bit of a USP is click potential It’s something that I think they’re starting to roll out and I did a bit of recent testing with them on

31:15
where it will tell you for certain keywords what percentage click potential will you get for that keyword. For example, if I say how old is Barack Obama, it’s a zero click search term because you’ll see his whatever age he is. But if there’s one that says, what are the themes and the structural form of this poem, people are more likely to click onto the first result and not see a rich snippet. So then the click potential is higher. So it’s also a good way of

31:41
seeing not just which keywords to go for based on search volume and traffic, search volume sorry and keyword difficulty but also on click potential as well.

31:51
Ahrefs has had that for a long time. had no idea about that. thank you for letting me know. I’ll make a note to look into that. I had no idea. And ever since they introduced their plugin, like the Chrome plugin that a lot of people are using now, they have even more clickstream data than ever before. I personally give Ahrefs the leg up just because I feel like they’re investing a lot of resources in crawling. They have the plugin and they

32:21
They get that click data like you’re talking about. SEMrush looks nicer though. Like the UI just is prettier. yeah. Okay, so let’s dig a little deeper. Yeah. Sorry, I was gonna say the thing I find interesting as well is when you get down to the below 200 search traffic, the numbers can vary quite considerably. And I tend to find a address is a little bit more accurate from where I see my Google Search Console to how much traffic.

32:50
Ahrefs is predicting so that’s something that I find quite good if you got very niche terms, they’re probably a better one to go for

32:59
Okay, so one thing that we had talked about in the mastermind group is schema and markup. So one, would you mind defining for the audience what that is? And two, how did you even discover this was important in the first place?

33:19
So schema markup is a way of structuring data and content that you have on your website into a format that Google can read very precisely and effectively that they can then translate into a good user experience snippet or a rich snippet at the top of Google search results. ultimately, Google’s aim is to satisfy the user as quickly as possible. And I don’t think that’s going to change for years and years.

33:46
And the quicker they can do that, the better the UX, the more money they are probably going to make. And so the idea that you are getting a positive SEO by changing and formatting your content to have schema markup enables you to be more eligible for this rich snippet at the top of Google. And obviously, if you’re at the top of Google, you’re going to probably get more clicks, even if it is zero clicks. So that’s kind of the methodology of schema markup. There’s many different types.

34:16
which ones you use can have good consequences. Some might be better than others. It’s probably a niche thing as well. For example, if I have a recipe scheme on my website, it’s not going to work very well. Or if it’s on a food website, it’s going to work very well. So yeah, there’s loads of different markups. think finding out which ones are best for your niche and basically pushing them across your whole content is really going to help in the best of ways.

34:43
So you mentioned like the snippet at the top of the search results. Which schema is conducive to that on your site? Is it the FAQ markup or is it just answering the question succinctly? What’s your tactic for getting that? So the thing with the, so for example, I have FAQ and I rolled that out quite considerably about a year ago and I found with that, you would see the FAQ questions underneath too randomly selected. Well, it’s not random, but it’s chosen the

35:12
chosen selected questions from Google underneath the search result and that increases the space that you have on search results. And although the click-through rate does decrease having that, the impression you get on Google massively increases, which gives you a net gain ultimately. But in terms of the actual rich snippet at the top of the page, I tend to find that you don’t actually have to have any specific schema markup to achieve that.

35:41
You just need to make sure your content is as formatted as possible in a way that Google can really understand it. So one of the best experiments I did on this, which I haven’t seen replicated anywhere else, comes with my other website, OceanInfo.com, where I did a listicle on dangerous rivers. And the way I did this listicle, which I believe 100 % any listicle should have the same structure, is you have an introduction. You then list out the item, be it a H2 heading.

36:08
one to two points as to why it’s dangerous or whatever you’re talking about in the listicle, an image or a video of it, and then the content underneath it. And with the images, I had a caption for each of the images that said, why was the river dangerous? And Google, because I structured that article so well, and it was very clear that each caption answered the question of why that river was dangerous, they actually used it as a list, as a rich snippet list. They took each of the captions out and used it as a rich snippet. So it kind of…

36:36
homed into me that yes, can add FAQ schema, can add breadcrumb schema, but ultimately the biggest thing you can do is just structure your article as regimented as possible and as easy to understand as possible. Both to user on a crawl robot and then the rich snippets will naturally come your way anyway. Okay. So walk me through that again, cause I missed it. So intro and then an intro to the listicle and then

37:03
list all the things in the list, but you sit in the image, all tags, what do you do? So I would have each of the list of call items, I’d have the H2 heading up, whatever it is in that list of call, um, article, and then have two points under and underneath it, of, of where it’s located, why it’s dangerous. And that would change. For example, if you’re doing the top soccer players ever to live, you might say how many goals they scored, um, what teams did they play for? It doesn’t matter. It’s just two things about that list of call item that relates to the article.

37:33
You then have the image and I make the captions and the alt tags exactly the same and make sure that the alt tag and caption answers the question regarding that list of quits and so if it was Ronaldo in this football soccer example I’d say Ronaldo is one of the best players ever because he scored this many goals as the caption and the alt tag for that image and then have underneath that a paragraph you know 150 words 200 words which will go into more detail and that

38:01
Caption in this ocean info example that the domain authority of the website when this happened was zero It was two months old or something and it was beating everyone. It was beating National Geographic It was beaten DA’s of up to 80 on exactly the same keywords articles and I genuinely believe it was just because it was so well Formatted the structure structure that Google couldn’t not use as a rich snippet And I think the idea as well you can look at it from a Google perspective, but you can also look at it from a user expect perspective

38:30
The way I always try to think of things is how many different ways can the reader read your content? Traditionally, if you just got a massive paragraph, that’s one way. If you have H2 headings, that’s a second way. If you’ve got images, that’s a third way. If you have bullet points underneath the heading, two bullet points of why it’s whatever it is or just a bit more data such as Ronaldo scored this many goals, he plays for these teams, that’s the fourth way. If you have content underneath the image, that’s the fifth way. If you’ve got good captions, that’s the sixth way.

38:59
And I find the more different ways of digesting the content, the better SEO than articles tend to get. So that example you just gave, are you implying that you answer the question in the H2 tag or in the caption for the image in your Ronaldo? The H2 tag would be Cristiano Ronaldo. So you’d want to say who are the list, who are the items in this listicle? And then the images would kind of relate that list item to the

39:28
the question that you’re trying to answer being who’s the best footballers, what are the most dangerous rivers or what have you. So if you are answering the question in the caption for an image, that implies then that it’s not a keyword that you’re using for the tag for the image. It’s actually a sentence. Is that correct? Yes. Okay. Interesting. Okay. I’ve never thought to do that. My alternate typically just, yeah. Yeah. I tend to find that something that I

39:57
Categorically believe works. I do it with all my little calls now on any website and it really does work But the only time I’ve ever seen as a rich snippet was on this one example of dangerous rivers, but I never thought of the alt tags or the captions as being something that could be turned into a rich snippet But if they kind of relate back to the core topic where whatever that article is about Yeah, I can see how Google would use it because it’s something that’s repeatable that they can clearly extract from the article with every alt tag or caption

40:26
is answering a question in a way that could be turned into Rich Knippet, of course they would probably like to use it. So let me just summarize everything that you just said that we just talked about here. Okay, so you have the H2 tag, Cristiano Ronaldo. Then you have an image that answers the question, he scored this many goals and whatever. And then you might have a couple of points that say the same thing, this guy scored that many goals and whatnot. Not quite, not quite. I’d have the H2 of Cristiano Ronaldo. Underneath that, I’d have two bold point statistics.

40:56
family goals he scored, what teams he might have played for, a statistical point that emphasizes why he’s one of the best strikers in the world or whatever you’re talking about. You then have the image which would then answer in a different way with different information why he’s the best striker or footballer. And then the content would go and take all that information, add more to it, stuff that’s probably not related to why he’s the best footballer and just give you a better overview of who that player is.

41:25
or whatever that listicle item is. Okay, I like it. Okay, so it’s not the same verbiage. It’s reworded to answer the question, maybe in a different way. Got it. Okay. That’s amazing. Okay, that’s great. And so that’s listicles. So how does that relate to poems? Poems aren’t as factual as that, right? Do you do it in a similar fashion? And do you use images actually for your poem analysis? I tend to find that images are a USP that I like to…

41:54
Expand out to as many poems as possible because a lot of people struggle to visualize and understand what poetry is about so having some sort of featured image or an image of some kind that really homes in what the kind of vibe and what the Poetry is about helps understand the poem and it also helps you X as well But with the listicles is is this the great thing about what I just said is is can be transferred to any industry so for poetry I might have the top 10 best love poems and

42:24
and then have Sonnet 52 by William Shakespeare and then say what is it about, what themes does it include, love, relationships, blah blah blah and then have the image of whatever I have as a representation of it. I might even not choose an image and choose a different type of content such as a quote from the poem. That’s the most important part of the poem, quoted. I can then say why it’s…

42:50
a really good love poem and just repeat that again. the image isn’t something that might always work in each industry, but the H2, one or two bullet point reasons, some sort of content being an image video for me, for poetry is quotes and then the content underneath it is, yeah, it just works really, really well. Amazing. Okay. And then we didn’t even touch on, you know, how you run your team and whatnot, but what are your, clearly what you’re doing is working.

43:20
I’m just curious what’s stopping you from hiring more writers and really blowing this up and just scaling this even more? Or is that something you’re trying to do? think, yes, it’s something I’m trying to do, but it’s very difficult. And I think Elon Musk put it very well that anyone can create a prototype car, but mass scaling it and manufacturing it is a whole different question. And it’s the same, I feel, with anything upscaling. So I…

43:48
It’s difficult finding the right talent and people that you can trust because like you probably know, you can press the wrong button and then everything goes wrong. You don’t really want to entrust someone that might not know what they’re doing in that sense. But it’s also having the right processes ready to upscale. So I might have been working in Trello where people can pick the poetry that you want to write and so forth. Now I’m looking to move to programs such as ClickUp, using Loom to kind of give visual video

44:17
kind of lessons of how to do this, this and this. Hiring one or two people just to help with the management of the writers and to make sure everyone’s happy and do the commenting and that type of thing. So yeah, it’s difficult to do. There’s not a silver bullet answer I could give, but yeah, it’s something I’m still learning to be fair. Well, let me ask you this. Are you, do you personally read all the pieces of content that

44:47
get posted on your site today? Yeah. Every single article on any website I’ve read. I don’t always read it methodically, but I’ll go over it Grammarly. I’ll make sure the SEO is good. I’ll read sections just to make sure it makes sense, but not all of it. Just kind of a skim read. Right. Okay. So that means that you have editors that are kind of editing everything. And so you’re just kind of doing the final pass at this point.

45:15
I train the writers to be the editors. I don’t really see the benefit of having someone go over the content. I know a lot of people do that, but I would rather just let the writers do the optimizations so that when a new talk comes out, such as a set for SEO or topic SEO, I can train the writers and not have the editor do it as well. Cool. William, this is pretty enlightening. Where can the listeners find all the various websites? I know you have a poetry one, you have a book one.

45:44
And the most recently you have an Ocean website, right? Yes. So, ProAnalysis.com is the ProHT1 and the sister website, BookAnalysis, is BookAnalysis.com and the Ocean website is OceanInfo.com. I maybe will have you back on once you’ve monetized it with your own products. I’m very curious how that compares to like your ad revenue and do you plan on removing or reducing the ads once you have products?

46:14
Yeah, I would say part of my strategy, I think that also works well just on a side note, is I always have about 10 to 20 experiments going on and seeing which ones work, which ones don’t work. So I can see in the future, reducing the ads for certain categories, for example, seeing how that plays for an SEO gains and what RPM differences there’ll be. But the membership which I’m currently working on will include ad for experience. So it’s almost kind of incentivizing.

46:43
people to have a membership if there are ads on the website. So I wouldn’t want to reduce it too much, but yeah, I’ll be experimenting all the time anyway. I know that works for me. There’s this place where I watch anime called Crunchyroll. And if you don’t, like you can watch them for free, but there’s like an ad like every five minutes, it bothers me to no end. And you just pay like, you know, a little bit of money and you get those ads removed. So the model is proven and it works. I’m just kind of curious when you implement it.

47:13
how well it’ll do, I’m very curious. So keep me posted. I will do, yeah, sounds good. So thanks a lot for coming on the show, William, appreciate it. No worries, thank you for having me.

47:25
Hope you enjoyed that episode. Now if there is a topic that you are interested in, then there’s no harm in just documenting it online. And who knows, your content site might replace your day job someday. more information, go to mywebquitterjob.com slash episode 463. And once again, I want to thank Sellerboard, which is the Amazon profit software that I recommend for Amazon sellers. By going to mywebquitterjob.com slash Sellerboard, you can get 30 days for free.

47:51
Once again, that’s mywifecouterjob.com slash S-E-L-L-E-R-B-O-A-R-D. I also want to thank 180marketing.com for sponsoring this episode. 180 Marketing is the agency that I use to grow my search traffic by 4x in just six months. For more information, email jeff at 180marketing.com. Now I talk about how I these tools on my blog, and if you are interested in starting your own eCommerce store, head on over to mywifecouterjob.com and sign up for my free six day mini course.

48:19
Just type in your email and I’ll send you the course right away. Thanks for listening.

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!

462: The Hidden Truth About Dropshipping: Is It Really A Profitable Ecommerce Model With Saba Mohebpour

462: The Hidden Truth About Dropshipping: Is It Really A Profitable Ecommerce Model With Saba Mohebpour

Today I’ve got a special guest on the show, Saba Mohebpour. Saba is the founder of Spocket, one of the best Dropshipping marketplaces in the world, because their suppliers are primarily found in the US and Europe.

I get asked questions about dropshipping every day so I decided to invite someone entrenched in the industry to come on the podcast.

In this episode, Saba and I go into in depth on what it takes to be a successful dropshipper.

What You’ll Learn

  • Is dropshipping a profitable ecommerce model?
  • The pitfalls of Dropshipping
  • How to grow a successful dropshipping business

Other Resources And Books

Sponsors

Zipify – Zipify One Click Upsell is a must have tool for Shopify store owners who want to increase their AOV instantly. Click here and try Zipify for FREE.

Link Whisper – Link Whisper is the internal linking tool that I use to grow the SEO traffic for my blog. It’s a must have tool! Click To Try Link Whisper

Transcript

00:00
You’re listening to the My Wife, Good or Jot podcast, the place where I bring on bootstrap business owners and talk about the exact strategies they use to grow their businesses. And today I have a very special guest on the show, Saba Mohibpur. And Saba is the founder of Spocket, which is one of the leading dropshipping platforms in the world. And literally every single day I get asked questions about dropshipping. So I figured I’d have someone deep in the industry to come talk about it. And in this episode, I don’t hold back the questions.

00:27
and we do a deep dive into the viability and profitability of this business model. But before we begin, I want to thank Zipify, OneClick Upsell for sponsoring this episode. If you were on Shopify and you want to instantly increase your revenue by 10 to 15 % without doing much work, then you’ll want to try OneClick Upsell. It integrates seamlessly with your cart and you’ll see the gains almost immediately. And best of all, you only pay Zipify a commission when they actually generate you extra sales.

00:56
For more information, go to zipify.com. That’s z-i-p-i-f-y dot com. I also want to thank Link Whisper for sponsoring this episode. Now those of you who follow my blog over at mywifequitajob.com know that I’ve increased traffic 4x in the past year and I couldn’t have done it without Link Whisper, which is my favorite internal linking tool for SEO. Link Whisper allows you to easily add internal links to your blog so you can maximize your link equity on the pages that make you the most money.

01:25
Now if you have a blog, this tool is a must have. For more information, go to linkwhisper.com. That’s L-I-N-K-W-H-I-S-P-E-R.com. And then finally, I wanted to mention my other podcasts that I run with my partner Tony called the Profitable Audience Podcast. And not like this one where I interview other entrepreneurs, the Profitable Audience Podcast is just Tony and I riffing about online business. Go check out the Profitable Audience Podcast on your favorite podcast app. Now onto the show.

02:00
Welcome to the MyWifeQuitterJob podcast. Today I’ve got a special guest on the show, Saba Mahepour. Now Saba is the founder of one of the best dropshipping marketplaces in the world because their suppliers are primarily found in the US and Europe. And their claim to fame is that if you live in the US or the EU, your customers can get their products super fast compared to other services that can take a month or longer. And most of you guys who follow me now know that I’m not the biggest fan of dropshipping as a long-term business model.

02:30
which is actually one of the reasons why I’m so thrilled to have Saba on the show today. Now, clearly there’s a bunch of dropshippers who are successful, otherwise Spocket wouldn’t be where it is today. So what we’re going to do today is Saba and I are going to go into in depth on what it takes to be a successful dropshipper and highlight what some of his best customers are doing. And with that, welcome to the show Saba, how are doing today? I’m doing great Steve, thanks for having me on the show.

02:57
So Sabah, you told me you used to be pre-med. How did that turn into Spockit? Like what’s your background is medicine, but then you became a programmer and then you created Spockit. So what’s story there? Sure. I’ll tell you a little bit background about myself. So I moved to Canada in 2012. I had just studied medicine. I gave yourself British Columbia. Did my pre-med in 2015 while we’re setting my door. It was August 2015.

03:24
I was watching YouTube and I saw this 20, 30 seconds interview with this very young guy who was 17 years old and he built this out called Summary and he sold it to Yahoo for $30 million. So that was a trigger in my head that if a 17 years old guy can build such a massive business of software, I should be able to. So that night I started programming. So I learned how to program using YouTube and I bought a course at Udemy. So literally

03:54
Starting that, skipped all my classes, sat at my door and started programming 16, 17 hours a day. When I graduated in 2015, I started building many different apps while I was working, full-time jobs, and built probably 10, 11 different apps and they all failed. And I think Spocket was my number 11 or 12th try, which we launched it on the Shopify app store back in 2017. I’ve been trying to scale the company since then.

04:20
So I’m curious, so you self-taught yourself coding, like you didn’t take any classes or anything like that? I spent $20 to learn how to program. I watched a lot of YouTube videos. I bought a course for a team of 1499 from Udemy and I downloaded this script bought by Apple, which calls SWF, programming the SWF language. And yes, I taught myself how to program. Amazing. Amazing. And you coded the first version of Spockit from what I understand, right?

04:48
I did. The first two months when we launched the beta version on Shopify, I wrote a portion of it. I didn’t write all of it because I hired this co-op student from UBC that was helping me out to write the first version. yes, I wrote a portion of the code initially. I’m curious. So was this a bootstrap company or did you get funding for that first version? So I think we were eight months into.

05:15
building Spockit after we launched it on the App Store, which I think was June 2017. A couple months after we did our seed round with the Canadian VC. An year after we got into this program called Techstart. And after that we closed seed round. But we have not raised any money since. OK, nice, nice. So we’re kind of a trap because we haven’t gone through series A and B round of fundings, but not

05:45
the BlitzTrav, you know, some money. I just find it amazing that VCs will be willing to fund like someone just out of college, but I guess it happens all the time around here. For sure. Yeah. No, it happens a lot. Yeah. Yeah. All right. So most of my listeners are either store owners, people who want to start businesses, especially in e-commerce. And I mentioned before in the intro that I’m not a huge fan of drop shipping. So I thought it’d be interesting.

06:15
to just talk about how to get started and let’s just start with like how to pick the best products to sell. Like what are some gotchas? What are some best practices? Sure. I would say, uh, me without getting into the details and the data, because a lot of those confidential and I will not be keeping them confidential. Uh, to our success with dropshippers and merchant, uh, what a confidentiality matters. But in general, probably my first tip was that, uh, for dropshippers that to not start an Amazon store.

06:45
your stores should not have 2, 3, 4, 500 products. The successful dropshippers are the ones that focus on niche stores. You could have only 1, 2, 3, 5, 10 products and that should be enough. Usually if someone wants to buy just a general product, would go on Amazon or eBay. For a dropshipper, you would stand out when you focusing on a niche, as sourcing a very niche product to sell. So that’s probably the first thought on the dropshipping side.

07:14
In terms of data, obviously there’s a lot of products out there that help you out to analyze what’s selling, what’s the high selling products, are the training products, what are the winning products. We recently launched this solution within Swapy Dashboard, which is all winning products. Also within the next two, three months, we’re launching another section that we did on our dashboard, which basically to show you the trend of different types of products over time, within the past four or five years.

07:41
And then you see the trends, you decide what type of product and what categories you want to sell and what’s potential selling in the market. So let’s say I was a dropshipper. I actually wouldn’t want to see those features there because like you’re selling someone else’s product, right? And the fact that you’re highlighting what the trend, do you want to be selling trending products is what I’m trying to ask. Because that means a whole bunch of other people are going to be jumping on it, which will, you know, when you sell, when you’re selling something and a whole bunch of other people are selling.

08:10
that generally erodes prices, right? It does. So by the way, when we talk about the distinction that we’re adding within our dashboard in terms of training product, it’s not just the sales across Spockit, but we actually partner with multiple platforms and getting access to what’s being the sell of different products on marketplaces like Amazon, eBay, across the Shopify stores, there are over 2 million of them. So the analysis is not particular to a product or particular to a shop.

08:39
particularly to the powerful is across the market, e-commerce market. So, that high level would tell you that what type of categories you want to get into, what type of products you want to get into. To answer your question, let’s say it’s August and September, and usually August and September is back to school season. And those type of products would be very popular. So it’s good for you to see that what is the trend in August and September.

09:05
Maybe it’s not selling fashion product. Maybe it’s good to sell back to school products. So it’s not necessarily a thing. It’s good because you know what you need to be selling those particular quarters or months. Okay. You guys support Amazon, right? From what I remember. are very close to support Amazon. think the next four weeks, we’ll be launching our partnership with Amazon as well. Okay. So what’s funny is you said you don’t…

09:32
I don’t actually see how it works on Amazon because the margins are like the fees are so high on Amazon, right? So, yes. So maybe I can explain that. What if I step back and explain a little bit more about Spockit and what the offer, different top of the up where I said the offer, then I can explain on the marketplace side as well. when I started Spockit six years ago, I wanted to do dropshipping and I did not want to use platforms that

09:59
automate drop shipping using Aliexpress because the products are lower quality. to lot of thought leaders, there’s 50 % chance of failure in the shipping. And also the shipping time was like four weeks to eight weeks was too long. So that’s why Bill Spock in the first place for myself to automate my drop shipping while I get access to the local suppliers. So that’s it.

10:28
of Spockit that we create to meet local suppliers. Over 90 % of our base in USA, Europe. Now we have over one and a half million products. have over 3,000 suppliers that we matter the source within USA, Europe. We vet them. And another interesting requirement for the supplier to join Spockit is to offer us 25 to 50 % discount on the products. So when you start using Spockit, you automatically get a good margin on each of those products.

10:58
So to answer your question, if our merchants selling on different channels, do they have any margin? They already have margin on the products that are sourcing from stock. So that was the first section that we launched five, six years ago, which is just US and European suppliers. Over time, we found that a lot of merchants still want to drop ship from that express. what we learned over time is that we should not be biased towards the source of suppliers

11:27
and how other marketplace should be functioned, but we should provide what our customers and our merchants need. And it’s still a lot of people wanting to do AliExpress dropshipping. So we created another section and we built this cool tool called AdiScraper, which automates your entire AliExpress dropshipping that has over 60,000 active merchants using AdiScraper today. So later on, we found that a lot of our merchants that actually become successful,

11:55
They want to get out of drug shipping and they want to build their own brand. They want to do wide-level brands. So we partnered with this platform called Jubilee, which helps you out to build wide-level products. So if you want to build a wide-level cosmetic product, can literally do that within the dashboard, put your logo, put your brand on it, and we will basically warehouse it for you and ship it for you. And this is the extension of Spockit for very successful merchants that want to actually build their brand.

12:24
for a long-term e-commerce business that they want to continue to scale over time. Interesting. I actually didn’t know about that feature. So basically, it’s the same product, but you can put your own logo on it, essentially, right? Yes. It’s our partnership with this platform called Jupeleat. Their software solutions outside of Spockit. They have a different interface, but we’re still promoting them. I mean, our dashboard, with this Spockit dashboard, you would see the wide-level solution, which would

12:53
send you to the Jubilee product. So I’ll explain a bit further. So later on, we figure out that not all the merchants want to sell physical products. Maybe they want to sell digital products. And if you’ve seen the past two or three years, NFT has become very big. So we actually built another solution, which is helping our merchant to sell NFT within their Shopify store.

13:19
So the product is actually available on Shopify, App Store, and our TV Longitude, which they call it Dnfd, Dropship NFT. And within a few clicks, you can actually create NFT and sell it down their store. So we’re trying to evolve and trying to offer our merchant whatever they need, without being biased towards a source and the type of things that we think is right, right? And whatever you think, we’ll provide it for you. So your best customers still cater to a niche, right? Like I have a lot of people that come into me and say, Hey,

13:49
I have access to Spockit, so why don’t I sell 700,000 products? But you’re saying like for your best customers that you know of and you don’t have to reveal who they are. They all focus on a very specific subset of products. that accurate? Yes. Okay. Yes. So if you see our highest tiers, which is our unicorn tier, we cap the number of products that you can push from Spockit to 10,000. And we do get complaints from our merchants that

14:15
Why do you cap it to 10,000? I mean, for us, it’s very easy to increase that cap from 10,000 to 100,000. It just takes probably half an hour to put that in our code. Because based on our data, we know it’s not useful for you to spend your time pushing more than 10,000 products. Even 10,000 products is too many. But we actually try to help you out to save you time so you don’t go and spend days or weeks or months and importing 50,000 products. Because we had those cases.

14:43
And you have to answer your question. Yes. The best dropshipping stores are focusing on a niche. They’re not creating another Amazon store. Okay. So I have several friends who are successful in dropshipping and the way they are successful is one, either they’ve ranked in search somehow and drive traffic to their products that way, or two, they’ve created content and built an audience. Would you say that’s the typical route for your successful customers or how are they getting traffic?

15:13
I think it’s very different. Different merchants, different dropshipping, acquired customers in different base. Maybe I can tap into a few of them. Some of them really good marketers. They’re amazing at paid acquisition. We actually had this very successful merchant that was moving millions of dollars a sell. And maybe we started talking to them, we found that they had a marketing agents. And they started this dropshipping store on the site. There were solo details in how much money they spend and how much money they make. So the ROI was always positive.

15:43
And that’s how they were able to scale their dropshipping store. Whatever they’re making extra, they were spending it back into paid marketing and they were scaling the company. And at some point they actually built a brand around their store. So that’s one type of people that are extremely good at paid marketing. They’re sector of customer that you have, that they have a good social following. They have a, say Instagram account that has 10,000, 20,000, 50,000.

16:09
We have some merchant that their Instagram account are a few million followers. So for them it’s very, very easy actually, because they’re not spending any money to our customer. They they spit out a dropshipping store, quickly use Spockit to source on products and they go on their Instagram and they announce it to their customer that this is my store. It could be a bikini store, it could be a female fashion store, could be a cosmetic store. Those type of dropshippers usually become very successful early on.

16:36
because they don’t spend any money to acquire any customer. So they’re positive. The cash flow is from the beginning. Yeah. We have this case study on our blog. We had this dropshipper on our platform that started as fourth store. I she started with one store, was successful. She started another one. Then she started another one. Then she started another one. I believe she was moving $2 $2.5 million worth of sales every year and very, very profitable.

17:05
But also many of the successful dropshippers, they start, they, they expand to multiple different stores when the first one is successful. Yeah, that makes sense. Would you say the majority of your successful customers are on Shopify or their own platform, you know, their own website as opposed to, cause I know you guys support some marketplaces as well. So I’ve gone on almost 90 different e-commerce platforms, like all of the most popular e-commerce platforms are Shopify, Weights, e-commerce, Equid, Square, Squarespace.

17:35
Welcome to Moor. We’ve recently launched our partnership with eBay. And I think in four weeks, we should be launching our partnership with Amazon as well. I can’t talk about marketplaces they don’t and how they function. But I would say probably Shopify merchants, the dropshippers are, on average, probably the more successful ones because Shopify offers a wide range of tools and apps to help them out to become successful.

18:03
Of your most successful Shopify stores, are they doing all the other things that a traditional marketer would do like email, SMS, automated sequences and that sort of thing? Just trying to get an idea. Yeah, sure. So I don’t know the details of like what dropshippers do and every dropshipper file is different. Some of them do, some of them don’t. But I think things like email, SMS, push notification, sub, or…

18:29
And live in later stages after you acquire a customer, because if you don’t have any customer, you don’t have any email to turn an email to. So also the first step is to really think about how you would start acquiring customer and how you would be capturing that email, like either in checkout or we get a blog post or somehow have it in your website. But first you need to create an email list and list of customers that are interested in the products of yourself.

18:55
But then you can retarget that through, or remarketing through sending emails, notification, SMS, or retarget them using Google audience, or even Facebook network. When you say like the margins are, like you make sure that the supplier can provide adequate margins. And let’s say you said 40%, right? Like a 40 % margin. What is that off of? Is that off of MSRP?

19:25
And are these suppliers actually selling their own products on their own website or are they just strictly suppliers? So, uh, again, you have wide range of different suppliers. have suppliers that are just pure suppliers and they adjusted the warehousing and the shipping, uh, to suppliers that are from Etsy and they’re making things limited edition and they’re handmade. Uh, we also have a few wholesalers within our marketplace that is wholesalers sourced up from multiple different suppliers.

19:55
And their responsibility is just warehouse and ship it. So they’re not the producer. They’re just aggregating many different suppliers. So we have those type of suppliers too. So you get a wide range of different suppliers. To answer your question, when the onboard supplier, there’s different criteria requirements. There’s a checklist. I think we have almost 10 different requirements for onboarding every supplier. Onboarding this supplier is a

20:24
multi-week, sometimes multi-month process, just from starting the conversation to going through all the checklists, onboarding them. But one of them is that they need to offer us 25 to 50 % discount of the retail price. if they are, let’s say, drift selling their store for $50, we request that it goes 25 to 50 % discount of that $50. So our retailers, merchants, have a margin as soon as they start

20:54
I’m sourcing Port art from SmartKit. Are those suppliers that sell on their own website, are they allowed to give promotions and discounts on their own site? Yes, they could. But one thing that you have to consider is that there’s a difference between selling Port arts on marketplaces on Amazon. And again, that’s exactly what I said. I explained the marketplace situation later on.

21:19
There’s a difference between selling a product on Amazon or selling on your independent online store. So if you’re selling at Amazon, you’re selling the same product, when you’re listing it, when someone searches for that product, it’s basically a price competition, right? The customer would be able to see all these products and see who is cheaper, they got to purchase it from them. But that’s not the case if you have your independent online store. If you’re selling them Shopify, you make 200 store, 500 store, and it passes the store.

21:48
could be selling the same product and all of them have a good amount of sale. Because when you have your independent online store, you will be basically targeting different audience from different location, different age groups. So you’re not necessarily overlapping on the target as much. mean, US on its own has scary amount of 50 million people. If 500 stores are selling the same product, then each of them could be targeting many, many people only by the year-wise.

22:15
And that’s all concerning Europe and many other regions of the world. So we do have this balancer on our site that when merchants try to search for product or push product from our marketplace, we try to balance it out. if a has been pushed too many times, we try to not show it in the search as often than a product that has not been pushed. So we’re sort of balancing the number

22:43
that every product has been questioned, it’s been sold on different stores to reduce the amount of competition on different products. But that being said, we’re not too worried about it because these are like independent store and it could be targeting different audiences. Yeah. I mean, if you have your own audience, like you mentioned on social that it usually doesn’t matter. People probably aren’t price comparison or doing comparison shopping and that sort of thing because they’re just buying from their favorite influencer. I guess the same is with direct response ads as well.

23:10
I am curious though, so you could potentially be competing against your supplier though, in certain circumstances. just… Yeah. I want to say so. want to say so. think about it. I mean, maybe in like a very small cases, but in the most cases, usually suppliers and manufacturer are not good marketers. They’re not good sellers. They’re good at producing and their housing and shipping.

23:39
Basically, what we do when we discuss, when we have our negotiation conversation with suppliers, we tell them, what if you really focus on manufacturing and get really good at that and let hundreds of other merchants do the job of marketing and selling it for you? So basically dividing the responsibility on the both sides. So no, our suppliers are actually super happy because we’re actually bringing more stuff. They sell that they had to actually spend money to acquire those customers. Do you recommend

24:09
taking your own photography of the products and writing completely new descriptions or, or I’m just trying to get an idea of what most of your customers do. Do they just take the stock photos from the supplier and the descriptions? Well, what are your recommendations there? Yeah. So, uh, we actually have this feature on the Spock side, just sample orders. We were not great to consumer products. So we do not allow people to call it a web platform and purchase things.

24:36
Well, this is just for sample order and it comes from a merchant. So a merchant could be ordering sample orders and they could do their photography themselves. Some do. A good number of them actually do that, but not everyone does because that costs them some money. They want to do their photography on their end. I personally do not suggest it initially. I think it’s probably better to not have too much cost initially. Push those products to restore, do a bit of testing, see if that product sells, and then

25:06
order a few self orders, do the photography and build your store around those products. That makes sense. All right. So here’s a, here’s a different angle of a question. Do you recommend building the audience first and then starting the store or starting the store first and then trying to sell your products? This is a really, really good question. I think the way that I can answer that is how I end up scaling Spock it as a company. Okay. So.

25:37
I, as I mentioned, I built 10, 11 different products and they all failed. Between now and the reaction failure, because when I launched my first product, I learned how to code. When I built my second product, I learned how to run Facebook ads. My third product, I learned to hire my first co-op student. The fourth one, I learned how to apply for grants and get some more grants. So every single of those products that I built,

26:03
Maybe it failed at the end, it wasn’t actually a failure. I learned so much. So by the time when I landed on a successful idea, like Spocket, I knew how to hire, I knew how to raise money, I knew how to apply for grants and then all those steps that are required to build and selling a company. So to answer your question, I don’t think you should spend a year building your audience and not starting your online store to hopefully get to that number of audience and then start your store.

26:32
In my opinion, you should be doing it in parallel. Building your audience and at the same time, trying multiple times building a dropshipping store. mean, the cost is so low right now. Yeah, but you can’t pay with Shopify monthly cost is 25, $30. I think they’re increasing the prices to $40. Spark is $30. Your cost is less than $100 a month. That’s honestly like going out twice. Like it’s like having two dinner, two lunch outside.

27:01
It’s like eight coffees, nine coffees. The cost is just so low that I think it’s really worth experimenting, even if you know you’re going to fail first time, second time, third time. But every time you learn something new, learn the first time you learn how to use Shopify, how to set up your theme, how to set up your taxes, to use a platform like Spark Air, how to automate using different Chrome extensions. The third time you learn how to write Facebook apps, and every time it’s going to cost you less than $100.

27:29
By the time that you have the arguments, you exactly know what to do. You exactly know how to scale your e-commerce store. That’s my personal opinion. Again, everyone has their own way, but basically, it’s else-free. You know what’s funny about this is that where you and I live, one meal could easily be the monthly cost, but people don’t perceive it that way. They’re like, oh, I’m willing to spend that much money on a meal, but-

27:54
When it comes to like a cost of like Shopify, for some reason they bulk at 30 bucks. It kind of just doesn’t make sense to me. Honestly, many of my friends that they literally think that way and I’m trying to change their mindset. I’m like, we went out last night and paid a hundred dollars on cocktails. And how would you not, how would you don’t see that costly about when you want to start a business, you think a hundred dollars is costly. Exactly. Exactly. I am curious. So, uh,

28:23
How does Spockit make money? Is it primarily from the monthly fees or are there any other ways that you guys make money? So we started Spockit on a subscription business and over time we wanted to move to the GMB style and taking a cut or doing a mix of both like Shopify does that they charge a flat fee and also they take a cut. We wanted to introduce

28:50
and marching out of the cell. It’s been like two years I’ve watched in Jerusalem, but we always said, not yet, not yet, because we always want more marching to get on our customer site, on our merchant site. So they say in business. So if they say in business, got to stay longer in the business and we got to make more money on the flat to everybody. So we have not introduced any cut of the cell. Maybe we do that in the future. We definitely wanted to do it and the experimented it a little bit for a month or two.

29:20
And it was very successful for us as a company, but we thought it was probably not the right time yet. I’ve been getting some complaints from other merchants that, hey, what are you charging us fees and stuff? So we tried to not continue that yet. OK, so it’s just pretty much the flat monthly fee. At this point, it’s just a flat fee, yes. OK. And just logistically, from just a drive shipping standpoint,

29:48
Do the people get access to the supplier in case something goes wrong or do you guys kind of handle all the go-between between the supplier? So I think it’s good segue that I talked a bit about our customer support team that I’m sure. Yes. And honestly, the past, the last five years, probably been one of my top two priorities all the time. I still every single day check 10 to 15 tickets. I read them and they give

30:17
comments to our customer support team. have almost 35 people doing 24-7 customer support. We offer two minutes to respond to them. So, I mean, you can test it yourself, Steve, if you go on our website and you send a message to our customer support team, on average, you should be getting a response within two minutes. These are part of our KPIs that we track on a week-to-week basis. And I’ve been doing it for six years now. I would say I want Saba to respond within two minutes. Is that going to happen?

30:47
That’s totally not, can I hug? Yeah, obviously I’m like an awesome team that they’re doing a great job. mean, if you go look at our reviews on Shopify, look at our reviews on TrustBite, they’ll make different platforms. see like how much they’re talking. The reviews are definitely top-notch among all dropshipping platforms. There’s no question. Yeah, I would honestly give most of that to our customer support down top of it. If you have some sector of KPIs, what that is that?

31:15
It has to be two minutes to respond time, below two minutes to respond time. They must get over 95 % customer satisfaction, NPS, on a week to week basis. We understand that some customers are always not going to be happy with what we do, so we can’t really be 100%. But every agent that we have includes 75%. So we have some very strict and very high bar KPIs on the customer support side.

31:44
So to answer your question, we wanted to be in the middle. If there’s any communication our merchant wants to do with suppliers, we wanted to be in middle. And we were in the middle for four years. Like any communication from merchants was coming to our customer support team. We were reaching out to the supplier, getting information from them, and getting back to our customers. And we did that for multiple reasons. But one of them was that we as a company probably have higher authority.

32:13
to send this message to suppliers and get a faster response. Then let’s say our merchants reaching out to the suppliers, it takes days or weeks to get the response. So also when we are in the middle, when we reach out to the supplier, if they don’t respond to us, let’s say within 40 hours or 24 hours, we can remove that supplier. But if the communication is directly in our merchant and supplier, we don’t know, let’s say that communication is efficient. We don’t know if suppliers are responding to our merchant fast enough.

32:42
So we could not have the KPIs on our supplier end. That being said, seven, eight months ago, we launched a direct communication between our merchant and our suppliers on a limited number of suppliers, which we actually agreed to expand it to all of our suppliers by the end of this month. So at the of this month, if our merchants want to talk to any of the suppliers, they could do that directly. And if they want to talk to us and

33:10
We reach out to the supplier, they can do that as well. I mean, this is a segue to my next question, which was how are disputes resolved? let’s say I buy something from this one of your suppliers and I’m not happy with the quality, but the supplier doesn’t agree. Like, do you guys mediate or how does it get all worked out? We are, we are mitigating. are in the middle. If, if there’s any issue happens in terms of the product, know, where it is broken or it hasn’t reached into the customer.

33:39
or there’s any issue like our merchant would reach out to us. I mean, not 100 % of the orders reached successfully. Even not all the orders from Amazon have reached successfully. think Amazon’s success rate is around 98%. We’re really aiming to increase that bar and getting it as close to 98-99 % on a success rate, but there’s issues on the order processing for sure. And we’re there. Our customer support team is there.

34:07
24-7 to help out. We do reach out to the suppliers. We are in the middle of transactions. So if the situation is in a way that we think is fair, we will process a refund to the merchant on our end. And we will discuss the resolution of the supplier later on. because the transaction happens within our system, we could be processing those refund in case there’s an issue with the order. Right. Yeah, that makes sense. So

34:35
Under what circumstances would the seller reach out to the supplier directly? You mentioned you just introduced a new program with certain suppliers or like that. Do you encourage them to speak with the supplier directly or do you prefer that they go through you guys? Yeah. So honestly, the reason that we launched that, sort of beta and making it across all four suppliers by the end of this month was not really for…

35:04
situation like disputes. It was more a situation that, let’s say, a customer wanted this product to be a different color, or they wanted to ask questions about the inventory of products. So we’re like, it might be unnecessary for our merchant to reach out to us and say, many inventory of this product left? And they reach out to the supplier and the supplier let us know, and we get back to our merchants. Like, do you have the color of these t-shirt? And they come to us, and they reach out to the supplier, supplier get back to us, and we get a

35:32
communicated with our merchant. So for those smaller sort of question, if there’s any dispute, we still encourage them to reach out to us. Because we’re in a position to resolve their dispute much faster and in more efficient way. Inventory accounts are automatically updated though, right? It does. OK. It does. Yeah. Let me ask you this question then. Since there is communication now, is it possible for the seller to

36:01
interact directly with supplier outside of Spockit. So I mentioned one of the reasons that we didn’t have direct communication for four years, four and a half years. There was multiple reasons. Like we wanted to increase the quality of service, but at the same time, we were in marketplace and we didn’t want to encourage our merchants around us. At the end of the day, we are in marketplace and we have to protect our marketplace and all the work that we put in place in the past six years to build this marketplace. So we wanted to protect it.

36:30
We really believe at this point, the value out of spock is big enough that does not work for our merchant dropshippers or for our suppliers to go around us to save $30 a month. So our starter plan is $29. You’ve came that you basically getting access to millions of products. You get access to our partnership integration with both Alibaba and Aliexpress. You get access to wide level solution.

36:59
You get access to our NFT creation, you get access to our winning products, you get access to image search, you get access to real-time inventory update, you get access to 24-7 customer support, and many, many other features and solutions that we offer. If you really think all of these are worth $30 a month, and you’d to go around us and do all of these things manually by contacting the suppliers, sure, I mean, you can do that. We really think we’re at the stage that our value add is much higher.

37:28
than saving $30 a month. Also from the other side, our supplier side, for our supplier side to work with all of these merchants on a direct basis and processing these orders, getting these orders, the transactions, all of this thing, doing that with hundreds of retailers, manually, it’s pain in the agree. Yeah. Yeah. So a lot of our suppliers, even if a merchant want to work with them outside of it, they wouldn’t work with them on the dropshipping side.

37:57
Let me ask you this question. So one way I teach it is like, if you have no money, start out drop shipping, figure out what sells and then maybe carry inventory of that item to get higher margins. Is there that option in Spock? Let’s say you drop shipping something really successfully. Is there the option for me to buy like 500 units and get like a bigger margin on that product from one of the suppliers? Yes. So as I mentioned, our suppliers offer 25 to 50 % discount. So if you want to process a bulk,

38:26
order with them. could again, have thousands of suppliers like this is something that we can discuss with our merchant on a case by case, but they could even offer up to 50 % discount which is a wholesale price and you could warehouse it and ship it yourself. Some merchant want to do the packaging themselves because they want to have repackaging a certain way. So they put it all quarter. They put it in their housing, their house or the warehousing. They create the packaging themselves.

38:55
They create the experience that they want to for their customers. So you absolutely can do that. Yes. Is that something that requires talking, or is that already kind of built into the system? So right now, we do have a feature that you can process sample order at a discounted price. But I think we have a limit of 10 sample orders per product. And the reason that we added that limit is because we don’t want to become a direct consumer. absolutely.

39:23
because we basically are negotiating all this discount with our suppliers. We do that with the condition that business is going to be selling this product to the end consumer. So there’s a limited number of sample orders that someone can produce. Sorry, order. But if they want to order and want to doubt, yes, they need to reach out to our customer support and we put to facilitate that. Another question I have is we talked about AliExpress dropshipping earlier and you added it because some people want to drop ship from AliExpress.

39:53
Looking at your customer base, are your more successful customers drop shipping from your US and EU suppliers as opposed to people from China? Yes, as I mentioned, let me actually share some of the title stats. Okay. Then I’ll answer your question. So we add over, I think at the end of April, we crossed 150,000 active merchants across all the commerce platforms that we partner with.

40:22
And that has grown by almost $50,000 in the past eight months. So it’s been a really great year on the growth and having more dropshipper trusting us and using it as a solution. Out of that, since we launched our AdiScracker solution, which is automated AliExpress dropshipping, we have over $58,000 of active merchant using that solution as well. So that high level of the usage base, in terms of orders,

40:51
I think I was actually looking at our order stats a week or two weeks ago. Roughly around 68 to 70 % of our orders are processed in our USA, Europe marketplace than AliExpress. So I would say more than two-third of our orders are based on suppliers that are fast-shifting and high quality and lead on to vetting and verifying their suppliers. Okay. But you don’t vet the AliExpress suppliers, right? That’s probably a hard problem to solve.

41:23
We cannot really do that. And there are some measures on the Aliexpress side, like you would be able to see the rating of suppliers, the rating of port right. So we’ll let that to our merchant. If they want to use Aliexpress, they can use our Aliexpress solution. But then on the vetting side, it’s on their end. They have to decide if they want to work with the suppliers on Aliexpress or not. Yeah. So what I’m getting at is it’s a much better experience to use your vetted US and EU suppliers. Than the Aliexpress. 100%. 100%.

41:50
And even the support that we offer afterwards, we cannot really offer the support for Aliexpress. So if there is a dispute with a supplier within Aliexpress, because we did not vet them, we did not verify those are not verified suppliers, they cannot handle that. But within our marketplace, we can help with the resolutions and any sort of disputes. I just thought I’d ask you this question.

42:16
Do you know of any people who are doing AliExpress dropshipping successfully in the long term? So I know people that are doing great building AliExpress dropshipping and then making good amount of money, but in short period of time and then die afterward. I mean, they just sort of dies after a couple of months or maximum, I’d six to eight months. I think the final winning product, they go hard on marketing, failed acquisition mostly, they sell a lot.

42:44
some of them honestly sell a few million dollars in like two or three months. Really they’re making very good margin, very good amount of money. But very soon the competition grows and becomes so big that you can’t really compete as much. So they usually die and their store dies and they look for new products to sell. But the customers that sourcing local suppliers might not overnight like in like a month or two get to a million or two million dollar sales.

43:13
but they feel like more in all terms of sustainable businesses. Yeah. I am curious, and maybe you don’t even have this data, but how many of your customers who are the successful ones start out drop shipping and then move on to like the white label option that you mentioned and even going on to private label? Is that, is that like a stepping stone that you guys are seeing with your customers or do they primarily stick with drop shipping? So, uh, that’s a really good question. Uh, so you know, Shopify at launch Shopify plus, think as of 14. Yep.

43:42
And I listened to the interview with Toby and Harvey, the wide-diamond Shopify Plus. The reason wasn’t to get into enterprise e-commerce initially. The reason that they started Shopify Plus was that there’s so many people who are coming to Shopify, they become successful. But as soon as they become successful, they would have gone to use Magento or other platforms. So technically, the best merchants of Shopify, they were leaving them after they become very successful.

44:11
So that’s why Shopify started building Shopify Plus and you basically graduate to their Plus solution when you start selling auto-naughty like $100 million a year. Don’t quote me on that number. It’s like if you’re making like six to 10 million or something, it makes sense to upgrade or something like that. I can’t remember the exact number, but yeah. Yeah, so those are more like merchants that graduate to a Plus customer. So the same situation happened to us, like a drop-share pay was…

44:40
It’s for beginners, people that are entrepreneurs, people that want to start businesses. And the ones that become successful would graduate out of production and they want to their own brand. They want to warehouse their own product for a very long term, building the brand. And we weren’t part of that market. We weren’t part of, we weren’t a solution for them. So we’re part of this platform called Jubilee, which right now it’s purely focusing on cosmetic products. And we’re going to expand that to fashion products and other types of products too.

45:09
So if your dropshare store becomes successful and it’s helpful, you want to build your brand, we can help you out with that as well. you’re using sort of our system and our customer support, the same level of support, the same level of solution that we have, but now you build your own wide level brand. another very interesting stat that I might be just sharing too much, but I think this is very interesting stat that as soon as we started our partnership with Jubilee four months ago, they went.

45:37
from pretty much zero to over 12,000 active merchants using that solution now. So they’re scaling too, which on the Y label side and private label side, scaling is very beneficial because it significantly reduces the cost of shipping and warehousing. Yeah. Nice. OK, so it’s nice to know that you guys are going in that direction. It seems like there’s plenty of demand for that. And right now, there’s no extra charge for that. Is that correct?

46:04
Jubilee has its own sort of fees, which is like, honestly, very small. It’s like $19 a month. I think there’s a very small card of every cell, but that’s very small. It’s not many. But it’s not using usability. It’s the same. Like you use the Spocket app, you can import these white label products directly in your store. Right? It’s experience. It’s the same experience, but it’s a different solution. Got it. Okay. Okay.

46:34
Cool, Salva, I know you got to go. Where can people find more about your company if they have any questions and that sort of thing? Our website, spokken.co. We have our customer support team. guys see this purple bubble in there? The right bottom side of our website, our app, you can reach out to them. You should be getting a response in two minutes. If you don’t reach out to myself directly, my email is salva at spokken.co. Try our customer support. Again, if they don’t respond in 10 minutes.

47:04
They send me an email. But yeah, that’s how they can get more information. have our help center. I think pretty much have articles and content for every action within the dashboard and our solution that should help out as well. Yeah. mean, one thing just I’ve noticed, but by the way, if you guys are listening, Spongebob also has a free program where you can just kind of look at what’s being offered. And then the customer support is

47:33
is top notch compared to the other dropshipping marketplaces. I don’t do dropshipping, but I do see it as a good stepping stone for other things. And your answers actually confirm that with me today in the interview. So, Saba, thank you so much for coming on the show. I really appreciate your time. Thank you, I would just add one more point. Yes, sure. we end this conversation, last year, we actually launched our Academy. This is another section that added in our app that if…

48:01
There’s many courses over 50 quarters, most of them are for free. So if customers want to learn about SEO, they want to learn how to do marketing or how to start the dropshipping source set up in the Shopify store, there’s a course about it. That’s honestly the last thing I want to mention. Maybe if you just send me those links, I’ll link them up in the show notes. The Shopify facility. Yeah. All right. Well, thank you so much, Sala. Thanks, Sastif. Appreciate it.

48:27
hope you enjoyed that episode. Now if you have any questions about dropshipping, feel free to email me over at steve at mywifecluderjob.com. And I hope this episode helped to clear up any questions that you may have had. For more information, go to mywifecluderjob.com slash episode 462. And once again, I want to thank Link Whisper for sponsoring this episode. Now if search engine optimization is important to you and you run a blog, make sure you check out Link Whisper over at linkwhisper.com.

48:54
I also want to thank Zipify and OneClick Upsell for sponsoring this episode. Seriously, adding this one tool will instantly increase your Shopify revenue by 10 to 15 % with doing very little work. Go check it out at zipify.com. And if you are interested in starting your own e-commerce store, head on over to mywifequitterjob.com and sign up for my free six-day mini course. Just enter your email and I’ll send you the course right away. Thanks for listening.

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!

461: The Toxic Truth About Entrepreneurship – My Impromptu Speech At Books Inc | Family First Friday

461: The Toxic Truth About Entrepreneurship - My Impromptu Speech At Books Inc

Welcome to Family First Fridays which is a new segment of the podcast named in honor of my book, The Family First Entrepreneur.

Last night, I held my very first book signing at the Books Inc. In Palo Alto and I had a blast.

I wasn’t planning on giving a speech at the bookstore last night, but I ended up giving a 15-minute impromptu talk, which I’m sharing with you today. Enjoy!

What You’ll Learn

  • Why I wrote The Family First Entrepreneur
  • The 4 burners theory
  • Behind the scenes of my book signing

Other Resources And Books

Transcript

00:00
You’re listening to the My Wife Could Her Job podcast, where I teach you how to start a business or side hustle from the perspective of a father with two kids. Welcome to a new segment to the show, which I’m calling Family First Fridays in honor of my book, The Family First Entrepreneur. So last night I did my very first book signing at the Books Inc. in Palo Alto, and I had the best time ever. And one of the unexpected benefits of writing a book has been that friends who I haven’t seen or heard from for years have reached out to congratulate me.

00:28
And a bunch of them actually came to the signing last night. Anyway, I wasn’t actually planning on giving a speech at the bookstore last night, but I ended up giving a 15 minute impromptu talk, which I’m gonna share with you guys today. Enjoy. Hey, first off, thanks everyone for coming. I don’t know if we’re gonna do Q &A with this bunch here, because I got some people in the audience here that I’ve known for like 20 years, 25 years, 30 years.

00:57
So they know everything, yeah. Higher than that, but you’re right. We’re getting to that age now. First off, just so thank you so much for coming. This is my very first book signing. And it took three years to write this thing. I shouldn’t call it a thing, right? It took three years to write this masterpiece. And the reason why I wrote the book is because I read a lot of business books. And I just felt like all the business books that I’ve read don’t apply to me.

01:26
And especially in this area that we live in, Silicon Valley, right? Everyone’s all about venture-backed going public and that sort of thing. And what I’ve been reading in these business books is that you have to work 80 hours a week. You’ve to burn the midnight oil in order to succeed. And what ends up happening is that as an entrepreneur, you work so hard and you miss out on your family time. And then you’re going for this goal of going public or having that huge exit.

01:56
which sometimes never comes. More often than not, it actually doesn’t come. And at that point, you’ve already sacrificed your family time. You’ve sacrificed what you want to be doing. For what? But it doesn’t have to be that way. So I wrote this book because those books don’t apply to me. I actually want to see my kids. I actually want to see my wife.

02:23
She didn’t even let me finish my…

02:30
So I wrote the book to show people that there’s a better way. If all you want to do is make, let’s say, a couple million dollars or just several hundreds of thousands of dollars, you can do it easily without working 80 hours a week. We run two businesses that make seven figures, and we work around 20 hours a week. It can be done. The only problem with this crowd here

02:58
I know there’s some overachievers in this crowd. And one thing that was a problem for me was ego. So if you’re not used to making money online or making money period, and when that money comes in, you kind of get this fever. So when we launched our handkerchief store, we ended up doing six figures in our first year in profit, which allowed my wife to quit. But then I was like, six figures? That’s awesome.

03:26
Our initial goal was actually only $60,000. And when we hit it with the year, I was like, oh my god. OK, let’s see how far we can take this. I don’t even like handkerchiefs. So I was like, OK, let’s try to double growth next year. And then we hit that goal. And so then we celebrate for a dinner or something like that. And then I’d move the goal. Let’s grow another 50 % the next year. And it got to this point where

03:53
I just kept moving the goalposts, and this is my fault really. I kept moving the goalposts, and we were just making way more than we spend. You guys all know me, I’m pretty cheap, right? Very frugal. I don’t spend any money at all. I don’t have any expensive hobbies. I don’t like cars. I don’t like anything. So here we were making all this money that we couldn’t even spend or didn’t want to spend, and we were working our butts off until at one point, Jen came up to me and she said, and she was in tears.

04:22
Not the happy kind. And she said, hey, I don’t want to do this anymore. Like, why are we doing this business? The reason why we started this business was so she could hang out with me all the time. Right?

04:40
So yeah, so we had this talk. And at that point, we stopped all the revenue goals, because money isn’t a good measure of anything, And we basically remembered why we started the businesses in the first place. And at that point, we focused more on the processes, the automations, that we could take her out of the business more, take myself out of the business, and just really make enough to be happy.

05:09
Here’s the thing, I run a podcast. It’s called the My Wife, Quit or Job podcast. And at this point, I’ve interviewed over 460 entrepreneurs who are just killing it online. They’re all making seven, eight, even nine figures. And if you’ve ever listened to my podcast, it’s always like rah rah, we’re always congratulating the entrepreneur. But when I hit the stop button, that’s when the real conversations start. And I always ask them, so there’s this one dude who,

05:38
who hit $2 million in six months. And in that episode, was like, oh man, that’s incredible. When we were recording, as soon as I hit stop, I was like, man, how sucky was that? He’s like, oh my god, it terrible. It the most stressful time of my life. Because when you grow really fast, that’s actually not fun. It’s not comfortable. And it sounds great. And what you don’t realize is that there’s actually a lot of successful people out there who actually are not happy with their personal lives.

06:06
They’re killing it in business, but they’re actually just not happy. I interviewed this billionaire, and he was great on the interview. And then when I hit stop, I was like, hey, so do you have any regrets for what you did? And he was like, yeah, I lost my family. I got a divorce, and I don’t really see my kids much anymore. And he’s like, that’s his biggest regret. And then I just kind of asked him, what would you do to change that? And he was like, I don’t need all this money.

06:34
I don’t need these private jets or anything like that. If I could have my family back, that’s what matters to me. And so I was like, why can I hit record again? Can you say that? But that’s the thing about the media. Recently, our family was on CNBC. I don’t know if you guys got a chance to see that. You just have to realize that the media is fake. There’s this one part where, I mean, it’s not entirely fake, but there’s this one part where,

07:04
the videographer wanted the kids to just run in the kitchen and go, oh, daddy, what’s for breakfast? Right? And I was like, oh, we made waffles. Oh, and there’s cereal for you. And then I poured milk and whatnot. You should see the mornings in our house. It’s like, get your butt out of bed. Put on your clothes. Go eat breakfast. And then they’re out the door. just whenever you see the news about any entrepreneur you see in the media, it’s

07:33
Probably not as good as it’s not reality basically is what I’m saying. So back to the book. So the book is actually divided into two parts. I am a firm believer that everyone here needs to have some sort of side hustle. Even if you love your job, it doesn’t matter. You’ve got to have something on the side because that something on the side could potentially turn into something big. And it gives you options. You notice right now in the valley, mass layoffs. I think Facebook just announced their second layoff.

08:02
I think Google is having more layoffs, right? I have friends who are not happy with their situation, but they don’t have a choice, right? They have to stick it out at their jobs.

08:15
And so these side hustles, and I’ve met so many people like this, where you’re into something, right? Let’s say you’re into underwater photography. You start a YouTube channel or a blog about that. And you develop an audience, and that becomes a second income stream that could potentially be something big. Like when we started our store selling handkerchiefs, like, I mean, I was a little, you know, handkerchiefs, it’s not very masculine, right? But it was a side gig, and it turned into something big. It’s a seven figure business.

08:44
When I started MyWifeQuitterJob.com, it just a blog, just writing. I got inspired by this guy named Steve Povlina. He wrote this post called How to Make Your First Love Dollar. And in that post, he revealed that he was making $4,000 a day writing. And it’s just this random dude, right? I was like, OK, I got a stamp for education. I should be able to do that too. So I started writing. And I didn’t have anyone reading it for the longest time. It took three years before it made

09:14
six figures. But then once it started catching traction, it shot up. And this is just a side also that I just did on the side. I just set aside a portion of my schedule every single week. And Sunil knows this, right? Because we’d go to Russian Math, and we’d be in this coffee shop, and I would just write my blog post. He wanted to hang out and talk, but I was like, I just got to pump out this blog post. I just made it part of my routine to do something, and then it became something big. Three years ago, I started a YouTube channel.

09:44
Same thing, I just committed to doing one video a week. Just one video a week, and it took a while, no one was watching me. Who wants to watch a middle-aged Chinese dude, right? But within three years, that YouTube channel, just the ad revenue, supports the whole family and pays all the bills. Making the other businesses just kind of gravy now, right? You have to have something on the side just in case something happens. And everyone here is capable of this, and everyone here is actually brilliant. I know almost everyone here.

10:12
It can be done. just takes consistency. It’s really all it is. So the first part of the book is about figuring out what that side hustle is going to be. The advice that I always give, is to pursue something that you’re already into. Like, Yuji’s into electronics and games. Sorry, Yuji, I didn’t mean to call on you. So if he just started anything, piece of content, just documenting, like the guy buys a new piece of electronics every single

10:43
Every single week. But as someone who’s a friend of his, I want to know what he’s buying. I want to know about what he’s buying and what he thinks of all these pieces of electronics that he’s getting. So if he just documented it, I bet it would do well. It might take some time, but I bet it would do well. And who knows? It could be that side hustle that could make a lot of money. It could be the next big thing. So that’s the first part of the book. The second part of the book is about sustaining.

11:10
A lot of people start businesses and they get carried away with the money, like I did earlier when I told you guys. And what ends up happening is you feel like you need to do everything yourself. And you find that the more money you make, the harder you have to work. Those of you guys who know me know that I’m pretty lazy, actually. Right, Atsushi? Atsushi, yes. So the second part of the book really is about automation.

11:38
and putting systems into place so that you actually don’t have to spend all of your time doing it. And just to be clear, the businesses I’m talking about are smaller businesses. Like if you want to start like the next Amazon.com or the next Facebook, then you probably need to work really hard and get money and that sort of thing. We’re just talking about small businesses here. Because whenever I talk to someone who’s in business, almost all the people that I’ve ever interviewed didn’t start their business to start the next $100 million or a billion dollar company.

12:07
They just want to make enough money so they don’t have to worry about the money. So those are the types of business we’re talking about here. And we just happen to be living in this era right now of artificial intelligence, which is amazing. You can literally automate so many things with a computer. I’ve had writers on my staff to help me with the blog. I’m probably not going to use them anymore because of AI. And so if you haven’t experimented with ChatGPT, Mid Journey, or any of the AI tools,

12:37
You should do it.

12:40
So the second part of the book is about automation and really figuring out what you want to do with your time. You guys ever heard of the four burners theory? Anyone here? OK. The four burners theory states that your life is composed of four burners. Work, friends, family, and health. And the theory states that in order to do one thing well, you have to turn off at least one of those burners.

13:09
And if you want to do something really well, you have to turn off two of those burners. And if you’re like Elon Musk, you probably have three burners turned off and your work burners turned way up. Basically, the theory is about priorities. You have to figure out what your priorities are because you can’t do it all. Like if you try to run your business, maintain good health, be with your family and that sort of thing, it just really can’t be done. So you have to make a choice. And my choice has always been family.

13:40
And my wife’s too, right? Family, right? Just checking, just checking. And then we’re always all juggling things also. And the other thing, the other way I think about this is we’re all juggling all these balls in the air, but some of the balls are made out of glass, and some of them are made out of rubber. And so the glass ones are the ones that are precious. Like you don’t, never want to drop that family ball because it could shatter.

14:07
But the other things, you just need to figure out what the rubber ones are and what the glass ones are.

14:14
think that’s it. So I think you guys will really enjoy the book. By the way, if you do end up purchasing the book today, there are bonuses that come along with the book. So if you sign up, there’s a form which I’ll email out to you. But you’ll get access to a three-day workshop that I’m giving on how to get started in e-commerce if selling online is your thing. There’s also a two-day workshop in there that will teach you how to make money with blogging, YouTubing, and podcasting, which are the three things that I do.

14:45
And starting in June, I’m actually giving this six week, what I call family first business challenge, where I’ll be in there in a Facebook group, helping you guys figure out what your next title is gonna be. And so I’m trying to make it a no brainer for you guys to pick up the book. And I really do think that this is the way things are gonna be going forward. A lot of people making money on the side, just planting a bunch of seeds that could potentially grow.

15:14
into a real business someday. Thank you, that’s all I got.

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!

460: Insider Tips for Snagging a Traditional Book Publishing Deal And Becoming A Best Seller With Jeff Goins

460: Insider Tips for Snagging a Traditional Book Publishing Deal And Becoming A Best Seller With Jeff Goins

I’m thrilled to have Jeff Goins back on the show. Jeff is an accomplished author and the founder of Fresh Complaint, a company that helps authors turn their books into bestsellers. Jeff was a key player in shaping my book, ‘The Family First Entrepreneur’.

In this episode, we’ll cover the nuts and bolts of writing a traditionally published book, and walk you through my own experiences in the process. Hope you enjoy the episode.

What You’ll Learn

  • The ins and outs of writing and publishing a book
  • How to get a book deal
  • A behind the scenes look of writing my book The Family First Entrepreneur

Other Resources And Books

Sponsors

Zipify – Zipify One Click Upsell is a must have tool for Shopify store owners who want to increase their AOV instantly. Click here and try Zipify for FREE.

Link Whisper – Link Whisper is the internal linking tool that I use to grow the SEO traffic for my blog. It’s a must have tool! Click To Try Link Whisper

Transcript

00:00
You’re listening to the My Wife Could Her Job podcast, the place where I bring on successful bootstrap business owners and dig deep into what strategies they use to grow their businesses. Now, first off, my book, The Family First Entrepreneur, officially comes out tomorrow. I’m so excited. And as a result, this is the last call to redeem the $690 in free bonuses for getting the book. You’ll receive a three-day workshop on print-on-demand, a two-day workshop on how to make passive income with blogging, YouTube, and podcasting,

00:27
and access to my six week Family First Side Hustle challenge where I will work with you in a private Facebook group on your next side hustle. This is going to begin in June. So grab the book over at thefamilyfirstentrepreneur.com. All right, so the book comes out tomorrow. So I felt that it was only fitting that I bring on Jeff Goins who helped me tremendously with the writing of the book. We’ll go over the ins and outs of writing a traditionally published book and everything I had to go through in the entire process. Enjoy the episode.

00:57
But before we begin, I wanted to thank Zipify apps for sponsoring this episode. Now I’ve been teaching e-commerce for over a decade now, and I’ve been recommending one-click upsell for years. If you want to increase your revenue up to 10 % or more instantly without doing much work, one-click upsell lets you add both pre and post purchase upsells to increase your average order value. This solution is almost guaranteed to boost your sales and the best part is that Zipify only charges you when it actually generates you more revenue.

01:26
Zipify also offers an easy to use page builder so you can build your own landing pages and themes without knowing how to code. For more information, go to zipify.com. That’s Z-I-P-I-F-Y dot com. I also want to thank Link Whisper for sponsoring this episode. Now most of you who follow my blog over at mywifequitterjob.com know that I’ve increased the search engine traffic almost 4x in just the past year. And a large part of that increase was because of Link Whisper. Link Whisper is a WordPress and Shopify plugin

01:56
that allows you to quickly add internal links to your content pages. And by adding internal links to the money pages on your site, you can easily sculpt and focus your link strength to the pages that make you the most money and the ones you want to rank and search. For more information, go to linkwhisper.com. That’s L-I-N-K-W-H-I-S-P-E-R.com. And then finally, I wanted to mention my other podcast that I run with my partner Tony. And unlike this one, where I interview successful entrepreneurs in e-commerce,

02:24
The Profitable Audience Podcast covers all things related to content creation and building an audience. No topic is off the table and we tell like how it is in a raw and entertaining way. So be sure to check out the Profitable Audience Podcast on your favorite podcast app. Now onto the show.

02:45
Welcome to the My Wife, Quit or Job podcast. Today I’m thrilled to have my buddy Jeff Goins back on the show. Last time he was on, it was 2017, episode 166, where I showered him with praise for being a bestselling author. He’s the author of many books, including a national bestseller called The Art of Work. But the reason why I’m bringing him back on the show today is because he was the one who helped me with the Family First Entrepreneur. And as I mentioned in my last solo episode,

03:13
Sometimes you just get lucky with who you meet because I would not have been able to finish this book without him So in this episode, we’re gonna talk about what it takes to write a traditionally published book and How much of a pain the ass I was as a client and with that welcome to show Jeff Hey, Steve, good to be here. Yeah, so I have to ask you this publicly last time I had you on you had a course I think you were pumping out masterpieces yourself because you’re one of the best writers I know

03:41
But then you decided to start fresh complaint and do client work. Is this because real artists do in fact, starve? Uh, that’s layered question. Uh, how did, how did I get into, you how did I get out of product work and get into service work? Um, so, uh, real artists do indeed sometimes starve. did, I did discover that. Um, and I think you didn’t ask this, but I,

04:11
It, I have learned that authors always write the books that they need themselves. And that when you are working on a book, somebody told me this years ago that this, like your life will always test your belief in the subject matter that you’re writing about. For example, if you’re writing a book about family first entrepreneurship, there is probably a temptation to not put your family first during the process of like writing and promoting a book. Yep.

04:40
Uh, when I was, when I wrote real artists don’t starve, uh, I had some financial challenges while I was working through that book and, it is kind of interesting, right? Like I think that, that the work is always kind of a mirror back to you. it’s, it’s, it’s when I write a book, I’m always going, do I really believe this? And I think it just creates a heightened sense of awareness where I’m paying attention to my life. Anyway, that’s not why I started a writing and editing agency.

05:08
I think the long story short is I got bored with working with people that were somewhere far out there. And I sold, you for those who don’t know, was selling online courses for years, had tens of thousands of students over the years, made millions of dollars doing that, been doing that since 2012. And I just kind of got bored. And I think I got a little bit tired of selling a $500 kind of go at your own pace, self-guided video course.

05:37
and wondering if people were succeeding. I would hear from people once in a while, but for every one or two people that said, your course changed my life, there were dozens of people that I never heard from again. And I could look at the stats and see not everybody was finishing the courses and they were getting harder to sell. And I was getting bored of coming up with the next marketing trick to get people to buy.

06:07
The long story short is I had a midlife crisis. went through a divorce. Uh, it was 2020, uh, and courses weren’t selling as well. And, um, I had got, I had started a side gig, uh, writing books for authors. Um, and the first book that I wrote as a ghost writer was, um, for my friend, our friend, Grant Baldwin, who, was the first. did not know that he was the first. And you were actually my second client. Um,

06:36
And there were books that were published in between, but, um, as soon as grant was done, I think he connected us pretty shortly after that. started kind of kicking the idea around and it just took that long to publish a book. Yeah. And so, um, it was harder to sell courses. I wasn’t into it. I wasn’t interested in figuring out the latest innovation to convince people to buy my info product. And I was enjoying, was enjoying clients paying me tens of thousands of dollars to.

07:06
uh, work with them on a book, which I love books. Uh, now there were, there were pains in the ass that I was not expecting about, you know, running a service based business that we can talk about if you want. Um, but it just sounded fun and new and, interesting. And, in, uh, 2020, kind of had two businesses. was doing the ghost writing and editing, uh, stuff, helping authors write and publish books. And then I was also trying to keep the info product business going.

07:34
It was too much to manage and in 2021 I sunsetted all of my courses. did a big flash sale, sold them all, put them in a vault, can’t buy them anymore, and then went all in on the agency work. Wow. I mean, I could have told you that running an agency would have been a pain in the butt. Well, while we were working on this book together, I was like, oh yeah, this is, you know, this is harder than I thought.

08:01
But you don’t know, you don’t really know how hard something is until you do it. But I am enjoying it. I’m enjoying the challenge of learning how to run an agency. And I do miss selling products. I’ll probably get back into that eventually. Because I think they actually pair well, nicely together. I mean, there’s stuff that I have to share with the world that, you know, people aren’t going to pay $50,000 for that can be, you know, that people still need to hear and understand. About half of what I do now is

08:31
is just educate people on the process of what it takes to publish a book. Yeah, I was just gonna say it’d be a shame if you didn’t write another book. But I totally read another book. Yeah. Yeah. Yeah. All right, Jeff, let’s, let’s talk about writing a traditionally published book. In a prior episode, I had my buddy Chandler bolt on to talk about self publishing. When I came to you, I had no intention of self publishing. And

08:58
but I didn’t know what I was getting into. And I’m just kind of curious, your experience with me, is that very similar to some of the other people that you had? Because I came to you, I had like thousand blog posts, I probably had 400 videos, I had like 300 podcasts, and I kind of just dumped all that onto you. Yeah, it is a type of book that we see. I would say there’s a couple of different types of books that we work on.

09:28
One is somebody has an idea and nothing else. And we’ve got to dive into the process of figuring out what that thing is together. I’m working on a book right now where the author has a big platform, know, well known internet personality. And they had a previous book, you know, that was a big book as well. But this person just has an idea.

09:52
You know, and, and they don’t have a lot of content around the idea. They’re, they’re sort of learning what the book is through the writing process, which I’ve written books like that before I get it. Um, that requires lots of this, lots of FaceTime, lots of interviews, lots of kind of teasing out the concepts, writing, rewriting. Um, I’ve got a couple of books that I’m working on right now that are like that. So that’s one type is they have an idea, but not much else. And you have to figure out what it is. You got to pull the book out of them. It’s, it’s in them. The second.

10:21
Um, which is probably the easier kind of book to write. It’s the kind of book that you and I worked on kind of book that grant had where typically, um, you know, the person has like an online course, they’ve got an info product there. They’re no stranger to writing podcasting, creating content. And, and we just have to figure out where is the book in all of this stuff, right? Like what is the through line that makes sense and, how can we build a book out of this content?

10:49
Um, now as you know, I mean, it wasn’t just like, we’re not just recycling blog posts. We still want to like structure the book. There’s a lot of, there’s a lot of content creation that happens, but there’s breadcrumbs out there that we’re sort of piecing together. Um, and I don’t know, maybe there’s a third type that I can’t think of, but those are probably the two main types that someone comes in and they say, Hey, I want to write a traditionally published book. What are you asking them? Like,

11:18
from what I was told from some of the people that I talked to, not everyone can get a book deal, right? So how can you, do you make any guarantees? How can you tell if someone’s going to be able to get a book deal and be traditionally published? never make guarantees. And I typically don’t take on projects that I don’t think will succeed. Meaning I wouldn’t help somebody try to write a book proposal and sell the book to a publisher if I didn’t think it was going to end up in a book deal.

11:47
because it’s a waste of time for both of us. And then I’m getting paid for something that literally didn’t like, there’s nothing. If you, if I helped you write a book proposal, this is how we started working together. Um, you paid me to write that book proposal and, and I did that going, Hey, that’s a good payday. Um, but, uh, if it doesn’t result in a book deal, you’re not happy, know, like, it’s not like you could do anything with a book proposal. And I, and I did that because I was like, you know, hopefully this is going to lead to a book deal.

12:16
that leads to a bigger payday for me and we can work on this thing together and both feel good about writing a book that hopefully goes out into the world and succeeds. So for those who don’t know, if you’re going to get a traditional book deal, the first thing that you need is a book proposal. And before you get that, you want some sort of platform. And I wouldn’t work with somebody who had fewer than say 10,000 people on their email list because a publisher or an agent is just not going to pay attention to it.

12:43
Um, and they didn’t have some sort of like original kind of interesting idea. Um, what was so interesting to me about you is running all of these businesses, being, uh, an achiever, know, like being a driven, ambitious guy and, putting your family first, having your life relatively balanced and, you know, being able to make it all work with being a husband, being a dad and, and being around for your kids’ games and stuff. I thought that was a cool idea.

13:13
Um, it’s something that lots of people talk about. Few people do. It’s one thing to say family first. It’s another thing to do it. So you had the platform, you had an interesting idea. Um, and, and I thought this will probably lead to a book deal and, it felt like a fun thing to, to work on. Do you have like a set of minimum requirements? So you mentioned 10,000 email subs. What else? I know there’s nothing hard and fast, but I literally wouldn’t work on a, I wouldn’t work on a, I wouldn’t.

13:42
I wouldn’t try to help an author sell a novel. wouldn’t work on any fiction. I would work on a memoir, that is typically we’re working on nonfiction, advice, self-help, personal development kind of books. But I wouldn’t work on something that one, I didn’t believe in, or two, just felt boring to me. Like if you said, Jeff, I wanna put together, I just wanna, here’s all my blog posts, build me a book out of this, we’re gonna call it.

14:10
My wife quit her job and which is not a bad name for a book. Um, but like there was, there wasn’t like any umph in it. There wasn’t something that got me excited. Um, that’s my first spiel. I think I shared it with you when we talked. It’s like, Hey, like I can’t work on something that’s boring to me. Cause I’ll just check out and I’ll refer you to somebody, but, but I won’t work on something that, doesn’t personally challenge me in some way. You’ll refer me to one of your enemies. mean? Yeah.

14:38
There’s, mean, this is a pretty generous space. Uh, the space of ghost writers and collaborators, collaborators, editors. And we all know that, um, you can’t take on every client just due to time. And so there’s, there’s a number of writers that I know that do good work that either, um, the author can’t afford me or it’s just not a good fit or I don’t have time and they’re not willing to wait. Um, but no, this was, this was fun. It was exciting. And, um,

15:07
I’d only, when I took you on as a client, cause we started with the book proposal, uh, I only done one book before that. You didn’t tell me that when I signed on. Yeah. Well, there’s certain things that you do say in a sales pitch and certain things that you don’t. Okay. So this proposal actually took, ended up taking a year. It did. Is that typical or it’s not a typical, I mean, I tell people it takes a minimum three to four months.

15:37
Um, and, and then there, the way we do it, there is sort of a progression of steps that has to happen. One, the author and I and our, and our team, um, uh, I work with a small team. It takes us about three months to write the first draft of the proposal. Uh, then we want to get an agent on board, right? We want to, not an Asian, that’s you. We want to get an agent on board to represent it. That might take another two to three months of going back and forth so that the agent is pleased.

16:07
And then they’ve got to shop it and get it in front of various publishers. And that took, I don’t know, a month or two. can’t remember. Yeah. Can we just talk about the agent? So my agent’s Roger. Shout out to Roger. Why do you need an agent? I was wondering that because I was looking at the contract and you know, they get a cut. they do. They get 15 % of everything, advance royalties, et cetera. You don’t need an agent. I mean, that’s the bottom line. You can do a book deal without an agent.

16:36
It is the equivalent to buying a house without a real estate agent. And people do that. It’s not, you can totally do that. Um, and I, I personally wouldn’t do it I don’t know that much about real estate and I don’t know that much about contract law. And, and so, um, an agent is, um, sort of like legal representation. It’s like having a lawyer. They’re not a lawyer, but they typically have a legal team. Um,

17:03
because they’re an agent is often part of an agency or they’ve, they’ve got a really great boiler template contract. Um, they’re looking for loopholes or looking for ways that the publisher might try to screw you and you not be aware of that. Um, and, uh, I like working with agents because many of them, ours included Roger, uh, come from publishers. have a background in publishing. Roger was an editor at Harper Collins, the publisher that you ended up working with and they help make the book better.

17:32
And, um, so why do need an agent? They usually help you get more money. So they pay for themselves. That’s, that’s generally understood in the marketplace that unagented authors make less money. Right. So, you know, if you could go get a hundred thousand book deal, a hundred thousand dollar book deal on your own, um, you know, an agent should be able to make you an extra, you know, 20, 30 grand to sort of pay for himself. So, you know, that’s the thing. One thing too, you.

18:01
Just, I mean, you’re signing a contract and you’re signing an intellectual property contract, especially if you’ve got courses, any sort of content IP, most of these contracts with publishers say that they own any derivative products or projects. Um, so if you had like, let’s say your core, you a course called the family first entrepreneur course, and you wrote a book about that.

18:25
depending on how the contract was worded, the publisher could lay claim to that. had a name, I had a client where they had to rewrite the contract because of that, because they were literally naming their book with their entire content system. Their platform was, was already named after and the way the contract was written, it would have been a bad deal for them. And it’s not to say that the publisher would have laid claim to that, but they could have. it’s legal protection.

18:50
Um, and I would say, you know, it, it does make a good agent makes the content of the book better. And I think as, as we experienced with Roger, he helped us figure out, um, like how do we position this book in such a way where we’re going to get the best book deal with the best publisher that’s going to lead to the best book possible. Yeah. So did you use an agent for all of your books? Um,

19:17
Yeah, I have one self published book and I have four traditionally published books and an agent represented me on all four of those traditional books. So now that you’ve done it four times, you would still go with an agent, even though you kind of know the ropes? Probably. Yeah, because I still don’t, you know, I still don’t read contract law very well. If I didn’t use an agent, I do have what a lot of agents have.

19:47
that most authors don’t have, which is I have a network now. I could call up any number of acquisitions editors at Penguin Random House, Harper Collins, you name it, all the big publishers, and probably get the attention of a publisher. But I’m not a great negotiator, and it’s never, I don’t enjoy negotiating on behalf of myself. But I do have the contacts, and if I didn’t have an agent,

20:17
I would get an IP lawyer to look at the contract. But an agent typically is bringing relationships, they’re bringing the legal, they’re bringing a little bit of editorial, and they’re just making sure that you get the best deal possible. And they also bring the Rolodex, right? Yeah, that’s right. For the most part. All right. So if I remember the process is kind of a blur now since it was

20:45
I want to say a couple of years ago now. Three years ago. I remember just hopping on a bunch of meetings with publishers and then Roger just set a date in the future, some arbitrary date and they all put in their bids and we just kind of selected the winner. That’s right. Yeah. And then it came to writing. I am curious about the writing part. So I know how we did it. You know, I had all this content already and it just kind of needed to be molded into something cohesive and whatnot.

21:16
Is this typically how you work? Yeah. I think ours was fairly asynchronous. Sometimes I do more meetings with an author if it’s necessary. I think we met only a handful of times, recorded those, transcribed them, and

21:37
Uh, started doing what I call building the book, which isn’t quite writing where we’re just kind of taking words and we’re throwing them on the page. If you remember the first couple drafts of the book were ugly and and it was, bad writing. Like a book has to be really bad before it gets really good. Um, I know of no other way to write a book. Um, so is it typical? Uh, again, I think there’s kind of those two types of books. There’s the type of book where.

22:04
The author has the idea in their mind, but they haven’t really created much content around it. In which case we’re getting together doing weekly zooms. I’m asking them questions, uh, transcribing that, turning that into writing, editing that, turning that into like stuff that they get to look at and respond to. Uh, the second type is kind of what we did, which is you have a lot of this content already created and we just kind of have to start putting the pieces together. And then you would go through the manuscript and say,

22:33
I’ve got a story about this. Go check out this podcast. Yeah. I mean, I probably read the thing like 25 times. No joke. You probably read it more than I did. Oh yeah. Easily. I’m sure. And then I had my wife read it. Yeah. Yeah. That was, um, but you did a good job in my estimation. You a good job of not, um, doing that too early, you know, trusting the process and, then when it was time to make it really good and you were signing off on pieces of the book, um,

23:03
Yeah, you were pretty meticulous with it in a good way, I think. So the book, I want to say it took a year, right? a year. That’s right. And then now we’re at the phase where I’m at now, which is marketing. And you had a lot of input during the marketing process. And then you introduced me to a coach, which I’m using. I know when you wrote your best seller, was the art of work, right? Yeah. Real artists don’t starve.

23:32
Wall Street Journal as well. Yep. Oh, it did. Okay. Which one sold more? Did Art of Work? Art of Work sold more copies. Yeah. Okay. It sold almost 100,000 copies. Right. Yeah. So that’s crazy. how did you, how many did sell in week one?

23:49
Uh, think we pre sold 15,500 books and about 8,000 of those books, uh, shipped in week one and another 7,000 or so shipped in week two. were intentionally trying to, uh, game the system a little bit to hit the New York times bestseller list. And we did not achieve that goal. So I’m curious though, I know I’ve been trying to hit like five or 6,000 books and that’s been a

24:19
That’s been a haul. Can you just kind of describe like what your audience size was when you hit those crazy numbers? had 50,000 email subscribers. And then I had social media, but we tracked all this stuff. And I had a tracking link, I create affiliate products in my old shopping cart. And I had a tracking link for every different type of medium, email, I had a bunch of affiliates that were helping me sell the book.

24:48
but I had one for email, I had one for Facebook, I had one for Twitter, I had one for my blog, and then had one for everybody that was mailing on behalf of me. And it was like 90 % of the sales came from email. so I basically had a 50,000 person email list, and then I had a network of online marketers that were willing to help me promote the book, and we did a free plus shipping campaign.

25:18
Oh, wow. Okay, so you were she was intense, man. As I told you, it was it about broke me. The hardcover book on a free plus shipping offer. You’re you’re taking a good chunk out of that, right? I mean, it it was a paperback, but it was 1499. And we we did 699 shipping and handling. And so I was eating about $8 on every book. So it launched in paperback. Oh, yeah. Yeah. Interesting. Does that happen today? It can this was

25:50
This was a book that didn’t really know what it was. was published by a Christian publisher. It was like a career book. And I had written a couple of smaller books before then, but I was trying to leverage my online business connections. So I intentionally wrote a book that my friends would be able to promote. And I didn’t even know. Like when the book…

26:17
was getting ready to come out. was is this coming out of paperback or hardcover? Sometimes authors don’t know the right questions to ask. And sometimes publishers don’t always hold your hand and walk you through the process. Right. Um, which is why I like to do that. Like when I’m working with a client, I think of myself as a Sherpa, like I’m trying to guide you through the process and help you think of the things that I didn’t know to ask until I wrote five of these books. Um, so is it common? Yeah, it happens. This was not a business book. This was like a personal development.

26:47
um, career advice book, um, specifically targeted at younger people, I would say. And so we were trying to keep it, um, cheaper and, more cost effective. maybe that, book was a lot older than real artists don’t starve. You hit the wall street journal for that one. Can I ask how many copies you hit on, like the first week? 2900, 2,000. Yeah. Not a ton. And that was a primary or email list. Cause I remember when we were talking, you were like,

27:15
Yeah, Steve, you want to get on at least 150 podcasts. I’m like, Oh my god, that’s like, I mean, I have 150 podcasts I could go on. Sure. That’s like an hour each. And I was just calculating the time commitment just to do that. Yeah. And it was something that I don’t think I could have done. think that was smart of you. I mean, my my approach to my approach to hitting all the lists in the past has been kind of this shotgun approach. And I think it was this it was very smart the way you thought about this and and

27:44
ran your strategy when I did, when I did art of work, I probably did 250 podcasts. Um, I did everything. mean, it was like desperate. was my, my ego was, was desperate for a, for a hit and, it, and it worked, you know, I hit every bestseller list except for the New York times list. Um, and it sold 50,000 copies in the first year and led to a major book deal. It changed my career as an author for sure, it,

28:14
It was hard. And then, so the next time I did it, I was like, I’m not doing that again. Real Artists Don’t Start was a business hardcover book. I did a number of podcasts, kind of like you, maybe 20, 30, something like that, a bit more strategically chosen. I had a number of folks promote it, and then I promoted it to my email list, which was a bit larger at that point. It might have been 100,000 at that point. I’m curious, so back when you were…

28:42
I guess we’re podcasts even around back during the art of work. probably aren’t as big. Yeah, that book came out in 2015. Okay. Okay. Yeah. So you said you tagged everything. We tracked it all with affiliate links. Yeah, as much as we could. So the 200 podcasts, and again, this is really hard to track on a podcast, but what percentage would you have affiliated with the podcast? There were a number of podcasts that that moved.

29:10
a good chunk of books. was on Jordan Harbinger, who’s a mutual acquaintance, friend of ours. He still was on the Art of Charm. I mean, that book like that single podcast moved a couple hundred books pretty quickly. Wow. That was, that was the exception, not the rule. You know how hard it is to just move, you know, sell a few hundred copies of book. It’s not easy. So the breakdown was about a third of the sales. pre-sold 15,000 books.

29:38
About 5,000 of those books came from my email list, which was good. That’s a 10 % conversion. That’s fantastic. It was awesome. Now keep in mind, it was a free plus shipping offer. was like, I’m going to give you the book for free. And it was a six week mailing campaign to my list. The other two thirds came from affiliates. So, you know, think of that however you want to think of it. But really if you want to sell a bunch of copies of a book and you’re not

30:07
getting other people to promote your book, you’re leaving two thirds of the sales on the table. So if you’re just writing a book to sell to your audience, you’re missing it. And this is across the board. Um, Mark Manson told me about, uh, the subtle art of not giving an F that, um, he could track maybe 50,000 sales, uh, of his book, uh, that had sold, you know, 12 million copies or something worldwide.

30:36
50,000 he could connect to his email list, which was a million people at the time. Wow. So it really is about you’ve got to have a big idea and you’ve got to plan it in a bunch of fields and see what grows. So a third came from my audience. The other two thirds came from people promoting it. Most of which happened through, um, emailing, not podcasts, but you know, I would say there were a couple thousand cause I did so many of them. There were a couple thousand books that we sold via podcasts.

31:06
You mentioned affiliate. Does that imply that the people helping you promote got a cut? They got a cut. So what we did was we did, um, uh, we did free plus shipping and then there was an upsell. So I created a course for, for the book. There was a $200 upsell. And so the idea was all we needed was like, I don’t know, a 7 % conversion rate on the upsell to make back our seven bucks, right? We needed every X amount of person.

31:36
you know, every so many people to every 20th person, whatever it ended up being to spend $200 to make up, you know, everything else. We ended up having a 4 % conversion rate and I had to find a way to make up the difference, but that’s a whole other story. And so if you were an affiliate, I gave you whatever it was, maybe 40 % commission off of the $200 upsell. Interesting. So they buy the book and then you try to sell them a course on

32:06
What was course? was, it was a course on how to, the book was about how to find your calling, how to discover your purpose in life and do the work that you were meant to do. And so I, basically took every chapter from the book and turned it into a lesson. And the big surprise was that did not work well. That people was thinking to myself 4 % isn’t horrible. Wasn’t bad, but I had, I don’t know, $200,000 in expenses. mean, that whole thing went sideways because

32:35
Uh, I sold it internationally and so a thousand people in Australia bought the book and I was having to spend $20 in shipping per book to ship it over to Australia. There was all kinds of crazy stuff. So I had about 200 grand that I needed to make up and I had $70,000 in my bank account. And basically I done the math that if I sold, you know, 10,000 books at, know, if I sell 10,000 books and I put whatever it was, seven, seven bucks into it, that if.

33:05
I didn’t get anybody to convert. I’d lose 70 grand. And I was like, okay, I can like, I’ve got 70 grand in my bank account. It would clear me out, but I’d be fine. And that is, that’s what I thought was the worst case scenario. That was not the worst case scenario. The worst case scenario was I ended up, you know, having an unexpected $50,000 tax bill. had a $150,000 in expenses because we sold more books than we thought. We had all of these other things going on. Um, and so a couple, I learned a couple of things. One, the worst case scenario.

33:34
Could always be worse. think you, you know how that goes. Yeah, I do. Yeah. Two, um, uh, people that buy a book don’t necessarily want the video version of that book. Cause I haven’t read the book yet. Yeah. Yeah. Um, and three, this was the good lesson that I learned even when I went, when I feel like my back is up against a wall, I can always pull a rabbit out of a hat. And basically what happened was I was

34:02
essentially facing bankruptcy, I thought, you know, I was completely over leveraged. had never taken on any debt in the business. was super conservative and I got this platinum Amex card to run all of these purchases, you know, and I had a $60,000 balance on that and this line of credit over here. It was just crazy. And then I, and I, I think I reached out to Derek Halpern and I was like, Hey man, I got to figure this out. And he looked at my sales page and he’s like, that’s a shit show.

34:31
And he goes, find one thing that everybody wants and sell it to him. I don’t care if it has anything to do with your book. And I wrote up this, this, I went back to what I knew, which was most of my audience is writers. They want to build a platform, make money. I’m going to, I’m going to resell an old course, pair it with the book. And I, I had about, uh, two, was, I was upside down. I was about, had about $200,000 in debt because of this book launch. And I made about 250 K in two weeks with this.

34:59
a product launch that I just kind of pulled together after the book. That sounds so stressful. It was so stressful. Yes. There were parts of your book that I could relate to in terms of like, you know, just hustling for some reason to get to some goal and then it almost costing you everything. You know what’s funny about all this is, uh, yeah, so I, I was taught by you and my book launch coach to not sell the book, sell the bonuses.

35:27
I didn’t do the, I didn’t have any upsells. I just gave a bunch of stuff for free for buying the book. I wonder if that, if your strategy would have been better. Well, the cool thing is, you know, like it’s not like you missed an opportunity, you know, so you sell, you know, five, six, 7,000 books in the first couple of weeks. And then a month after that, you know, you’re going to have readers, you’re to have people who have read the book and, are now,

35:57
converted and a really good thing for you to do in the next month or two is to sell them your course, sell them the e-commerce course, which I think is, um, is a perfect fit. What I learned was you don’t have to create a new product around the book. The book is a new product and it should connect everything else that you sell. Right.

36:17
I don’t know that an upsell to a book always makes a ton of sense because they’re like, no, I’m waiting for the book. I want to read the book. And I heard that from a lot of people is well, I’m to read the book first before I take the course. that makes sense. Yep. Well, can we just talk about the effects? So you did sell a ton of books. Yeah. Uh, were they measured? Were the effects measurable? Like what happened? Um,

36:41
What happened? launched your, you said it launched everything, but what, what, happened was, um, every major publisher and every major agent, um, contacted me and they said, I’d love to represent you. I’d love to sign you for another book. talked to Malcolm Gladwell’s first aid, uh, agency that represented him. mean, kinds of crazy stuff happened. Um, and I got to connect with people that I, that I otherwise wouldn’t have gotten to connect with, um, that heard about the book and,

37:11
What was cool about the way that we did this because we ran it all through my shopping cart, not through Amazon. Everybody who pre-ordered the book, I had their emails. had 15,500 new emails. ended up being about 20,000 people when it was all over. That was cool. I I made millions of dollars off of those people over the following years, just them getting into my marketing system, you know, and hearing about products. And we tracked all that stuff for the next 12 months or so.

37:42
Uh, it led to a bigger book deal. Um, the, art of work, um, was a $50,000 book deal and the next book deal I got was $150,000 advance. That was, that was cool. It was a hardcover book. Um, I was now, I am now a bestselling author as a result of that book, uh, which was what I wanted. I wanted a title. Um, and nobody could talk me out of that. You know, I, I, you and I had similar conversations. I was like,

38:12
Yeah. Um, yeah. And, uh, and it was, it was a net positive and I’ll never do it again. That was my next question. Actually. mean, looking back, any regrets or could you have gotten, gotten the same amount for just without killing yourself with three plus shipping? Yeah. Um, any regrets? Um, uh, I would do it differently now.

38:40
I would 80 20 it for sure. I don’t think a free plus shipping deal is a bad idea. You just got to know what you’re getting into. I would have done all the interviews. I would have just done emailing about 70, not quite 80 % of our sales came from like 10 major influencers, 10 major partners. Um, and I had a bunch of JV partners that were like, I did a webinar one time with somebody and like three people showed up, you know,

39:08
And instead of canceling the webinar, I was, you know, super nice and I delivered a pitch to buy a book for, you know, like three people. mean, was just, your conversion rate like 33 %? It was a killer conversion rate. I think it was a 0 % conversion rate. It was very discouraging to talk to three people. You know, they say if you just reach one person, it’ll be worth it. Not really. Although I guess you could have repurposed that content.

39:36
that you gave also, so maybe it wasn’t a net loss. Yeah, there was a bunch of really bad things that happened that I couldn’t have anticipated. Like Barnes and Noble, you can do this to this day. If you have a contact at Barnes and Noble, you can pre-sell a book to your audience, collect all of those orders, and then send a spreadsheet to Barnes and Noble with a credit card on file, and they’ll ship and scan each of those orders individually.

40:05
And I did that and Barnes and Noble didn’t ship the books. They kept them in a warehouse for about three and a half weeks. And so imagine you, Steve Chu, ordered a book from me, say three weeks before the book came out, and then the book comes out and the books are supposed to start shipping. Two, three weeks later, you see everybody’s getting their books. You see people can buy it on Amazon and get it the next day through Amazon Prime, and you still don’t have your book.

40:30
I was getting hundreds, because this was like an order of 3,500 books that Barnes & Noble was to ship. Wow. I was getting hundreds of emails every single day of people saying I had scammed them, I had lied to them, I had cheated them out of their $7. That was intense. So even though was good to get whatever 20,000 new emails through the book promotion and it was a net positive, I’ll probably never do that again where I act as the bookseller.

40:58
Um, and if I do, I’ll, I’ll, be a bit more aware because it turns out Amazon has a pretty hard job and I don’t want it. I don’t want to have to deal with tens of thousands of, mean, you know what it’s like. I don’t want to do it. Tens of thousands of angry customers who are like, where the hell is the thing that I bought yesterday that was supposed to ship? Yeah. That’s why I didn’t want to take orders for this book. I just haven’t submit the receipt, which is actually kind of a lot of work in itself too. Uh, if you want to verify them.

41:28
Uh, I actually, yeah. Yeah. I ended up just having someone verify them because you know, it’s a lot. It’s a lot. Yeah. Let me ask you this question. You said you had a bunch of orders shipped to Australia. Those books actually don’t even count, right? They did count because we bought them here and we shipped them to Australia. Oh, clever. Okay. And we did that with, we did that with, we did that with, um, Canada too. I see some books we were able to buy locally and shoot. mean, dude, like

41:58
It was crazy. Months later, I was like buying books on like, you know, some, I don’t know, some some random, you know, bookstore in Luxembourg, you know, that that carried my book, was shipping it locally to somebody for $23 or something. It was it was intense, man. Let me ask you this. Would you say

42:22
Authors who aren’t like super well known, like the books don’t sell by accident, right? Would you say that all authors who hit the best seller list have some sort of campaign going on? No, I would say most do. Um, and especially business authors. Um, but you know, Stephen King isn’t running a best seller campaign. course. JK Rowling. Uh, but even like somebody like Brené Brown, um, she’s got everybody knows her and she’s got such widespread appeal. She’s probably going to hit New York times list regardless.

42:51
she’s still probably running a strategic campaign. You know, she’s still probably got somebody. I don’t know that. I don’t know. Brene and, I may be wrong about that, but in my experience, uh, almost always there’s some sort of strategy. It is not an accident. Well, uh, last question, since, you, told me that you self published one book, uh, what are just, are your thoughts self versus traditional? So because of the,

43:21
nature of this work where I’m working on a few books a year with clients like I did with you, I get to see a lot more of the publishing industry than I did as an author. And I get to see it a little bit more objectively. I’m a bit less emotional than I would be if it were my book. Um, and I see the good, bad, and ugly, you know, um, all publishing deals are not the same. Um, all publishers, even though they might have big names or all publishing teams on various publishers are not equal. Some are.

43:50
great, some are not great. Um, and, uh, I’ve, I’ve worked on traditionally published books with authors where, where we realized at the end of it probably would have been better or easier just to self publish. Um, and, and sometimes it’s worth it. I would say if you want to hit a bestseller list, it is not necessary that you work with a traditional publisher, but recommended it’s harder to do as a self published author, um, for a number of reasons. Um,

44:19
If you want a higher quality editorial team, um, typically you get that with the traditional publisher, not always, but, typically this is something that you can piece together on your own, but it’ll cost you tens of thousands of dollars to pull that together. Um, and in terms of like, uh, uh, the other thing that I like about working with a traditional publisher is, um, if your book starts to move as your book is Steve, it makes it easier to get international distribution.

44:50
So it is likely that in the next year you will start getting offers through your publisher for translation rights. And it makes sense that, you know, they, they might want to publish, uh, you know, a Chinese version or a Korean version. Um, uh, it makes sense that, that, uh, they might want to do a Spanish version. And the way that works is publishers in those countries typically are buying the sub rights to publish your book from your publisher.

45:20
in their own country and that’s a hard, I’ve done that. have a self published book and I’ve sold into other international markets. It’s a bit harder to do on your own. And so if you want a book that you don’t need to make a ton of money off of, but it, it kind of establishes you as an authority and creates other income streams. Um, it’s still better to traditionally publish, but, I’ll tell you this. mean, I, um, I wanted, uh, since

45:48
2020, 2019, you know, I mentioned midlife crisis. started writing poetry, which is something I used to do as a kid. And I got back into it. And I’d been writing poetry just kind of as a thing that I do as a form of creative expression. And I wanted to publish a book of poems and give it to my wife for Christmas. And the easiest way for me to do that was to just publish it on Amazon. And so I designed the book myself.

46:17
I wrote all the poems, obviously, I designed the book cover, I did it all myself. And I worked with KDP, which is Amazon’s self publishing arm. And I had so much fun doing that. And I was like, this is kind of cool, you know, like, and I did it in two weeks, like I’d spent years writing the poems, but I laid the book out, publish it and had a physical copy in my hand, you know, it’s it’s sitting over here on our mantle. Yeah, in like two weeks. And I’ll probably do that again for some projects because I liked that I liked that

46:47
I don’t need to spend two or three years working on idea and jumping through this hoop and that hoop and whatever to get the product out. Um, so I would say, uh, I’m not quite ambivalent about it. If I had a big idea that I would have wanted to put out in the world, I’d still work with a traditional publisher. But if I had something that I just, knew my audience would sell, it was kind of a niche product or I wanted to make some good money and I just wanted to control all the costs, keep all the profit. would self publish. Yeah.

47:16
I think that’s what I got to ask that question. think that’s pretty much the answer I gave also. Yeah. Cause you know, it’s, like, you know, you’re not doing it for the money. Um, and you’re not doing it cause it’s, you know, easy. Um, but it is an authority play for sure. And if you do it right, it can create these ripple effects. mean, I’ve gotten international speaking opportunities as a result of, you know, writing real artists don’t starve the ING bank.

47:43
had me come speak at a symposium that they had in the Netherlands for artists. It was cool. Cool. Yeah. And that book didn’t sell super well, but it hit a best seller list. It’s been translated into multiple languages. You know, it’s, um, uh, one, two, three, four. This is the art of work. mean, like that’s, that’s a fun thing. That’s hard to pull off as an indie author. Yeah. Cool. Yeah. Jeff.

48:13
I’m not sure after this talk if anyone out there listening is gonna want to do a book but if they are Highly recommend you where can people find you? You can find our team at fresh complaint comm We help authors plan write edit and publish books we can do some of that or all of it and and if we can help, know, just fill out the intake form let us know and my job is to

48:40
Always leave somebody better than I found them. So worst case scenario, if you’ve got a book idea and we’re not a good fit for you, we’ll make some recommendations on what your next steps can be. I mean, just to be frank, I, there’s no way family first entrepreneur would have happened without fresh complaint. Although I did have some fresh complaints during the process, but maybe that’s a subject of another episode as they, they, as they all do now. Thanks. were, you were easy to work with Steve and I really enjoyed the process and

49:09
I felt really challenged working on this book with you. There were moments when I was working through the manuscript and I was like, oh yeah, this area of my life is out of balance. This book, just working on it, because I read it many times too, made me a better dad, husband, and entrepreneur. Thank you for the opportunity to work on it. really did affect me. Hope you enjoyed that episode.

49:36
And once again, this is the last call to redeem over $690 in free bonuses. Order the Family First Entrepreneur Now over at Amazon or go to mywifequitterjob.com slash book for more info. And if you want to publish your own book, head on over to freshcomplaint.com. And once again, I want to thank Zipify Apps. If you want to instantly boost your revenue with pre and post purchase upsells, go check it out over at zipify.com. I also want to thank Link Whisper.

50:04
Now if you want to take search engine optimization seriously with your blog, then you absolutely need an internal link tool like Link Whisper. Go check it out at linkwhisper.com. Now I talk about how I use these tools on my blog, and if you are interested in starting your own e-commerce store, head on over to mywifequarterjob.com and sign up for my free six day mini course. Just type in your email and I’ll send you the course right away. Thanks for listening.

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!

459: Unexpected Twists On My Book Publishing Journey – A Behind The Scenes Look | Family First Friday

459: Unexpected Twists On My Book Publishing Journey - A Behind The Scenes Look

Welcome to a new segment of the show called Family First Fridays.

Most of you know that for the past 3 years, I’ve been working on a book called The Family First Entrepreneur which is being published by Harper Collins.  

I’ve been getting a ton of questions about the process of writing a book so in this episode, I’m going to give you a behind the scenes look into everything that I did to get this book published by a traditional publisher and receive a 6 figure advance.

What You’ll Learn

  • My reasons for writing a book
  • Self publishing vs traditional publishing
  • How to write, publish and market your own book to a big 5 publisher

Other Resources And Books

Sponsors

SellersSummit.com – Sellers Summit is the conference I run every year that caters to ecommerce sellers all over the world. Click here and grab your ticket.
Sellers Summit

Transcript

00:00
You’re listening to the My Wife, Quit or Job podcast, where I teach you how to start a business or side hustle from the perspective of a father with two kids. Now, welcome to a new segment to the show, which I’m calling Family First Fridays in honor of my book, The Family First Entrepreneur. Now, today’s a very special episode because my book officially comes out next Tuesday, which is the culmination of three years of work. And I know that when Tuesday rolls around, it will feel somewhat anti-climatic.

00:27
but I did want to record a candid episode to describe all the work that I put in and the thought process behind everything. Now let’s start with the why. Why did I want to write a book in the first place? Now, contrary to popular belief, writing a book wasn’t really going to make me any sort of life-changing money or any money at all, actually. It probably won’t even have that much effect on my business. I’m just guessing this. And if there is a payoff, I knew that I wasn’t going to see anything for at least three years.

00:57
So writing a book obviously had zero to do with the money. Now, even though I did get a six figure advance for writing it, all the money, literally every penny of it went back into marketing the book. Now I had four main reasons for writing it. So one, for some reason, and I can’t even remember how this came about, I’ve always had writing a book on my bucket list and I never really considered myself a writer.

01:25
but I wanted to officially publish something at least once in my life. And along those same lines, I’ve always dreamed of walking my kids through Barnes and Nobles, actually at the time of Borders, but Borders went out of business, and basically showing them my book on the shelf. Incidentally, this is something that we’re gonna do Tuesday at the Barnes and Nobles in my area. Super excited about that, by the way. The third reason was that for as long as I’ve been doing business,

01:54
My mom has never really understood what I did for a living. And as a result of that, I don’t think she’s ever really fully appreciated any of the accomplishments that I’ve done in business. Let me just give you some examples here. When I started selling hankies, her first reaction was, really? Do people really wanna buy those? Can you really make a living selling them? Then when I started my blog over at MyWifeQuitHerJob, she was like,

02:22
how can a blog possibly make money? Are people gonna pay you to read your writing? And I was like, no, ma, that’s not how it works. I make money through advertising, affiliate marketing, and core sales. And I remember my mom asked me, affiliate what? When I started my podcast, she was like, wait a second here. So people are gonna pay you to listen to you speak for an hour. And I was like, no, ma, the podcast makes money with advertising.

02:51
It’s kind like radio. And then she was like, oh wait, you mean you own a radio station? And then I was like so fed up with it. I was like, no, not really. Nevermind. Don’t worry about it. Don’t worry about it. But when I told her that I was going to publish a book, she got all excited because for the very first time in my life, it was something that she could relate to because she buys books all the time. My mom is actually going to be here in the Bay Area for my very first book signing on May 18th at Books Inc in Palo Alto, California.

03:21
By the way, if any of you guys listening are in the Bay Area, you are more than welcome to stop by. I’ll probably say a couple of words, sign some books, and just hang out. You’ll get to meet my brother, who’s a judge. You’ll get to meet my wife, my kids will probably be there, and my mom, who discovered a cure for a disease. Everyone in the family is going to be in attendance. For more information, go to mywifequitterjob.com slash party. And incidentally, that’s going to be the link where I’m going to update you on where I’m going to be for all of my book parties.

03:50
all over the nation. Also, I just want to mention this, in the event that you see my book in a physical bookstore, please snap a photo of yourself with it, email it to me, and I’ll send you an official Family First Entrepreneur t-shirt. I designed the shirt, I think it looks pretty cool. Now I’ll have a form set up to automate everything, which I will place over at mywifequitterjob.com slash shirt. All right, so two links there, mywifequitterjob.com slash party for the book signings.

04:20
In the event that you see my book in the wild take a photo of yourself and submit the form over at my wife quitter job comm slash shirt Now the last reason which was kind of like an afterthought was that everyone has been telling me that a book is a great lead gen for my other businesses and That all the work would just pay off with an increase in respect and credibility Now supposedly having a book can lead to more speaking engagements as well

04:49
And that’s something I’m actually not that interested in. Although I mean, to be straight up, I think I could be bought, but it would probably require an inordinate amount of money for me to do the speaking circuit. Which leads me to the next questions that I’ve been getting asked. Why did I go traditionally published versus self-published? Now for me, self-publishing was never really on the table at all. In order to get your book into a Barnes and Nobles and have a chance of hitting a bestseller list,

05:19
pretty much need to be traditionally published. Now, while self-publishing will probably easily make you more money, money was never my goal. It was pride. I mean, it was ego, just to be quite frank. If I was to publish a book, I wanted it to be published by one of the big five publishers and hit one of the national bestseller lists. And in a way, this entire process kind of brought back memories of getting into college. When I was young,

05:46
I knew I wanted to go to Stanford to study electrical engineering. So I figured out exactly what I had to do to get in and I executed. Getting a book publishing deal was not any different and neither is hitting the best seller list. When I first started this book journey, I knew absolutely nothing about books. So the first thing that I did was hire someone who knew a lot about writing books and that person was Jeff Goins.

06:12
Incidentally, Jeff is gonna be coming on the pod and will likely be the next episode actually during launch. We’ll see if we can get that together. Jeff is a bestselling author of many books and he’s probably one of the most talented writers that I know. And we randomly met in 2015 at FinCon. He was one of the keynote speakers and I enjoyed his talk so much that I bought his book, which he signed and I still have his book on my shelf today. And at the time, I had no idea that I’d ever work with him, let alone…

06:41
ever even see him again. But things in life always seem to happen by accident. And I’m not sure if I’ve ever used this analogy on this podcast before, but I always think of life like playing the lottery. And the more people that I meet, and the more work that I do, and the harder I work, the more lottery tickets I get. And if you are able to amass enough lottery tickets, then good things are just bound to happen. And Jeff was just one of those lottery tickets that allowed me to hit the jackpot.

07:09
Now let’s shift gears and talk about the process. The first step was figuring out what the book was going to be about. Now most people start a book from complete scratch, which ironically looking back, I think it’s actually an easier process. When I first talked to Jeff about this book project, I already had about 800 blog posts of like 3000 words each, an online course with over 400 videos spanning over a hundred hours of content, probably like 350 episodes of my podcast and a bunch of YouTube videos.

07:39
That is a lot of content to go through. And the problem and the challenge was organizing that information because the topics I wrote about were just all over the place. I had posts on business in general, posts on e-commerce, posts on philosophy, posts on parenting, posts on investing, you name it. It was like all over the place. So the first piece of the puzzle was putting everything on the table. I literally just dumped all my content to Jeff and his team and they started going through it.

08:08
And from there, we had a bunch of meetings to sort everything out and just kind of talk it through. Now, I didn’t want to just put out any business book. And in my opinion, a lot of these business books out there, they’re all dime a dozen. And I didn’t want to put out a book that had already been written before. so, you know, I focused on my story and why I was different. And then after just kind of talking it through, for multiple hours with Jeff, it finally dawned on the both of us.

08:38
Most business books today are written by single guys who have no responsibilities in the world. Their priorities are to grow, grow, grow. And they have the time to hustle and work 80 hours a week because work is their number one priority. And I’ve interviewed over 450 entrepreneurs on the podcast who are just killing it. You guys have probably listened to some of these episodes. But what most of you guys don’t know is that many of the guests on my show aren’t really happy in their personal lives. They’re killing it in business, yes.

09:07
but not necessarily with the rest of their lives. I literally just got done with an interview with a very successful entrepreneur who’s in the middle of a divorce. I once interviewed a billionaire whose biggest regret in life was losing his family because he worked too hard. He spent too many hours in the office. Now, was I the only one who didn’t want to work that hard? Was I the only one who wanted to just be a great dad and spend more time with my kids? So I asked around a little bit and it turns out there are a lot of people like me out there.

09:37
We don’t want a business to become filthy rich. We want to start a business to be free and to make enough money to be free can be easily done without working 80 hours a week. In fact, right now I’m running two seven figure businesses in less than 20 hours per week. It can be done. So that became the theme of the book, Family First Entrepreneurship. Incidentally, in case you guys are listening to this and you don’t have a family, you don’t need to have a family in order to take advantage of the book. Essentially the book is about how to work less.

10:06
and make more money. Now the first step in this process was putting together a book proposal. I actually have it right in front of me right now as I’m recording this and looking back and I’m just reading this right now, it was pretty hilarious. First of all, this proposal was 49 pages long and divided into the following sections. Highlights about the author, about the collaborator, marketing and publicity about the book, the target market in the audience.

10:36
comparable titles, an annotated outline, and a sample chapter. Now creating this proposal literally took a year. I worked with Jeff on this. I didn’t even know what need to be in a proposal, but he walked me through the process. And then after the proposal was written, all 49 pages of it, I hired an agent to pitch the book to the big five publishers. I knew no one in this industry, so I needed an agent. And the advantage of having an agent

11:04
is that they already have relationships with editors at the big five publishing firms. So what my agent did is he shopped around the proposal to his contacts and his friends. And I met with a bunch of different publishers via zoom to see if my book was a good fit. And then we just set a date for each publisher to submit a bid. And on that date, we picked the winner. Kind of like selling a house. It really is. Ultimately, I decided to go with Harper Collins, mainly because of the editor Hollis. Hollis had worked with Gary Vee

11:34
and a ton of different authors in the past in the business space and we got along great. And if you guys are curious about the particulars of the actual book contract, I’m actually happy to share the exact terms in a separate episode. Let me run it by the publisher first before I do this, but I’m happy to share because again, I don’t care about the money, I don’t care about the contract, I’m an open book. But in a nutshell, I got a six figure advance and I get royalties of roughly 15 % per book sold.

12:04
And hypothetically speaking, let’s just use some round numbers here. Let’s say I got a hundred K advance to make up that advance, assuming the book costs 30 bucks, which it does would require about 22,000 books sold before I make any more money than the advance. And that’s pretty tough to do by the way. And I’m to get into that in a sec. Kind of like the economics. Anyway, the, after the contract was signed, it was time to start writing. And with the help of Jeff,

12:32
I was able to pump out the guts of the book within about nine months or so. Basically, we molded a lot of my existing blog posts and material into cohesive chapters, and then I recorded audio to fill in the blanks. And incidentally, that’s how I write a lot of my posts these days. I simply narrate into Google Docs and just edit the output, because I can speak a lot faster than I can write. Now, once I had my first draft, I sent it to the publisher for editing.

12:59
And I had heard a lot of horror stories in the past from friends where their editor forced them to change or cut out large portions of their book. But that definitely was not the case with HarperCollins. There was one time where I made some Asian jokes. You guys know me. I rip on Asians all the time in the book, and they suggested that I remove it. Now, since I was busting on China in this particular case, I decided to remove it because I do try to go to the Canton Fair every other year.

13:26
and I would hate to have my book blacklisted over there or somehow get stranded in China. Anyway, writing the book was probably the easiest part of the process, the most tedious, but I would say the most straightforward. Now the final step of the process is where I’m at now, marketing and the launch. Now let me just start by saying that selling and marketing a book has probably been one of the hardest things that I’ve ever had to do. It’s really hard to sell. The book is only 30 bucks.

13:55
but it’s actually harder to sell than a $2,000 course or even a $1,000 ticket to an event like the seller summit. And here’s why in this day and age of video, social media, TikTok, short form video, people just don’t read books as often as they used to. I looked it up in 2022, there was only 288 million printed books sold total. Now you contrast that to YouTube where five

14:24
billion videos are watched every single day. And don’t even get me started on TikTok and social media. The average TikTok user spends 1.5 hours per day on the platform. There simply isn’t as much of an attention span these days to read a book that can take you several hours to finish. People just want short-term dopamine hits these days, which makes me question the future of humanity. Anyway, here’s a stat that’s interesting. Only 48 % of adults finished one book.

14:54
in the last year. Anyway, you guys all know that my goal is to hit the bestseller list, which is no easy task. You have to sell five to 6,000 books in a single week in order to hit it. So what did I do? I wanted to hit it, so I hired a book launch coach. Now I’ll have them on the podcast at some point, but navigating the crazy world of book publishing and bestseller lists, it’s a whole episode into itself. So first off,

15:22
Those five to 6,000 books have to be hardcover and they have to be sold in the United States for it to count. E-books and audio books do not count, which is kind of backwards since so many people consume content electronically today. Like my wife, she only reads e-books. I have friends that only listen to audio books and to not count those seems kind of ridiculous to me. Anyway, my book launch coach told me flat out not to try to sell the book at all.

15:52
Instead, sell the bonuses and then throw in the book and I took that advice to heart. So right off the bat, I offered three incredible bonuses worth $690. My three day workshop on how to get started with a print on demand business, a two day course on how to make money with content, whether it be blogging, YouTube or podcasting, and my six week family first challenge, which starts in June, where I will walk everyone in a private Facebook group on how to find their next side hustle.

16:20
And it’s funny, when I first launched these bonuses, I might’ve sold 100 books total. And at that point, I knew that this was gonna be a major uphill battle to sell these books. So I’m gonna tell you my strategy right now. I had a four-prong attack to sell these books. So number one, I had the bonuses, which I just talked about. And in addition, I launched an expiring bonus every single week in the month of April to create a sense of urgency. This worked really well, by the way. I actually made most of my sales in April.

16:49
people often just need a kick in the butt to get started. Two, I went on a bunch of podcasts. Now, fortunately, I’ve developed a lot of friends with popular podcasts over the years and I’ve had them on my show. So for this launch, I basically called in lot of favors and at one point, I was recording like four podcast episodes per day. I don’t recommend this by the way. It’s both draining and exhausting and it remains to be seen what effect it will have on book sales.

17:18
Now regardless, going on a lot of podcasts at the same time is great for creating a buzz and immediate blitz, which hopefully we will move a lot of books on launch week. Three, I worked with a bunch of close friends to have them blast their email lists, announcing the book. And then four, this one was important, I worked with any company who has ever sponsored me in the past to buy books in bulk and have them distributed to their audience. So basically I would record videos.

17:45
do sponsored ad reads on my pod or write blog posts in return for books. Then the company would give them away to their list and then pass me a set of physical addresses for the books and we’d have them shipped out to these people. Here’s the thing about hitting the bestseller list. Every book sold has to have a unique person or IP address associated with it and you can’t simply buy 6,000 books or else it’s not going to count towards the bestseller list. And that’s what made this really challenging.

18:13
There are ways to buy yourself onto this list. So for example, an acquaintance of mine literally spent $1 million on ads to move books and this person eventually hit the New York Times bestseller list. But there was no way in hell, like I’m Asian, I’m frugal, there’s no way I was gonna spend more than my advance to promote my book. Anyway, here we are, exactly four days out and I’m pretty close to my goal. And every book counts though. So if you haven’t ordered the hardcover version yet,

18:42
I would love your support. I must say though, that this whole book experience has been extremely rewarding. There have been people who I haven’t heard from for years reach out to congratulate me or to help me push the book. And it’s been extremely gratifying. And you know, in any case, I hope you guys enjoyed this mini peek into my book publishing journey. And I actually hope to meet all of you at one of my book parties. First one is in Palo Alto, California on May 18th.

19:11
and the rest will be found at mywifequitterjob.com slash party. And in the event that you see my book in the wild, please take a picture of yourself holding the book and just send me the book over at mywifequitterjob.com slash shirt. And I’ll send you the official family first entrepreneur t-shirt. Pre-order the book now over at thefamilyfirstentrepreneur.com. I appreciate you guys.

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!

458: The Ugly Truth About Selling On Amazon And The Hidden Fees With Vladi Gordon

458: The Ugly Truth About Selling On Amazon And The Hidden Fees With Vladi Gordon

Today, I’m thrilled to have Vladi Gordon on the show. Vladi is the founder of Sellerboard, a software that helps you track profit and loss when selling on Amazon FBA.

Having sold on Amazon for seven years now, I know that there are many hidden fees when selling on the platform. In this episode, Vladi and I reveal the ugly truth about selling on Amazon and how to calculate your true profit.

What You’ll Learn

  • How profitable is the average Amazon seller?
  • How to track your profit and loss on Amazon
  • The common fees that most sellers do not account for

Other Resources And Books

Sponsors

Zipify – Zipify One Click Upsell is a must have tool for Shopify store owners who want to increase their AOV instantly. Click here and try Zipify for FREE.

Link Whisper – Link Whisper is the internal linking tool that I use to grow the SEO traffic for my blog. It’s a must have tool! Click To Try Link Whisper

Transcript

00:00
You’re listening to the My Wife Quarter job podcast, the place where I bring on successful bootstrap business owners and dig deep into what strategies they use to grow their businesses. Now, have you ever wondered how profitable the average Amazon seller is and how much margin does the average Amazon seller make? Well, in today’s episode, my guests, Vladdy, Gordon and I break down all of Amazon’s hidden fees. Vladdy is a veteran Amazon seller and the founder of Sellerboard, which is software that helps you track profit and loss on Amazon. Enjoy the episode. But before we begin,

00:29
I wanted to thank Zipify Apps for sponsoring this episode. Now I’ve been teaching e-commerce for over a decade now, and I’ve been recommending one-click upsell for years. If you want to increase your revenue up to 10 % or more instantly without doing much work, one-click upsell lets you add both pre and post upsells to increase your average order value. Now this solution is almost guaranteed to boost your sales, and the best part is that Zipify only charges you when it actually generates you upsell revenue.

00:57
Zipify also offers an easy to use page builder so you can build your own landing pages and themes without knowing how to code. For more information, go to zipify.com. That’s Z-I-P-I-F-Y dot com. I also want to thank Link Whisper for sponsoring this episode. Now most of you who follow my blog over at mywifequitterjob.com know that I’ve increased the search engine traffic by almost 4x in just the past year. And a large part of that increase was because of Link Whisper.

01:25
Link Whisper is a WordPress and Shopify plugin that allows you to quickly add internal links to your content pages. And by adding internal links to the money pages on your website, you can easily sculpt and focus your link strength to the pages that make you the most money and to the ones that you want to rank and search. For more information, go to linkwhisper.com. That’s L-I-N-K-W-H-I-S-P-E-R.com. And then finally, I wanted to mention my other podcast that I run with my partner, Tony.

01:54
And unlike this one, where I typically interviewed successful entrepreneurs in e-commerce, the Profitable Audience podcast covers all things related to content creation and building an audience. No topic is off the table and we tell it like how it is in a raw and entertaining way. So be sure to check out the Profitable Audience podcast on your favorite podcast app. Now onto the show.

02:21
Welcome to the My Wife Could Her Job podcast. Today I’m thrilled to have Vladi Gordon on the show. Now, Vladi is the founder of Sellerboard, which is software that helps you track profit and loss when selling on Amazon FBA. And having sold on Amazon for seven years now, there are a ton of hidden fees and ways to lose money on the platform without even realizing it. Now, if you look on the internet with all these internet gurus showing off their seven and eight figure Amazon revenue numbers, what most people don’t realize are that these numbers are way inflated.

02:50
Amazon ups your revenue number whenever money comes in, but doesn’t deduct from that number your fees and other hidden costs, which we are gonna talk about today. And I can almost guarantee you that by the end of this episode, you’re wanna look back and reanalyze your sales numbers. Now before we get started, all I had to say is that if you don’t have some sort of Amazon profit tool installed, it’s gonna take a wizard to figure out your true profit or loss because Amazon obfuscates everything.

03:19
And with that, welcome to show. Wladi, how are you doing today? Hi, Steve. Thanks for having me. How are you? Yeah, it’s great to have you. Wladi, I always have to ask this question. know, tracking profit and loss on Amazon and running a business doing that, it’s not the sexiest business, right? So how did you get into this? Yeah, you’re right. It’s actually kind of a nerdy job in order to work on the numbers and crunch in data and

03:48
you know, search for errors. So yeah, my background is actually IT. I’m a software guy and I was doing this kind of things all my life. I worked as a software engineer at IBM and some other larger companies and then as a product manager. And it was all about the backend. So none of my like products were apps or you know, the next big thing, was all like the boring data backend.

04:18
But yeah, I think it’s kind of my world or my focus and something I’m good at. So I’m okay with that. I believe somebody has to do that job as well. You were an Amazon seller as well. Are you still selling or? No, so I’m not selling anymore, but you’re right. I was a seller myself. started, I think it was 2014, so like nine years ago. Oh, that’s like prime Amazon.

04:48
Yeah, those are the good old days. Yes, that’s right. So yeah, I live in Germany and I started this basically as a side hustle. And back then I was listening to different podcasts and to yours as well. And I thought, okay, maybe I could do something like this in Germany. Cause I wasn’t even aware that you could sell on Amazon from everywhere. It doesn’t matter in which country you’re.

05:16
based in, I could have also started to sell in the US, but I thought since I live in Germany, there’s Amazon in Germany, so maybe this model will work as well. And back then, was the time when virtual reality was a hype. I mean, it’s kind of still a thing or hype and we have metaverse and stuff, but back then, these were really the first days of virtual reality. And I found a product,

05:44
Basically, it was a piece of cardboard which you could fold and it had two lenses and you could put your phone inside and look at on your phone through those lenses. yes, okay. It was called Google Cardboard. I remember that. So you were one of the big sellers for that. I remember, okay. Yeah, so basically what happened was back then Oculus Rift, I think was acquired by…

06:10
Facebook and everybody was talking about virtual reality and Google thought, okay, they need to do something. So they developed this cardboard VR device for your phone and they open sourced its design so anybody could produce it. And basically that’s what I did. I bought some on AliExpress and then I registered an account in Germany as a seller and I uploaded the pictures and back then I only needed

06:39
basically just a couple of PPC ads with a little budget and it started selling. And yeah, this exploded. This was like, this was crazy. Cause I kind of caught the wave. was the only FBA seller selling these products for maybe like a year. There were some other sellers who were shipping from China. And yeah, I was basically developing this product and adding some features, mostly

07:08
They were about design and maybe some, you know, padding. And this was great. And then I thought, okay, I need to quit my job and replicate the success. I can do it like 20 times and there’s absolutely no point doing anything else. I’m doing software. Why do I care about software? No, it’s like, it was an absolute gold rush. And by the way, in the U.S., I believe the market was already more crowded.

07:38
although it’s a much larger market as well. And in Germany, like, FBA was only starting, basically. Yeah, so basically, in the end, I had maybe 20 different products, and that didn’t work so great, because I found out that it’s actually a business, and it’s not like extracting diamonds from Amazon or gold.

08:08
it became a real business. And if you have 20 products, not all of them are success and you cannot replicate such a success every time. there’s competition in every niche and some products are not trendy. And it’s kind of hard to scale this model, to basically define those. Yeah. Could you develop Sellerboard?

08:35
because of your own products? Actually, yes, because when I was having huge margins with my first product, I didn’t really care about the numbers. I just was watching the money on my bank account and I knew if I’m buying for $2.50 and I’m selling for 18 euro, there’s no way I could make a loss, right? Right. So there’s this huge profit margin.

09:05
But when I added more products and when the market for my main product became crowded, so basically, eventually everybody figured out that it’s a very easy product to replicate and there were hundreds of sellers for this one. So then I needed to drop prices and invest more in ads and it wasn’t obvious at all anymore if I’m profitable or not.

09:33
And I started to look for a tool or actually for a way to assess if I’m profitable or not. And I didn’t find a tool that I liked 100%. And I also didn’t want to pay too much money because I was feeling like my margin is getting thin. So yeah, that’s when I thought, okay, maybe we can develop a tool. I partnered with my friend and we built Sellerboard. And after the launch, I…

10:02
basically sold my business. So in the end, like I had a lot of products that were not successful anymore. And just one that was really successful, these were not the VR glasses anymore. But another one, actually these were drink coasters. probably also have really standard product. Right, so most of the that you sold were just kind of as is from like Alibaba or Aliexpress.

10:32
Exactly. Like, you know, as a software engineer, I’m not really a marketing guy. So I didn’t know how to write great texts and make nice pictures. I mean, you kind of understand it if you look at other listings, but this wasn’t really my thing. And, or I didn’t also find a product that I was super passionate about. So what I did was basically I was looking for products just analytically.

11:00
more or less like an arbitrage model. So it was no private label, but I was just looking for a product which is small. Probably everybody knows these rules, right? It should be small, it shouldn’t have any electronics. And the competition shouldn’t be too high. And in this day and age, I that model just, I mean, I guess you can probably pull it off, but someone will knock you off unless you actually turn it into a real business and marketing and develop a brand. Would you agree with that?

11:29
Absolutely. that’s actually what happened. So I was kind of buying random products. had like ties, for example, I thought like a tie is a very light product. You can ship it by air and it’s, you know, doesn’t have electronics. So let’s make ties. And then I thought, okay, phone tripods, why not? You know, they are small. So all criteria are fulfilled. So what then happened was in

11:56
every one of those niches, there were players that were focused on their brands in that specific niche and they were winning because they had better products. They would invest more energy and more love into their listings and reviews and ads. And yeah, in the end, you know, I didn’t have any USPs for most of my products. Yep. Yep. Yep. All right. Well, let’s shift gears because that

12:24
Like I’m on YouTube and Facebook all the time and I always see like all these people posting their Amazon revenue numbers. And I just want to talk about how those numbers are really inflated. And for people who are actually selling on there, who actually aren’t tracking their profits right now, what would you say is one of like the main culprits that can affect your profitability that most people do not even think about or consider?

12:53
So I would say that the single most underestimated profit killer are returns. So first of all, as you said, lot of sellers, and this was my experience as well, don’t track profit at all, especially in the beginning, maybe, you know, in the beginning you want to invest and you know you’re building a business and it’s not that important. So you have an approximate view.

13:22
But at a certain point you need to start really tracking those numbers and understanding and you need some sort of a profit and loss tool, which gives you like profit or you can also do it by hand in Excel, but that’s a bit complicated and costs a lot of time. But you need to understand your profit by unit per unit, including all the fees. And you need to have some sort of a cashflow management tool.

13:48
which is basically your bank account, you need to track the money coming in and going out. And we need to have some sort of balance sheet. these three things, and balance sheet basically describes all the assets in a business. And for an Amazon seller, the main asset is their inventory. So you need to understand these three things. But now back to your question. Yeah, so let me just preface this for the audience real quick. you go on.

14:16
I’m not sure if you guys listening realize this, but when you make a sale on Amazon, the number goes into your revenue number that you see on your dashboard. But when you get a return, that number is not deducted from your revenue number. So you always think that you’re making more than you are just right off the bat. I’ll turn it over to you, buddy. That’s correct. yeah, so for example, let’s say you sold just one item.

14:44
and you go to your seller central business reports and we’ll say one item sold and your revenue is $20. And if the item is returned, it will still say $20 and one item sold. And most sellers think, well, what’s the big deal? I’ll just sell this item again, right? So this is not a huge problem, but actually it is because if you’re not tracking your profit properly,

15:14
Often what happens is you take the number of units sold from the seller central and multiply it by your average profit per unit, which you kind of calculate on a napkin or an Excel when you are researching for product. So you know the cost of goods, you know approximately what the shipping from your supplier to Amazon costs.

15:42
And you know, the fees like 15 % for the referral fee, for example, and then maybe, I don’t know, to 30 for the FBA fee. Most sellers come up with an approximate profit per unit. And then if you look at your seller central every day and you see like, I sold 100 units. And if your profit per unit is $3, then it’s $300 profit. And this looks nice, right? So she multiplied by 30 days. It’s nice business.

16:10
But the truth is, the returns, since your revenue isn’t decreased in the seller central and the number of units sold are not decreased when there’s a refund, sellers tend to ignore the refunds or they don’t even notice it. And what happens in reality is the moment there’s a return, basically you need to write off your sale that you previously made.

16:39
For example, if you sold a product for, let’s say, $20, and then one week later, it’s returned. So what happens then is you should book like a minus $20 position in your books, right? Because you’re paying $20 back to your customer. So there are actually multiple ways to account for returns in the bookkeeping.

17:08
And we are really focused on management accounting, so accounting for the business owner, which helps them make decisions. And here you could do two things. You should either reduce your revenue on the day when there was a return or on the day when the item was sold. But this one is not a very good idea because this way you would reduce your revenue retrospectively and you don’t even notice it, right? So if an item is returned, which was bought like two months ago,

17:37
you know, you don’t look at your revenue from two months ago every day, right? Or you need to reduce your profit. And this is actually the way we chose in seller board. So what you do is you return $20 back to your client and at this moment it’s your loss. And if your profit is for example, $6 per unit and you reimbursed 20, then it kind of kills or cancels

18:06
three items that were sold. But fortunately, it’s not that bad. And I’ll explain you why. But it’s still very bad. So well, let’s talk about the fees actually, that you don’t get back when someone makes a return. So first of all, there’s a refund fee. It doesn’t apply to all categories. But oftentimes, Amazon just charges you for a refund.

18:35
So it’s, well, it might be like something like 15 % of 15%. So for a $20 unit, so basically it’s a referral fee on the referral fee, right? So for a $20 unit, it’s somewhere near like 50 cent. And this money, you don’t get back. It’s just, basically Amazon charges you because they need to send the money back to the customer’s credit card. And this is another transaction. This costs them money.

19:05
They need to process the return in their warehouse. It all costs work, so they charge the seller. So then think about the FBA fee. When a customer buys a product, you pay the FBA fee, you pay the shipping from Amazon to the customer. Not that you don’t get back. And depending on the category, you also pay the shipping back from the customer to Amazon. So sometimes it’s free, especially if it’s a…

19:34
Prime customer that it’s free for the customer and also free for the seller but sometimes Amazon charges this shipping from the customer to the warehouse to the FBA warehouse like in the fashion category for example because there are a lot of returns there so you lose that

19:57
My book, The Family First Entrepreneur, is available for pre-order at your favorite retailer. And guess what? It’s coming out next week on May 16th and I’m super excited. And I made it a no-brainer to grab the book because I’m giving out $690 in free bonuses. Here’s what you get. Instant access to my three-day print-on-demand workshop. In this workshop, I’ll teach you exactly how to get started running a print-on-demand e-commerce store and provide you with a free website theme as well.

20:25
You also get access to my two-day passive income workshop where I’ll teach you how to make money with blogging, podcasting, or YouTube. And finally, in June, you’ll get access to my six-week family-first business challenge where I will work with you for up to six weeks straight to help you figure out your next side hustle. Now, aside from all these bonuses, the book itself will teach you how to achieve financial freedom by starting a business that doesn’t require you to work yourself to death.

20:51
because you can in fact achieve financial success without being a stranger to your kids. And you can make good money and have the freedom to enjoy it. And you don’t have to work 80 hours a week and be a slave to your business just to make it all work. I will teach you how to start a business from the perspective of a parent who makes both business and family work. Go to mywifecluderjob.com slash book and I’ll send you the bonuses, invitations to book parties that I’ll be throwing all over the country and special offers. That’s mywifecluderjob.com slash book.

21:21
Now back to the show.

21:24
Can we attach some percentages to this? So typical FBA fees like maybe 10 to 15 % of revenue, right? If something’s small. much is? I think it depends on this. Of course it depends on the size of the product. Of course, of course. than the this amount. But I think that’s a fair estimate if you say like 15%. So, then this return fee is what percent you said 15 % of 15%, right? Let’s assume it’s around about five.

21:55
6%. Okay, 5 or 6%. What about the return shipping also that’s sometimes charged on apparel? What percentage would you say that is? I think in general, a good estimate for it is the FBA fee. Oh really? Yeah, because it’s more or less the same package, right? In the same distance.

22:19
Yeah, you play somewhere between one FBA, you lose between one FBA fee and two FBA fees. So it’s like 15 to 30 % maybe. Okay. That’s crazy. Okay. Then there’s there’s good news as well. So you’re paying the referral fee when you’re selling like 15%, but when an item is returned, Amazon returns the referral fee back to the seller. So this one.

22:47
actually reduces your loss and it’s a goodness. And if you’re in Europe, you’re also paying VAT. Okay, VAT is, well, it’s kind of, actually it’s a tax basically, but yeah, if an item gets returned, then your VAT that you paid is also offset. So you don’t need to pay it anymore. So this also reduces your loss. Right. And then ultimately,

23:17
There’s the question where, whether the item is resellable or no. So when the item arrives in the warehouse, Amazon checks it and they either book it as a sellable item or they say it’s damaged. And if it’s damaged, then you also lose your cost of goods sold. So here, of course, it depends on the item. If you’re selling like iPhones, probably you wouldn’t lose the complete amount.

23:46
just because the packaging is damaged or because the item is already opened. So you would be able to sell it again. But if it’s a cheap product, like in my case, this cardboard VR glasses, it doesn’t make sense to repair them or to resell them if they were already open. Actually, my packaging was…

24:12
built in a way that you cannot even close it if she wants opened it, because you have to tear it apart. basically here, depending on the status of return product, you lose your cost of goods. So if it’s like maybe 20 % of your, let’s say 30 % of your selling price, then you lose another 30%. And if it’s sellable, then again,

24:40
we need to offset your loss. So cost of goods sold at the moment the item is returned becomes a positive position in your basically in your profit and loss statement because you can really sell it again.

24:54
So is that all trackable through the Amazon API? Like if something comes back as resellable, that can be tracked? Yes, basically you see it all in the reports. You can download the transaction report or like in the FBA reports, there are actually multiple reports that give you information about the inventory adjustments. So for example, there you see every return.

25:22
which arrived in an FBA warehouse and whether it was booked as a sellable item or no. You see all these transactions and transaction report. the charges and reimbursements of referral fees and stuff like this. Yeah, but it’s kind of hard to put it all together, I would say. So yeah, I would- Right, because they’re asynchronous, right? You might’ve made a sale like,

25:52
30 days ago and then someone makes a return. So it all needs to be correlated at some point, right? Yeah. Right. And the return can be in the next month and typically sellers think in terms of months. So like if you had a good month, don’t want to like change your bookkeeping retrospectively, right? So you want to close it or it can be even like in another year, right? So for example, if you’re selling before Christmas,

26:22
Chances are that the returns will arrive in January. Do you happen to know what the average refund rate is for particular categories off the top of your head? It’s very category specific. So I know from the fashion industry that there it might be up to 50%. And there are some items that are in the like

26:51
some other categories or some products that are in the very low, like maybe single digit area, especially if the products are cheap. So for example, you should buy like a battery or something that it’s almost never returned, right? Yeah. Or a pair of batteries. So yeah, anything between basically zero or like 2 % at 40 % is…

27:17
I think I read somewhere that the average refund rate is 10 % overall and then electronics is pretty high. I heard it’s like 15 to 20 and you’re right apparel is really high. What I’m trying to get at is like when you see someone’s income report and you’re thinking about profit, what adjustment would you make just in your head without software? yeah. I think

27:47
What would really help is if you do this exercise once with the software or without, just take a look at the transaction report, find one return, check out how many, oh, by the way, one thing I forgot. If damaged items are returned, then they are put back in stock until you basically dispose them. And they also generate storage fees, because they take place in the warehouse.

28:17
And if you choose to send them to your home or to your warehouse, then this will also cost money, of course. Is that like the equivalent of an FBA fee? To have it shipped back to you? No, that’s much cheaper. Actually, this is more like the inbound shipping. So inbound shipping is like, you pay, I don’t know, $3 something for 100 units.

28:46
But yeah, depends on how many items you have, of course, that are damaged. I don’t think I’ve ever had stuff shipped back. I always just destroy them. Yes. think that’s, well, it depends on the products. If you’re selling TV sets, then of course, of course, that’s not the wisest thing to do. By the way, I don’t think you have an option to destroy them. It’s actually called dispose. Sure. Yes. decides what to do with them in this case. So they also might decide to sell them.

29:15
and then they will kind of piggyback on your listing and will sell them, sell your items as used. I know for a moment. Oh, under your own listing. Okay, I didn’t think about that actually. Yeah, and sometimes this also might happen if they lose items and find them again after they already reimbursed you. So they just sell them. Well, okay, so let’s summarize refunds before we move on. So refunds anywhere between, you know, single digits to 40, 50%.

29:45
and you lose your FBA fee, you potentially could be paying two FBA fees for return shipping. And then there’s also a refund fee. And then there’s also your cost of goods if it’s not resellable. Correct. And if you want to get a feeling for the order of magnitude, then I would suggest you take a look at one transaction and at the percentage of damaged items.

30:13
and then you can kind of calculate it. Maybe it’s 20 % of your net profit that you should allocate for refunds. And by the way, there are some things that, or some like easy things that you could do to reduce the return costs. Okay. So for example, sometimes if you’re lucky, the reason for returns are bad pictures. So this is, or maybe inaccurate data in your listing.

30:41
And this is something that you could really fix very fast. So, I mean, if it’s a problem with your product, then okay, you need to work on your quality. But there’s a report in the seller central. It’s under reports, FBA, customer concessions, and it shows you all FBA returns. And there’s a column there with a return reason. So when a customer initiates a return, it was an ask some what’s the reason for the return.

31:10
And you can say, for example, product is not as expected, right? And they can also enter a comment there and sometimes they write something like, it’s bigger than I thought, or it’s smaller than I thought, or the color doesn’t match the picture. And if that’s the case, then this is something you can really fix. with respect to size, for example, you can add some pictures where the size is visible, either as a number,

31:40
or maybe you put something similar near your product, like a coin or something, so that the customer understands how large it is. And yeah, the color, you can just tune the colors in the pictures and sometimes it’s this easy fix, which can help you reduce returns. And if you reduce your return rate like by 1%, so if it’s five and you reduce it by 1%,

32:07
It’s going to have a huge impact on your profit. So it’s much more than 1%. It’s going to be like maybe 20.

32:15
Yeah, I mean, usually what happens is if you scoot up on your listing, usually you get suspended, right? Usually a flood of returns comes in. At least in my That’s right, but sometimes it’s not that big of a difference. Especially in fashion, it’s very easy. If a customer has a different light, and customers 100 % have different lighting conditions at home.

32:45
if the lighting is a bit different than your studio, then the color will be different. just make sure it’s realistic or you have multiple pictures so that you get a feel of the color. I think Amazon in general is just very clever because if you’re trying to do all this stuff by hand, I know because my wife does the finances, you have to download multiple different reports and then compile everything together.

33:15
and I’m sure they do that, so it’s hard for you to figure out your profit. Like they could have made it a lot easier for you to figure out your profit, right? That’s right. I mean, there are a lot of things that are hidden in the Excel reports and while you can download them and basically explore those fees and track them, it’s kind of hard to do and it needs manual work, so sellers tend to ignore this work.

33:45
Yep. Okay, so we’ve covered refunds and returns. What are some other areas that people often overlook? Yeah, so I would say one important area are like all kinds of different fees and sometimes sellers, especially new sellers tend to skip some fees and some costs. So, you know, when you’re researching for a product, you kind of see

34:15
the cost of goods sold and you see your selling price on Amazon and you kind of estimate the referral fee, maybe the FBA fee and shipping from your supplier to Amazon. But there are so many other fees. so we basically, download all the fees for every customer and try to break them down by product. And in my experience, there are more than

34:43
100 different small fees that Amazon charges you. So storage fees are, for example, something that everybody knows, but it’s kind of not very transparent. So it’s hard to say which item generated how much in storage fees in which month, right? But there are also some others that are not so obvious, like inbound transportation. It looks cheap, but if you are selling a lot, you know, and you’re paying maybe

35:13
It used to be three euro something, euro 60 or something per box in Germany when I was selling. And if you’re selling like 100 boxes per month, then it’s already a considerable amount. Then you have fees that they Sorry, you’re talking about shipping to Amazon’s warehouse, is that correct? Correct. Okay, right. Correct. Yeah, lot of people don’t take that in count.

35:41
Exactly, because it’s a small number, yeah, as I said, especially if you’re selling a lot and they all kind of add up, right? So you need to at least have some buffer. So if you don’t know them exactly, then plan some buffer, like I don’t know, maybe 10 % of your revenue for some unexpected fees. There are some other things like if a shipment is damaged, an inbound shipment to Amazon is damaged, then they can either charge you for…

36:10
a fee called the FBA inbound defect fee. So basically they have more work with opening it and fixing it and that costs time so they can charge you for that. Or even worse, you can lose some of your items if they’re damaged, right? So they become damaged, unsellable items, then you need to dispose them which costs money again. Then you have things like lighting deals fee.

36:35
You have the subscription, it’s $39 a month. You have a fee for coupon redemption. have like removal and disposal fees, fees for sales tax collection, labeling, bubble wrap, polybegging. So yeah, there are more than 100 fees. And I think, yeah, as I said, sellers just should be aware that there is such a thing and you should have enough profit margin to compensate for all these expenses.

37:03
Can we talk about the inbound damage fee? Like if they damage it, that’s their liability, but who’s to enforce that? Do you know what I’m saying? Like if it comes in and it’s damaged and they have to charge you a fee to look through it, what’s preventing them from just, when they screw up, charging you for that fee? So, okay, I mean, I think at this point it’s just trust.

37:32
Right, so if Amazon, so if they damage your product, basically they book it as damaged in their warehouse and then they are accountable for or liable for this. But of course if they don’t do that, then it’s, I mean, I don’t think that Amazon does this on purpose. I mean, I’m actually very sure that they don’t do it on purpose.

38:01
But of course it can happen and they can also lose products and damage products and not reimburse the seller. We see this pretty often as well. Actually, I have a fee that I’ve hit that’s kind of hidden that people don’t consider is, you know, usually around the holiday season when the volumes are much higher, Amazon tends to lose our inventory more and then we’ll get reimbursed for that inventory.

38:31
But then like in January, they miraculously find it. And then they take all that money back. But meanwhile, lost out on the holiday season’s worth of sales for that particular item. Is that accounted for? So in the software, like if that happens, that’s all accounted for on the month that it happens, right? Right. So whenever you get reimbursed, basically we show all your profits and all your income and all your

39:01
Uh-uh.

39:04
all your charges, right? So if you get reimbursed, we will show you a reimbursement the day that you get it. And sometimes it’s attached to a product and sometimes it’s not really clear what you are getting reimbursed for. But then in this case, we’ll just show it as a number on the overall account level. Yeah, but you’re right. Of course, they will reimburse you. So if Amazon loses your inventory, they will reimburse you for the inventory.

39:33
But they will not reimburse you for opportunity costs. So for the profit that you would have made, or if you’re listing loses like keyword ranks because you didn’t have sales, of course that also becomes your problem. But I think I really don’t want to be too negative at this point. There are a lot of fees and I think you just need to manage them.

40:03
that they exist and you need to have enough margin. And if you don’t have enough profit margin to account for unexpected fees, then probably you need to think about your product strategy. you either need like a cheaper product or you need to make the product cost of goods cheaper, right? Or you need to raise your prices or maybe add something to your product. Cause the last thing you want to do is of course work for nothing.

40:31
or even police So one thing I wanted to touch on actually was PPC, because I run a class of about 5,000 students, and oftentimes people are bidding without really understanding what their break-even point is. that’s actually one thing I liked about Sellerboard was that when you’re bidding, you kind of know what your profit point is. Can you just kind of talk a little bit about

41:00
common PPC errors that you see? So I think with PPC sellers

41:12
Basically, there are like a couple of reasons why you do PPC. So for example, if you’re doing a product launch, then the profitability doesn’t really matter because all you want is sales, right? Sure. Because you hope to launch the product and to get some organic sales and then you won’t need PPC anymore. And sometimes sellers say, okay, I want to run PPC ads just to support my organic sales because Amazon likes it when, you know,

41:42
when you advertise your product. And this also helps organic ranking, but when the product is already in a mature phase, it should earn money, right? So a lot of sellers say, okay, I don’t want to lose any money on PPC. It should just support my product, but I don’t want to lose any money. It should be neutral for the profit. And the last strategy would be just to

42:11
be profitable with PPC and that’s becoming harder and harder every year to be honest on Amazon. So, yeah, what’s important is the numbers that you see in the advertising console, like the PPC sales are four, have an attribution window of 14 days after the click. And typically Amazon shows you sales of all products, not just of the product that was advertised.

42:41
So if somebody, a client, a customer sees an ad and clicks on an ad and then buys a different product one day later, for example, a different color or a different variant, or even a totally different product from the same seller that will still count as a PPC revenue, right? So this product doesn’t need to be advertised. And this makes it a bit harder to…

43:10
basically to estimate the profitability of your PPC campaigns. Because if your strategy is, for example, to be profitable or break even on PPC, the question is then of course, how much can you afford to bid on specific keywords to be break even, right? And since the sales numbers are not necessarily…

43:37
corresponding to the products you’re advertising, it’s becoming a bit more like randomized or challenging to find out what your profitability point is. yeah, basically as a rule of thumb, you can take your profit margin for your like advertised product and maybe products if they are all similar from the same listing.

44:05
from the same category and take this as your target acres for the break even, point for the break even advertising strategy. But in Sellerboard, we try to do it more precisely. So we basically go ahead and take a look. So we get a little bit more data through the API than what is displayed in the advertising console. And we actually.

44:32
see how many sales are coming from the advertised products for every specific campaign, for every specific keyword, and what percentage of sales is coming from other products. And based on that, and based on all profitability calculation that we have, we estimate your profit per campaign, per ad group, and even per keyword. And if we have that profit, then we kind of automatically have the profit, the breakeven point.

45:02
Right. Yeah, which is very important. So like when I teach this in my class, I always tell people to start with the break even ACOS. But it’s hard to calculate that because you only have the, I guess the revenue, right? Which is what ACOS is. Calculating the true profit, taking into account all these other fees that we just talked about returns inbound is actually quite difficult to do. Right. And Amazon also doesn’t

45:31
tell us and it doesn’t tell the seller if an order was generated by an ad. So you see the sales per campaign and even per keyword, the PPC sales that are attributed to a campaign. But on the level of every specific order, we actually don’t know whether it’s coming from PPC or whether it’s an organic order. So it’s kind of hard to calculate.

45:59
because this information is missing, it’s kind of impossible actually to calculate the profit exactly, but we’re trying to do our best. And if you know your breakeven acres, then you can calculate your breakeven bid. right, since you know your conversion rate, you know, like for example, every fifth, or like let’s say every 10th click will result in a sale. And if you know your…

46:27
like break even point is, don’t know, maybe you have a target profit margin of $2 per unit, then you know that you can afford to pay 20 cents per click to stay profitable, right? And yeah, actually with PPC, it’s kind of interesting because this number also constantly changes. So the moment you figure it out, it’s already outdated and not just because

46:55
It’s actually not because of you as a seller, but because there are so many competitors that are constantly changing the bids and because of seasonality and different like days of week. So the market is highly dynamic in that regard. So yeah, but it’s a good start. you know your break-even acres and break-even bid for every keyword, then chances are you’re going to be.

47:25
pre-cubed. There’s one thing I also want to say here is that at least in my portfolio, there’s the I think the 80-20 rule applies like 20 % of your products are going to make 80 % of your profits and just seeing this in a real-time dashboard allows you to say hey this item did not make me money even though it generated a lot of sales maybe I should consider not selling that item going forward and focusing on this other item

47:51
that actually sells less in terms of volume but makes more profit in terms of raw dollars. I think a lot of people just sell in aggregate and as long as the overall profit is good, they don’t necessarily drill down to the individual item level and figure out what they need to stop selling or focus on. I think this is actually true for every business as long as you’re like total

48:21
that profit is positive, you’re like relaxed. yeah, if it, if if the times become hard, everybody starts analyzing. But actually my experience is, you know, it’s, it all, it’s always also about time, right? So you need a system which allows you, which enables you to track your profit.

48:50
and do your management accounting, which brings your data quickly and easily without you having to spend too much time on it. And then it becomes easy to optimize. Yeah. Vlad, where can people find more about what you do in your tool? Sure. So you can go to our website at sellerboard.com. And yeah, we have a…

49:17
a demo account there which you can actually start or try launch without any registration. So you just click the demo button and then it’s a live account with a fake product, but it’s read only, but you can still try the software and see through all the functionality. And there’s also a free trial and after the trial, the pricing starts at $15 a month. Yeah.

49:46
I was just going to say this.

49:50
For everyone out there, $15 a month, I want to say that Sellerboard is actually one of the least expensive tools out there. because everyone always comes to me with their tools and what attracted me to Sellerboard was the fact that it is so inexpensive, which actually makes it a no-brainer if you’re selling on Amazon, even in low quantities, because you have to know what your profit is. Amazon has gotten harder over the years and you really need to scrutinize and figure out what your true profit is.

50:20
and look at your winners and your losers if you want to be in the long game selling on Amazon.

50:29
Correct. This was actually our idea and vision and intention. We want to make it affordable, especially for new sellers, because when I was a new seller, I didn’t want to pay too much money for the software because you have so many expenses and have so many Amazon fees and you don’t want to pay too much for the software. So Vlad, thanks a lot for coming on and talking about some of these hidden fees.

50:52
And just a public service announcement, you whenever you see some guru advertising something and showing their numbers, just realize that, you know, revenue is kind of for vanity and profit is the important part in any business. Thanks so much, Steve. Yep. Thanks for coming on.

51:18
Hope you enjoy that episode. Now if you’re going to sell on Amazon, you absolutely have to use Amazon reporting software. Otherwise you’ll have no idea what your profits are and it’s really easy to lose money. Sellerboard is the least expensive solution that I’ve ever found. And once again, I want to thank Zipify apps. If you want to instantly boost your revenue with pre and post purchase upsells, go check it out at zipify.com. I also want to thank LinkWisper. If you want to take search engine optimization seriously with your blog,

51:46
then you absolutely need an internal linking tool like Link Whisper. Go check it out at linkwhisper.com. Now I talk about how I use these tools on my blog, and if you are interested in starting your own eCommerce store, head on over to mywifequitterjob.com and sign up for my free six day mini course. Just type in your email and I’ll send you the course right away. Thanks for listening.

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!

457: Exactly How I’d Build A New Ecommerce Business Today From Scratch – Family First Friday

457: Exactly How I'd Build A New Ecommerce Business Today From Scratch

Welcome to Family First Fridays, a new segment of the podcast in honor of my book, The Family First Entrepreneur. In these solo episodes, I present to you my personal thoughts about family, entrepreneurship, and life.

Today, I outline exactly what I would do if I were to start an e-commerce business today from complete scratch.

What You’ll Learn

  • The best ecommerce business models
  • The exact steps that I would take to start an online store this year
  • What to avoid in ecommerce

Other Resources And Books

Sponsors

Postscript.io – Postscript.io is the SMS marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Postscript specializes in ecommerce and is by far the simplest and easiest text message marketing platform that I’ve used and it’s reasonably priced. Click here and try Postscript for FREE.
Postscript Logo

SellersSummit.com – Sellers Summit is the conference I run every year that caters to ecommerce sellers all over the world. Click here and grab your ticket.
Sellers Summit

BigCommerce.com – If you are interested in starting your own online store, then I highly recommend BigCommerce. Out of the box, it already comes with full functionality and you do not need to install additional plugins. Click here to get 1 month free
BigCommerce WordPress Plugin

Transcript

00:00
You’re listening to the My Wife Could Her Job podcast, where I teach you how to start a business or side hustle from the perspective of a father with two kids. Welcome to a new segment to the show, which I’m calling Family First Fridays in honor of my book, The Family First Entrepreneur. If you haven’t picked up the book yet, you can get over $690 in free bonuses for pre-ordering the hard copy over at thefamilyfirstentrepreneur.com. And in these solo episodes, I will be presenting to you my personal thoughts about family

00:29
entrepreneurship, business, and life, and we’ll talk about a wide variety of topics. Today, we’re gonna talk about exactly what I would do if I were to start an e-commerce business today. Now, if you’re thinking about starting an e-commerce business this year, it’s important to have a plan in place to ensure that you are successful, because the world of e-commerce is constantly changing, and in this episode, I’m gonna walk you through the exact steps that I would take if I were to start an online store this year. Now, first off, you gotta choose a business model.

00:58
Now, if you’re on YouTube or Facebook, you’ve probably seen ads for drop shipping or retail arbitrage or Amazon wholesale. And in the current landscape, I would not do any of those business models because it’s short term thinking. Sure, you might be able to make a couple bucks here and there, but it’s not going to be a business with longevity. I’ve been running my e-commerce store over at Bumblebee Linens for 17 years now, and it’s still going strong because I own my own brand and my products. And you got to think long term. For example,

01:28
Drop shipping has largely been nerfed by Amazon. And back in the day, brands wanted drop shippers in order to increase their sales force without hiring. But today, Amazon owns over 50 % of e-commerce, and it’s super easy for any brand to list their products on Amazon and keep all the profit. Why give a 50 % discount to an online retailer and handle shipping and fulfillment when you can just leave it up to Amazon? When it comes to selling wholesale, you are selling other people’s products

01:57
which means that there are many other vendors selling the exact same thing. And this always leads to price erosion. Now the way to be successful in e-commerce today is to own your own brand and have full control. This is why I would only consider doing private label today. Now that’s not to say that you can’t start out drop shipping or doing wholesale, but it should only be a stepping stone to private label. All right, let’s go through the steps now on what I would do. Step one, you got to find a product.

02:26
And obviously you can’t get started unless you have something to sell. And the best way to do this is by looking at your own everyday problems and just find products that solve them. By identifying a problem that you or people around you have and finding a product that solves that problem, you can be sure that there’s any market for that product. For example, we started selling handkerchiefs online because we couldn’t find them anywhere. My friend started selling decorative pill holders because she wanted one.

02:54
I run a class of over 5,000 students and the most successful students focus on products that leverage their specific skills or based on areas where they have knowledge. For example, Amanda Wittenborn makes millions selling custom-designed party supplies because that’s what she’s good at. My friend Rob sells an attachment for drone remotes because he’s into drones. If you’re completely clueless about what to sell, you can leverage tools like Jungle Scout that can help you find products that have high demand but low competition.

03:23
Tools like Jungle Scout will allow you to do market research on Amazon to find out how much money every listing makes and allow you to gauge the level of competition. You can also do research with tools like Ahrefs to see what people are searching for on Google or Terapeak to see what’s selling on eBay. By the way, if you want more information on how to find profitable products to sell, make sure you sign up for my free six day mini course over at mywifequitterjob.com slash free. Step two, got to find a supplier and the goal

03:52
is to find a supplier who can provide you with the product you want at a price that allows you to make a profit. Now when it comes to private label, your goal is to be able to achieve at least a 66 % gross margin on your sales. This means that if you sell something for $9, you get to keep $6. There are a few different ways you can go about finding a supplier. One popular method is to use a website like Alibaba to search for manufacturers of the product you want to sell, and you can filter your search by location.

04:19
price and other parameters to find the best supplier for your needs. Another option is to attend trade shows or fairs that are related to your product. And this can be a great way to meet manufacturers and suppliers in person. And it’s also an opportunity to see their products up close. That before COVID, I used to go to the Canton fair every other year. You can also consider hiring a sourcing agent who can help you find a supplier that meets your needs. And they’re just experts in finding and vetting suppliers. And they can save you lot of time and effort at a cost of

04:50
When you find a supplier that you’re interested in working with, be sure to communicate your expectations and ask for samples. Make sure you’re happy with the quality. Check for the minimum order quantity and the pricing of your product. And if you’re happy with what you receive, you can then proceed to order a small batch of products to test the market. And then move on to larger orders once you’ve validated that your product is in demand. Now it’s important to note when working with a supplier to make sure that you have a clear and written agreement about the terms of the deal

05:18
including delivery times, payment methods, returns and guarantees on quality. So for example, when we order linens, we expect a defect ratio of less than 3%. It’s also important to keep open communication with your supplier to ensure that everything runs smoothly. And we have all of our vendors on WhatsApp and WeChat. Step three is to validate your product. Once you have samples, your goal is to validate the demand for your product before making a large investment on inventory. And you got to try to sell them to gauge how well the product will sell.

05:48
There’s a couple different ways you can go about selling your samples. One way is to join Facebook groups that are related to your product and start promoting your product there. You can also reach out to group admins to see if you can post your product in their group. For example, when we first started selling wedding handkerchiefs, I started posting in the wedding forms. I didn’t try to sell anything. I would just ask questions like, hey, I’m looking for a hanky where I can put my initials on it. Do you guys know where I can find such a thing? And then later I would say something like, hey, I finally found a place online, but I had to buy a bunch.

06:18
If any of you want my extras, let me know. Another option is to list your product on eBay. This can be a great way to validate demand for your product as well as test different pricing strategies. You can also list your product on other online marketplaces like Amazon or Etsy. You can also use Jungle Scout to see how Amazon’s sales are for that product, do some competitive analysis and check which brands are doing well in the market and how much they are selling it for. Now it’s important to note that in this step, you don’t have to make a big investment yet.

06:48
Just sell a couple samples and test the waters. And in this way, you can see if people are willing to pay for your product. You can also get great feedback from your early adopters. And from this, you can then make adjustments to your product and pricing before making a large investment in inventory. The next step is to list your product on Amazon. Now, one thing that I do differently from other e-commerce business owners is that I always test my products on Amazon first. Amazon owns 50 % of e-commerce. They have a large built-in audience of buyers.

07:18
Now takes some work to launch a website, so the easiest way to generate sales quickly is to sell on Amazon. But remember, the end goal is to own your own branded website. If your stuff sells well on Amazon, then you should start working on your website immediately. Here’s a brief list of steps to get started on Amazon. And by the way, I cover Amazon pretty extensively in my course. Just do a search on mywifequitterjob.com and I actually cover everything for free. Now you got to list your product. To list your product on Amazon,

07:46
you’ll need to set up an Amazon seller account. And once you have an account, you can list your product by creating a listing on Amazon’s Marketplace and make sure your listing follows Amazon’s guidelines, is well optimized and has great images and a description. You also want to run Amazon PPC ads. Amazon’s pay-per-click advertising program can be a great way to generate sales for your product. And by running these ads, your product will show up at the top of the search results for relevant keywords, increasing the chances that customers will find it.

08:15
And to get the most out of your Amazon listing, you should make sure to follow all the best practices for Amazon optimization. This includes optimizing your product title, your bullet points, and your description with relevant keywords, making sure you have high quality images of your product, and pricing your product competitively. And if you want more information, you can just sign up for my Amazon mini course found on mywifequitterjob.com. Now, by listing your product on Amazon, you can reach a large customer base and generate cash flow

08:43
while you work on building your own website and brand. And keep in mind that selling on Amazon can be competitive and cutthroat. So my long-term strategy is to validate on Amazon and then focus on your own website. Use your Amazon earnings to fund your brand. Step number five is to start your own website. Now, if your initial samples or small order sells out, you should then order a larger batch and start your own website. And the goal is to establish your own brand and control the customer experience by building a property that you own.

09:13
And depending on your technical expertise, here are the shopping carts that I recommend. Now, if you’re not tech savvy, you have the budget, and you want the best supported platform, then just go with Shopify. Shopify is user-friendly and easy to use, and it allows you to set up your own online store quickly and easily. And Shopify has by far the best third-party ecosystem, and you can find plugins that do almost anything. Now, if you’re on a budget, you can use Shift for Shop or WooCommerce, which are free to use. Now, the main downside,

09:43
is that they aren’t as user friendly as Shopify, but they are just as powerful. And then finally, you can also go with BigCommerce, which is Shopify-like, but cheaper. And what I like about BigCommerce is that you don’t get nickel and diamond with apps. Most of the functionality you need comes out of the box. Now, once you’ve chosen your platform, you can then start customizing your website by choosing a theme, adding pages and products, creating categories, and setting up payment and shipping options. You’ll want to make sure that you incorporate your value proposition.

10:12
and why you are different on your website and display it prominently on top of the fold. This will help visitors to understand why your brand is unique and why they should choose you over your competitors. And the goal of your website is to establish your own brand, control the customer experience, and differentiate yourself from your competitors. You’ll be able to build a loyal customer base that you can then market over time through email marketing, SMS marketing, and other strategies. Step number six, implement email marketing.

10:42
Now the average conversion rate for an online store is only 2%, which means that 98 % of your customers will visit and leave your site without buying anything. And the goal with email marketing is to retain customers and encourage repeat business by sending targeted automated email campaigns. Here are the four automated email flows that you should implement. The first email campaign you should set up is for abandoned carts. And these are triggered when a customer adds them to their cart but doesn’t complete the purchase. By sending them an email,

11:10
reminding them of their items in their cart, and possibly including a special offer, you can encourage them to return to your website and complete the purchase. Another campaign you should set up is a pre-purchase sequence. These are a series of automated emails that are sent to customers who have shown interest in your products but haven’t bought yet. And the purpose of these emails is to build trust and educate the customer about your product and why they should buy it. Once a customer makes a purchase, you can then set up a post-purchase campaign

11:38
to thank them for their purchase and encourage them to leave a review or make a repeat purchase. And for customers who haven’t made a purchase in a while, you can set up a WinBack campaign to re-engage them and encourage them to make another purchase. Now, to get people to sign up for your email list, you must set up a lead magnet email sign-up form. You can offer free shipping or a discount code as an incentive for them to sign up. And by implementing email marketing and automating these campaigns,

12:04
you can effectively communicate with your customers and encourage repeat business on autopilot. And the same philosophy is true with SMS or text message marketing. Now like email, the goal with sending texts is to engage customers in real time and increase conversion rates by sending messages that customers get directly on their phone. By the way, I use Klaviyo for email and Postscript for SMS. Step number seven is content creation. Now let’s shift gears now and just talk about customer acquisition.

12:33
I like to use a three-prong attack. The first prong is content. With content, the goal is to generate free organic traffic to your website by producing valuable and informative content that attracts your target audience. And one way to create content is through blogging. By creating a blog on your website, you can share helpful tips, industry news, product reviews, or behind-the-scenes information about your business. And you can also include calls to action within your blog post to encourage visitors to explore your website further.

13:03
Our blog and search engine optimization generates about 25 % of our sales for free. Another way to create content is through YouTube. By creating videos that are related to your product or industry, you can attract a large audience, establish your brand as an authority, and drive more traffic to your website. My YouTube channel over at MyWifeQuitterJob makes $300,000 a year just on ads alone. Podcasting is another way to create content and reach a large audience. By creating audio content on a regular basis,

13:32
you can establish yourself as a thought leader in your industry and attract a dedicated following. Now this podcast is a top 25 show on all of Apple podcasts in the marketing category. And yet you’re listening right now. And obviously if you’re listening to it, it must have affected you in some way. can also create content for social media platforms like Facebook, Instagram, and Twitter. And by regularly posting engaging and informative content, you can attract a large following and drive more traffic to your website. Now in order to make content work,

14:01
You have to be consistent and that requires that you put yourself on a content schedule. This could be one post or video per week or whatever schedule works best for your business. And by consistently creating valuable and informative content, you can attract a large and engaged audience, establish your brand as an authority and drive more traffic to your website. And this will also help you to attract customers who are likely to be interested in your products and will increase the chances of them converting into buyers. Step number eight is advertising.

14:31
This next prong is paid advertising and the goal is to generate immediate sales to reach your target audience on platforms like Amazon, Google, Facebook and Instagram. Facebook ads are a powerful tool for reaching your target audience and driving sales. And by creating highly targeted ads that are relevant to your target audience, you can increase the chances they will click through to your website and make a purchase. Google ads is another powerful advertising platform you can use to drive sales. If your product has high search intent, you can create ads that are triggered

15:01
by relevant keywords and appear at the top of Google search results. Now, the exact methodology for running ads is beyond the scope of this episode, but feel free to browse my YouTube channel or my blog for more videos and content on how to run ads. Anyway, by advertising on Facebook and Google, you can generate immediate sales and reach a large audience quickly, but just keep in mind that these ads can be expensive. So it’s important to track your results, make adjustments as needed.

15:28
Step number nine is to focus on your best customers. Most people focus all their efforts on getting new customers, but the bread and butter for any business is repeat business. After all, it’s much easier to convert someone who has already bought. And the goal with this step is to identify and nurture relationships with your best customers in order to drive more sales and increase customer loyalty. Now to identify your best customers, you can just start by looking at metrics such as lifetime value, purchase frequency, and average order value.

15:58
Customers who have a high lifetime value, purchase frequently and have a high order value are likely to be your best customers and should be a priority for your business. Once you’ve identified your best customers, you can start building relationships with them by providing them with excellent customer service, special offers and discounts, or exclusive access to new products or services. Here’s what we do. We go up all of our best customers of phone call, offer them a special discount that can be used at any time,

16:26
and a dedicated rep to handle their orders. Most of our big customers are wedding and event planners who buy in bulk from us, and they represent a large part of our business, so we make them feel special. You can also create a special Facebook group where your best customers can make suggestions and give feedback on products, and this will help you improve your products and services as well. And by focusing on your best customers, you can increase customer loyalty, drive more sales, and improve your overall customer experience. And by identifying the most valuable customers,

16:56
You can allocate resources and energy on keeping them happy and engaged and this will help to increase customer lifetime value and drive a lot more large repeat purchases. Now I’ve said a lot in this episode, so let’s put it all together. Once you find a product and a supplier, you want to first validate your product on platforms like eBay and Amazon to make sure that they’re going to sell. Then you want to start working on your own e-commerce website as soon as possible.

17:22
Implement automated flows to retain your visitors and focus on your best customers. And if you do all that, I guarantee that over time, you will have a successful e-commerce business. By the way, if you’ve enjoyed this particular episode, make sure you sign up for my free six day mini course over at mywifequitterjob.com slash free. And just make sure you pre-order my book, The Family First Entrepreneur over at thefamilyfirstentrepreneur.com.

17:48
and make sure on that page you redeem your $690 in free bonuses.

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!

456: Inside The Crazy World Of Traditional Book Publishing With Michael Drew

456: Inside The Crazy World Of Traditional Book Publishing With Michael Drew

Today, I’m thrilled to have Michael Drew as a guest on the show. Michael is the founder of PromoteABook.com, where he assists authors in launching their books onto the New York Times Bestseller list.

He has successfully launched 124 consecutive books onto national bestseller lists and has over a thousand number-one Amazon titles to his credit.

In this episode, Michael will provide us with a deep dive into the book industry, including how the economics work, and more.

What You’ll Learn

  • The ins and outs of traditional book publishing
  • How to launch a book to the bestseller list
  • The economics of book publishing

Other Resources And Books

Sponsors

Postscript.io – Postscript.io is the SMS marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Postscript specializes in ecommerce and is by far the simplest and easiest text message marketing platform that I’ve used and it’s reasonably priced. Click here and try Postscript for FREE.
Postscript Logo

SellersSummit.com – Sellers Summit is the conference I run every year that caters to ecommerce sellers all over the world. Click here and grab your ticket.
Sellers Summit

BigCommerce.com – If you are interested in starting your own online store, then I highly recommend BigCommerce. Out of the box, it already comes with full functionality and you do not need to install additional plugins. Click here to get 1 month free
BigCommerce WordPress Plugin

Transcript

00:00
You’re listening to the My Wife, Quit or Job podcast, the place where I bring on successful bootstrap business owners and delve deeply into the strategies they use to grow their businesses. Today, I my buddy Michael Drew on the show. And as you guys know by now, I have a book coming out on May 16th called The Family First Entrepreneur. And the way my personality works is that whenever I do something, I try to learn about it as thoroughly as possible. Michael Drew is the founder of PromoteABook.com, where he has launched 124 consecutive books onto the national bestseller list. And in this episode,

00:29
We’re going to talk about the crazy world of traditional book publishing, and I can guarantee you that you’ll learn a ton about this industry. But before we begin, I want to let you know that tickets for the 2023 Seller Summit are almost sold out over at sellersummit.com. And as of this recording, there’s exactly one mastermind pass left and five regular passes left. It is the conference that I hold every year that specifically targets e-commerce entrepreneurs selling physical products online. And you all know me well enough by now to know that my event has zero fluff.

00:58
Every speaker I invite is deep in the trenches of their business and not high-level guys who are overseeing their companies at 50,000 feet. Every year we cut off ticket sales at around 200 people and we all eat together and everyone parties together every single night. Personally, I love smaller events and tickets always sell out. If you’re an e-commerce entrepreneur making over 250k or $1 million per year, we also offer a special mastermind experience where we break up into small groups, lock ourselves in a room and help each other with our businesses.

01:27
The Seller Summit is going to be held in Fort Lauderdale, Florida from May 23rd to May 25th. I also want to thank Spockit for sponsoring this episode. Now, most of you who have followed me for a long time know that I’m not a big fan of dropshipping, especially from AliExpress or China. But I do know that many of you listening don’t have a large budget to start an e-commerce business. So if you want to dropship from US or European suppliers, I like Spockit and here’s why. Spockit integrates with all the top e-commerce platforms, which makes adding products in order

01:56
fillments seamless, they also offer branded invoices, which allows you to add your logo and store name to the invoice so it appears as though it’s being shipped from your warehouse. But the main value add is that 70 % of their suppliers are from the US and Europe. As a result, your shipping times are fast at between two to five days, and the quality is superior. You can try Spockit for free over at mywifequitterjob.com slash Spockit. That’s mywifequitterjob.com slash S-P-O-C-K-E-T.

02:24
And then finally, I wanted to mention my other podcast that I run with my partner Tony. And unlike this one, where I interview successful entrepreneurs in e-commerce, the Profitable Audience podcast covers all things related to content creation and building an audience. No topic is off the table and we tell it like how it is in a raw and entertaining way. So be sure to check out the Profitable Audience podcast on your favorite podcast app. Now on to the show.

02:53
Welcome to the My Wife Could Her Job podcast. Today I’m thrilled to have Michael Drew on the show and Michael is the founder of Promotabook.com where he helps authors launch books onto the New York Times bestseller list. He lives and breathes books and he’s launched 124 consecutive books onto national bestseller lists and he’s got over a thousand number one Amazon titles. He’s been marketing books his entire career. He’s perfected his craft over at respected publishers such as Bard Press, Entrepreneur Magazine, Longstreet Press.

03:22
Thomas Nelson Publishers, and many more. And all you guys listening know that I just finished writing my book, The Family First Entrepreneur, which is due out in May. And in this episode, Michael is gonna give us a deep dive into the book industry, and I guarantee you, for you guys listening, that it is not how you expect it to work. And with that, welcome to the show, Michael. How are doing? I’m great, thanks for having me. Unfortunately, the folks can’t see, but I’m here in an idyllic, beautiful…

03:51
Lake Atletland Guatemala running a month-long Book Riders Retreat. It’s ideal as it’s February and it’s 72 degrees outside and there’s no humidity here. And the folks here are all gonna have a book written by the end of the month. So thanks for having me on and thanks for joining me here in Guatemala. It sounds like I should have gone to that retreat because it took me three years to write my book when I could have just done it in a month by going to Guatemala. I mean, that’s the big thing, right? mean, most folks…

04:20
aren’t writers professionally and they don’t know how to do that. Most of my clients and folks like you, you might be a thought leader or influence or content creator, but writing a book is a distinct skill set, right? And I’ve been doing this now for 24 years, going on 25 in August, and I’m a proficient writer. I’m not a great writer. I’m a proficient writer because this is what I’ve done as a career for the last 24 years. There are really amazing writers that are out in the world and some of them work for me, but…

04:50
Coming up with an idea and sharing it and making a difference in the world in non-fiction writing is distinctly different than simply being an amazing writer who does great with prose and whatnot. They’re distinctly different things. And so for me, the first objective is to be able to make sure to be able to get your voice out and understood and do it in a way that meets the needs of your readers. Because at the end of the day, most of us are not Emily Dickinson. We’re not going to say…

05:16
and write in our bedrooms by ourselves and let that content sit under our bed or in our closets until we die, right? We’re writing with purpose and intention to be able to make a difference in the world. And so the first thing is to be able to get that out. The second is to have a good team to back you up, to be able to take your ideas and make them into beautiful prose. Well, see, here’s the thing. I know that you’ve launched what you said, 124 consecutive books, like…

05:42
How can you launch so many hits? Are you just really selective with your clients? It seems really difficult to bet a thousand. Yeah, I like to say that I cheat. I only work with winners, right? But a couple of things. The first thing to note is that the best sellers list, the hidden secret that nobody really appreciates is that New York Times and other best seller lists are not real best sellers lists. They don’t count real sales in real time. Not every book that is sold is reported. Not every book that is reported is counted.

06:11
Not every book that’s counted is counted equally. And not only that, if you read, if you go to the bottom of the New York Times bestsellers list in the fine print, they literally state in writing black and white that they are an editorial list. And so within their editorial controls, they can choose to include or exclude a book at their editorial discretion. Now with that, there’s some hope because they have created standards for which they apply

06:41
equally against all books. So if you hit the standards, all of the standards, which are pretty extensive, but if you get all of the standards, then they will they will allow you to be included on the list. If you miss one of their standards and the standards exceed simply having enough sales. But if you if you don’t meet all of their standards, then the book will be the New York Times will determine whether or not they’re going to include your book editorially on their list. So.

07:06
When I say cheat, this is what I mean. If you understand the science of the system and the science is what the rules are set up by the New York Times and other best sellers list, the art is figuring out what kinds of authors and businesses and platforms are best served by meeting those standards and how to leverage their businesses in meeting those standards. And so when I say cheat is knowing what the standards are and what’s needed to be able to hit that, I then look for authors and clients and business owners that both

07:35
benefit from hitting those standards and then are also able to do it. Because at the end of the day, you could have an amazing book, but if you can’t hit the standards, it doesn’t matter, right? We’re not going to be able to support your efforts to become a bestseller. And I don’t really play the luck game. I don’t play the Oprah game. I don’t play the, we’re going to wait and see what happens because that’s just not how the industry works. Right. Yeah. I mean, one thing that I’ve learned is that books don’t sell themselves.

08:06
you gotta really actively go out and market these things. And it’s harder than selling like my $2,000 a class almost. Yeah, I think when we first met, that’s one of the things I said is selling a book is more difficult than selling virtually anything else. And the reason for that is that the readers aren’t considering the price of the book, right? The 1995, 2495, whatever the price is. The consideration that you’re…

08:32
your potential audience and readers are making is, I going to spend the four, six or eight hours to read the book? Most of us, and I don’t know how many of the books behind you fit into this category, but most of us have what I call shelf help on our shelves, meaning books that are helping the shelves that we didn’t read and they’re just sitting on the shelf, right? And so the subconscious psychological determination that we make when looking at buying a book is,

08:58
whether or not we’re going to spend the time to read the book. And one of the other things that I observe, and people don’t like hearing this, but because the currency that we’re asking our readers to spend is time, one of the very worst things that you can do with an expectation of outcome is gift a book to somebody. Because unless they had already predetermined they wanted to read that book, the probability of them reading that book is very, very remote. And so that contributes to the idea of shelf help because more than likely,

09:27
the book that you’ve been gifted or that you’re gifting to someone else is not going to be read. Huh. Well, that’s kind of depressing, Well, it’s rallying. And here’s the thing about books. Books don’t just compete with other books. They’re competing with every sporting event on the planet. They compete with the time that your kids need you to come to school to go to an assembly or a music program or a play or anything else. So they compete with

09:56
video games and they compete with with church if you go to church and they compete with the time you spend on YouTube and the time you spend watching TV and the time you spend watching movies. Books have to compete against all of those different mediums. And while the mechanics of publishing don’t require a well-written book, the engagement of a cut of your audience and customers do because what you have to do with a book is get your your audience member

10:25
to be willing to invest the time into your book versus doing other things. And again, going back to that time investment, that is a much bigger investment than a 30 minute TV show or a two and a half hour movie or anything else. Like you’re spending significantly more time reading a book than you are on other mediums. And so in order to be able to convince your audience to read the book, you’ve got to have something important to say and say it well. Yeah. You know, the last time we spoke,

10:53
We talked about the economics of books, which I found fascinating. I would like the audience to know about that. So first of all, why are these hardcover books just priced so high? How much do the publishers make? How much do, like what are all the little cuts that people are taking all along the way? It’s a great question. And I want to do it in, ask the question in context of why publishers no longer market books. Okay. Because the number one thing that I hear from an author is, well,

11:23
I’ll write a good book and then the publisher will market it. And the reality is the publishers cannot market the book because of the economics of the book. between 1880 to 1980, the average number of books published each year was 40,000 new titles. With the advent of the personal computer in the early 80s, every Tom, Dick, and Harry believed that they could write a book. Whether they could or should or shouldn’t, they did, right? And so…

11:51
When I started publishing back in 1999, there were 76,000 some odd books that were published that year. So almost double from the 1880 to 1980 number, Last year, there were 1,076,000 books published. That’s crazy. 1,076,000. And about half, a little less than half of those books were still print books. The other half were e-books in some digital format.

12:20
And we define this through ISBNs, which is the code on the back of the book that is the individual identifier of your book over another title. so, but I mean, so you’re talking five, 600,000 new titles, print titles that were published last year alone. Now, the reason, and I’m giving a little preface before I get into the numbers, this is important. The average retail book store carries 100,000 titles, right? Of those 100,000 titles.

12:48
Between 70 to 80 % are what we call backlist titles. These are your perennials, your classics, and last year’s bestsellers. So what that means is, of the 100,000 titles, 20 to 30,000 new titles each year make it onto a retail bookstore shelf. Out of about 1,076,000, and you go back down to the roughly 600,000 print books, you’re still at 20 to 30,000 of that number.

13:18
600,000 new titles that make it onto a retail bookstore shelf. Now, a lot of folks may be saying, well, doesn’t Amazon and digital sales change that? And the answer to that is no. And here’s why. In terms of the size and scope of the industry, Amazon is the biggest retailer in the industry at about 16.7 % of sales. And in contrast, Barnes & was at 11.1 % of sales last year in the industry as the number two retailer.

13:46
But if you take all online sales, Amazon, BarnesNobel.com, all of the other online retailers, and you add all of those sales together, they represent around 24.6 % of all sales. And so what that means is just over 75 % of sales are still going through brick and mortar stores. BarnesNobel, Books of Million, Hudson’s, Walmart, Costco, Sam’s Club, the grocery stores, Target.

14:15
There are 2,000 independent bookstores in the US. You still have a majority, a vast majority of books that are being sold in print format through a brick and store. just find that so hard to believe. mean, all the bookstores in my area have closed except for one Barnes & Nobles for the most part. There was a dip. There absolutely was a dip during COVID. Great. Okay. it zoomed back last year.

14:44
Right, it went back to the normal numbers. actually, so Varns & Noble is the big brick and mortar store. They’ve only closed like 10 stores. They changed their strategy on how they bring books in and how they do what’s called co-op, which we’ll get into later, and other things. They brought in a new C-suite from a book group in London to be able to come back and have them. But they’ve not closed that many stores. Books a million has actually expanded.

15:13
Borders closed back in 2015-2016. Books a Million purchased about half of their stores and expanded their reach. There used to be 6,000 independent bookstores in the US. We’re now at 2,000, but those 2,000 are pretty strong. And what did occur during COVID because people were traveling were the majority of the airport stores temporarily closed during that year.

15:41
but they’re all up and running and functioning at full rate at this point. And so, yeah, there was certainly downturn due to COVID, but that’s really been rectified. so, people, there’s something to say about being able to hold a book in your hand, being able to smell, have that tactile touch. I actually wrongly made a prediction about a decade ago that within five years that e-books would represent close to 50 % of sales, and that never happened. In fact,

16:10
we saw it get almost to 30 % in terms of sales ebooks and then it’s gone back down significantly. Really? Okay. So ebooks are less than 30 % of sales. Uh-huh. Amazing. Okay. And it’s just, look, for some of us, I do a lot of audio and ebook reading, but for the masses, it’s not a thing, right? There’s a distinction there. And so going back to the original question about the monetization, all of this is important because…

16:40
The still the name of the game in the industry is still that brick and board distribution. So when you, when an author goes to a publisher to be able to get published, um, what they’re, what the publisher is looking for is the author’s ability to create sell through of their, of the book at the store level, essentially in today’s market, publishers act like venture capitalists and what they’re looking for with their authors.

17:04
is the validation that the author understands their market, have been able to prove that market, and have been able to generate sales. Because the publishers really don’t understand platform anymore. They don’t understand marketing. They barely understand media. And so what they’re relying on, like a venture capitalist, is your ability to be able to demonstrate your ability to sell your message. But then there’s the other competition issue of…

17:31
You know, you’re dealing with another five, six hundred thousand titles all aiming for twenty to thirty thousand spots each year. so so so what you look at then is not only your your marketing, but then the what most people realize are two things about about publishing. Number one, every book that’s on a retail bookstore shelf, that’s a front list title published this year are paid for by the publisher. It’s called Coop. It’s merchandising in any other retail industry.

17:59
And by the way, every publisher offers co-op on all of their books. So it’s something that gets paid no matter what, but it’s a hard cost. And so the hard cost is going to be like a dollar for a book spine out, $2 for a book per unit, per unit for a book that’s face out, $3 if it’s at the end cap, which gives it more visibility, $4 per unit if it’s on the table at the front of the store, and $5 if it’s got a special display or if it’s point of purchase. so- How does the publisher decide which books to spend on what?

18:29
Like do you have to prove to them that you’re gonna move a lot of books? As the author, again, the publisher is a go-between between you and the retailers. So the publisher is looking for a belief that you’re going to create sell-through at the store level. they offer co-op on every one of their new books, a New York publisher or even a Mid-Sense publisher. They have to, because everybody else is.

18:54
There is no distribution unless you offer that co-op. So it’s something that is required to be offered on every single book. The difference, what differentiates your book from a different title is the marketing that you bring to the table. There’s a grading system that existed at every one of the retailers and the grading system includes how well did the author’s last book sell at my stores? How well does the average book by this publisher sell at my stores?

19:18
How well does the average book in this category sell at my stores? And what’s the marketing that the authors bring to the table? Based on the answer to those questions, the author gets a grade of A, B, C, D, or F. And the grade level then dictates the number of books on the shelf. And of course, at that point, with that number of books on the shelf, D level distribution at Barnes & Noble will be offered one level of co-op, whereas A level distribution will be offered a different level of co-op in terms of that.

19:47
buy by the retailer, right? And so the requirement by the publishers, you better be able to bring the marketing NPR to the table because at best what they’re going to do is be able to print and pay for the co-op of that book. And that goes to the second point, which is most people don’t realize that books, unlike other merchandise and other industries, are 100 % returnable by the retailer back to the publisher.

20:16
My first book, The Family First Entrepreneur, is available for pre-order at your favorite retailer. And leading up to the launch in May, I’m doing something crazy. I’m giving away a new bonus for people who pre-order every single week until the book launches on May 16th. And here’s the kicker. If you buy a book before the bonus expires, you get access to it forever. But if you buy the book after the bonus expiration date, you won’t get access to that week’s bonus. And here’s what I’ve given away already.

20:44
a workshop on search engine optimization for e-commerce store owners, a workshop on how to self-publish your first book, and a workshop on how to structure your blog post to rank in search. In addition to the weekly bonuses, you also get access to my six-week family-first business challenge, access to my three-day print-on-demand workshop, and access to my two-day passive income workshop, and free access to any future live workshops. Now, aside from all these bonuses, the book itself

21:12
will teach you how to achieve financial freedom by starting a business that doesn’t require you to work yourself to death. Because you can in fact achieve financial success without being a stranger to your kids. You can make good money and have the freedom to enjoy it and you don’t have to work 80 hours a week and be a slave to your business just to make it all work. I will teach you how to start a business from the perspective of a parent who makes both business and family work. Go to mywifecoupterjob.com slash book and I’ll send you the bonuses

21:42
invitations to book parties that I’ll be throwing all over the country, and other special offers. That’s mywifecluderjob.com slash book. Now back to the show.

21:54
What determines whether I get the $5, I said I, whether I get the $5 front of the store co-op? Is that something the publisher decides or is that something the bookstore decides? No, it’s something the bookstore decides based on your grade. And based on the grade, like $5 point of purchase is going to go with an A level book. a B level is going to get front of store placement. C is going to get end cap. D is going to get face out. OK.

22:23
Anything below that might get spying or less. And if you have no track record, the chances of you getting to the front are probably pretty slim, I would imagine. Well, so the opportunity on a first-time author is that they actually can get more distribution on their first book than they might be able to get on their second book. Because there is no track record. The opportunity is if you come in with a strong enough marketing campaign, the…

22:48
retailers may take a little bit of a chance on you because they simply don’t have a track record. So on a first-time author, if you go in guns blazing, you might be able to get better distribution. And that’s important because if you do a really good job on the first book, it would then influence your ability to get distribution on your next title and other future titles that you publish. if you are a first-time author working with a publisher for distribution, my advice is…

23:16
throw everything in the kitchen sink at what you’re doing to be able to create the sell through. One note before I get back to the finances, which is where we started this part of the conversation.

23:29
It’s important to note that the industry is a risk mitigation industry, right? They don’t take risks on books. And so your opportunity with the marketing and the work that you do is to eliminate risks, both for the publisher and then the retailers. If you can do that, you’ll be able to play at a higher level in terms of what you do. But you also need to be able to follow through. can’t just be…

23:59
just a lot of talk. That happens a lot. A lot of authors come in and promise the sun, the earth, and the moon, and can’t deliver. So be able to deliver at least 80 % or better of what you’re promising to the publisher and the retailers, because how well your current book does will directly influence and impact what you do in the industry moving forward. Going back to the numbers then, let’s use a simple number. It could be higher than this, and inflation certainly impacts

24:29
the price of printing and paper and all of those things. But let’s use some simple numbers. Let’s assume that the retail price of the book is $20. right? Okay. Now the retailers get paid, they keep when a book sells 50 to 55 % of the retail price. To keep it simple, let’s use 50 % if they’ll more likely go out and make it so that the retailer keeps $10 per unit sold. Okay, so now-

24:58
We’re down to $10 there, right? So then we look at the printing cost of the book. So let’s assume that the printing cost on the book is $3 a unit, because let’s say it’s a hardcover book and it’s $3 per unit to print. Okay, cool. So now we go from seven down to, or probably 10 down to seven. Well, then let’s assume that we get average retail distribution and co-op and that the average price per unit

25:25
is three come at $3 per unit. And by the way, this is assuming that the book sales. If the book doesn’t sell, the numbers become even worse for the publisher. But assuming that the book sell, they now go from $7 down to $4 once you deduct the co-op from that. And then authors on average are to make $2 $3 per unit sold as a royalty. So let’s assume it’s a lower number, it’s $2. So we’re going go down from $4 to $2 per unit. So

25:55
At best, not including overhead, not including shipping, not including all of the other expenses to be able to run a company, a publisher’s making roughly $2 per unit sold for a $20 book. You go up to a $40 book, they’re maybe making $4 per unit sold because of the way that the numbers scale at that point. It’s just not that much better of a deal, but the publishers are looking at…

26:22
trying to squeeze out every penny they can here, there, and everywhere else. But this is why publishers also don’t do marketing because if they’re only making $2 per unit, there’s really no budget left for them to spend on marketing, PR, and advertising. And this is why they require that their authors bring the marketing to the table. All right, $2 a book. That doesn’t sound like a good business to me. How do these publishers stay in business?

26:51
and pay for their fancy offices in New York and all the staff. A lot of its legacy media and most of New York publishers, now all of the New York publishers, are owned by multimedia conglomerates who are using books as ways to be able to justify other money and revenue opportunities not associated with the individual books themselves. In publishing, it’s not the 80-20 rule, it’s the 95-5 rule. 5 % of the books make 95 % of the money. And really what…

27:20
publishers in the US are looking to do today on the 95 % is really they’re trying to get as close to breakeven as possible versus a loss. And one of the biggest things that a traditional publisher can do beyond getting the retail distribution for your book is selling the subsidiary rights, the foreign rights, TV, movie rights, and those other things. Most publishers leverage the fact that New York is the media capital of the world. And they leverage that

27:50
when they have moderate success with their books to be able to sell the foreign rights for books to foreign countries to say, hey, look at the success we had in the US. If we had success here, you can have success in your country as well. And so they’re able to export that fairly well. And their objective is in selling the rights to get as close to breaking even on the 95 % of the books as they can. Interesting. What are the economics of selling foreign rights? Typically speaking, you’ll get

28:16
Let’s say you sell the rights to a publisher in Portugal. They might pay 10 to $20,000 for the rights to own that book in Portugal and to print and to make the money from that. And typically speaking, the publisher will give the author, depending on the publisher, 30 to 50 % of the payment from that Portugal publisher. I see. Some countries we’ve seen in South Korea or in Japan, if you can…

28:45
if they’ll publish it or in, sometimes in India, you might get a $50,000 payment to be able to buy the rights for the book. So let’s just throw some numbers here. So let’s say a publisher gives someone $100,000 advance in order to make up that they got to sell 50,000 books just to break even. That’s what you’re telling me? That’s what I’m saying. And then what is the, give me some numbers here. What is the average book sell for from like a big five publisher?

29:13
So, and look, you’ve got different kinds of books, right? You’ve got hardcover, you’ve got paperback, you’ve got mass paperback, which is even cheaper, so you can buy a Harry Potter book as an example, in hardcover, $24.95, and paperback at $16.95, and mass market paperback at $7.95. But for the most part, that’s for the really big books, what we’re looking at today is hardcovers in the $24.95 range.

29:39
We’re looking at paperbacks around $12.35 to $16.95. The mass market’s still about what it’s been. But the objective on when you’re selling a book, whether it’s your first time book or a new title that’s being published, it’s likely to come out in hardcover. And the reason for that is that, again, going back to the idea of selling rights, if you have even moderate success with a hardcover book,

30:06
The publisher then has two choices. They can print the paperback, which doesn’t cost them, other than the printing costs, it doesn’t cost them a lot of additional funds to do, or they can sell the paperback rights and be able to recoup their investment. All right, give me some numbers. What’s considered a reasonable selling book at Hardback? Well, let me tell you the average. Because things have changed over the years. When I started, I would say that I would tell folks that on average in five years that a business title

30:34
or non-fiction title would sell 5,000 books. That’s not the case at all anymore. Like we’re talking 24 years later. Last year, if we look at the New York publishers alone, they published roughly 20,000 titles. And those 20,000 titles averaged selling 500 copies. That’s it? It’s dropped over the years? It’s dropped over the years. Yep. Well, again, when I started, were 70-some-odd thousand books being published. were 1,076,000 books published last year.

31:02
There’s a lot more media opportunities today than there was 24 years ago, right? I see. If you look at the, if you remove the 20,000 books that then your publishers published, you’re looking at, so you got a million 56,000 left. Yeah. You’re looking at an average of about a hundred sales. Man. Per title, per title. And so here’s what’s important with that.

31:30
you’ve got the front list of the backlist title. So if you want real success in publishing, you have to get your book modeled. You want your book to be a backlist title. Well, the time frame to do that, this is why I say throw everything in the kitchen sink that you can at the book in the first 90 days is because your book will live or die in 60 to 90 days, depending on the retailer. You’ll either create the sell through at the retail level or you won’t. And if you don’t, the book gets returned and the retailers don’t carry your book anymore. And if you do,

32:00
then you’re able to get modeled. And if you can keep that level of sales for a year, then you’ll be backlisted in the following year and keep that level, that model level for the following year. I see. It just seems like based on the numbers you told me, the publishers are hemorrhaging money. They do make money, but it’s… Look, you’ll have a book by a politician, say…

32:28
say Donald Trump or Biden or whomever else, that’ll sell 10 million copies, right? So they’ll have books that make a lot of money. And the smaller books don’t make, they lose money, but they don’t lose huge amounts of money per title. they still end up being profitable. And like I said, in terms of that foreign rights and subsidiary rights standpoint, they’re back in tactic of being able to sell those rights.

32:55
is really how they mitigate losses for all of the other books. So they end up doing just fine. But their objective is to be able to get a book beyond the first year so that it’s modeled at the store level so they don’t have to pay for that shelf space anymore. Because once they get to that point, then hopefully at that point you got people going into bookstores and buying the book at no additional cost other than the printing cost of the book. I see. Okay. How much do they make on a paperback? Are the economics better? They’re the same.

33:25
It’s about the same. It’s about the same. Well, they might make less per unit if they’re pricing it lower per unit. They’ll use cheaper paper to reduce costs. look, if you to use a symbol number, if you use 10 bucks as your starting point, maybe you’re printing costs of 75 cents versus three bucks. But your your call price doesn’t change hardcover paperback. You’re still spending one to five dollars per unit. Right. And the author royalty.

33:53
might go down from $2 for the author to $1 for the author, but you’re still, mean, the numbers were got to be about the same. All right, so let me just see if I understand. So the co-op cost is only for the beginning during launch, and if you can get your book onto the backlist, the publisher no longer has to pay that co-op fee. Correct, I mean, there are exceptions to that. So as an example, I did a book by a very well-known sales trainer.

34:20
and put it in the number one New York Times, the next year, the next May, Barnes and Noble came back and said, hey, we’re doing a business special for Father’s Day. We want to put 100,000 copies of the book on the shelf, and we had to pay the co-op for that. So there’s some exceptions to that. the objective is for a publisher to get past that first year, have the book modeled and backlisted so that other than special opportunities, they don’t have to worry about paying that shelf space. OK. All right.

34:48
Let’s switch gears a little bit. What does it take to hit these bestseller lists? First of all, what are the bestseller lists that are the most prestigious, and how do you hit them? And it’s a good question. And they have changed in some regards over the years. And I focus primarily on nonfiction. So I’m looking at that. But you’ve got The New York Times, which from a book standpoint is considered the crumb to the crumb. Now, for me, New York Times, from an impact on sales standpoint,

35:19
doesn’t have a huge impact on actual sales of the book or on my clients’ platforms. Really, New York Times, the readers of that section of the New York Times are people that are literary snobs, in my opinion, people who really look at the literary quality. And that’s not a problem, but if you’re writing a business book or a diet book or a health book or a workout book or a cookbook, those folks, those readers…

35:44
aren’t going to be as interested in that content as they might be in a work of fiction. So if you’re writing a book of fiction, New York Times is fantastic. It’s in the industry. It’s considered the top list. Retailers care about that. From an actual engagement of sales, I don’t see a huge movement on that when making the New York Times list. The Wall Street Journal would be the next, and that’s especially true on nonfiction and especially on business.

36:12
Right, so if you’ve written a business book, a money book, a wealth book, even to a certain degree a personal development book that is focused on wealth or money or business, like Secrets of the Millionaire Mind by T.R. Wecker, then Wall Street Journal is amazing. Wall Street Journal, you get on that list. Business people who could hire you are reading that book. Business people who…

36:39
could buy your book and give it to their employees are reading that list, right? And so it’s an amazing list for that category of author. And the way that I look at the ranking of list, number one, New York Times would be top. Number one, for a business title or a personal development title, number one, Wall Street Journal is actually above making the New York Times bestsellers list. If you’re a guy or health, yeah, because…

37:09
if you’re writing number one, because you get to put that status number one to the audience that is most interested in your material. So that’s really amazing. Whereas if you hit number one USA Today and you’re a diet or a health book because of the broad nature of that list, then USA Today for that kind of author is better than just making the New York Times. So number one New York Times, number one Wall Street Journal or number one USA Today, depending on the subject matter, is better than just making New York Times. And then you’ve got New York Times and then below that you’ve got Wall Street Journal.

37:38
and USA Today as lists that have importance. There are LA Times does a list, Publishers Weekly does a list, Chicago Tribune does a list. So there are some regional and local publications that do bestseller lists as well, but they’re localized, right? So they have benefit. And if you’re heavily in the LA market, the Chicago market or wherever, then Fantastic Does a List will have an impact on what you’re doing.

38:07
But in terms of the national list, it’s New York Times, Wall Street Journal, and USA Today. Okay. And I guess let’s just start with the New York Times. What are the five criteria? I think that’s what you mentioned in the beginning. So going back to the need for distribution, number one for New York Times is retail distribution. And this is why we really look at the effort before the campaign comes out because

38:37
We can hit the other four standards, but if we don’t have that retail distribution to begin with, they won’t, we move from qualifying from a technical standpoint to having to have an editorial conversation, which is never a conversation that you want to have because they could choose to include or exclude you based on their own biases and beliefs. Right. And so what we’re looking for is to put at least 10,000 units on the shelf. Now, again, to be clear, the New York Times is not a real best sellers list. What they’re looking for

39:06
within their rule system is validation for why they’re seeing sales being reported to them because they don’t really understand why. And so they’ve come up with a standard to be able to validate that. So number one is retail distribution. if you don’t, their argument, which is fair to a point, if you don’t have enough retail distribution, how are they seeing these sales coming in? Right. That’s number one. Number two is actual sales. So when we, when we look at running a campaign,

39:36
we look at pre-selling 20,000 units. Now, let me give you an analogy of what we’re doing compared to the normal industry and unfairness that exists. In the traditional space, there’s something called embargoing. Embargoing is a legal agreement between the publisher and the retailer. And what that legal agreement states is that the retailer is not allowed to put any copies of that title on the shelf

40:04
until the exact release date. Now, we don’t see that a lot, but a really clear example of this that we all heard about in the news was Harry Potter. When each Harry Potter book was released, there was an embargo on it, on the sale of the book, and you could go to Barnes & or Books of Million or Hudson’s or Amazon and pre-purchase the book, but the retailer was not allowed to ship the book or give the book to the consumer until the publishing date. If they did, the agreed upon fine was $250,000

40:34
per unit that they put on the shelf. So it was a really big expense and cost if you made the mistake. And there were occasionally books are here or there that put a book out early and they got fined for doing so. And so what would happen is that all of these retailers would accumulate all of these orders for a year or two or three, depending on the duration of the release of the book from one title to the next.

40:59
and they would hold all of the orders on the funds. And then the day of the release of the book, they would take all of those funds into the coffers and deliver the book to the consumer. And so by doing that, of course, a book like Harry Potter that’s being embargoed is going to hit number one on the list because you’ve got two or three years of pent-up sales and the millions of copies that are now all being processed at the same time.

41:28
When I work with a client to run an Evertimes campaign, we don’t rely on a legal embargo because for most of my clients, actually I’d say all of them, none of them are at the Harry Potter level. Retailers don’t like doing embargoes because it means that they can’t put their customers’ money into their coffers. And so they want to put money into their coffers as soon as they can. And so for most titles, let’s say the book was coming out in May and if Amazon got the book or Barnes & or whoever got the book in April,

41:56
and there are people who’ve pre-ordered from the retailer, they’re going to ship. Amazon’s going to ship the book to the customer the moment the book comes in. Why? Because as soon as they ship the book, they can take that customer’s money and put it into their coffers. They can’t do that under an embargo. And so they don’t like doing that unless they’re forced to, like on a big book like Harry Potter. And so what I do with my clients is the same thing. I have my clients embargo the sales directly.

42:23
So, and not give the sales to the retailers until the pump did. So they hold the orders and the money. And then we do a controlled release based on the algorithm at the New York Times, the breakdown of how the different retailers are weighted. And so we give X number to Amazon and Y number to Barnes & and Z number to Books-A-Million and beyond. Like we split that up and have those retailers fulfill the orders all within the same week in an author embargoed versus a publisher embargoed process, if that makes sense.

42:52
And so we look at, we want to have those sales all happening at the same time to ensure compliance by the retailers who are reporting and to have the highest percentage of those sales being counted. The next standard is ebook sales. Now it used to be that the New York Times had an ebook bestsellers list. In February of 2017, the New York Times made some major changes to their lists of which the standards that I’m giving you, most of them didn’t exist previous other than sales and retail distribution.

43:20
And so what the New York Times did is they got rid of the five spots on all of their lists and they got rid of half of their existing lists and they did that with the objective of being a more exclusive bestsellers list than they had previously been and so one of the lists they got rid of was the ebook list and So what they did is they made ebooks a standard to qualify, right? So so while they’re well, they want to see the print sale of the book. They also want to see the

43:49
e-book standard or the e-book sales happening at the same time. This is something that they have determined if you have print sales, you’re have e-book sales at a certain level. So our objective during the launch of a book is to be able to put 10,000 or more e-book sales through promotions through Kindle, Kobo and Nook, which are the three main e-book reading devices, right? So that’s the third standard. The fourth standard is what’s called online social proof. So again, I wanna be clear.

44:18
The New York Times as a sophisticated poll is looking to validate why they’re seeing sales come through. And so the first thing they’re looking at is what’s going on in online media. About five years ago, what you started hearing media and publicist change of their language was that traditional media was no longer print magazines and newspapers and radio shows and TV shows, but traditional media was now blogs and…

44:46
blogs and blogs and podcasts and all of those things. And so in February of 2017, the New York Times launched an online technology that it’s a spidering technology similar to what Google uses for ranking the quality of a website and ranking a website before their search results. the New York Times launched this validating spidering technology to be able to go out and see that there was sufficient interest in your book.

45:15
to be able to know that, the reason we’re seeing sales is because we’re seeing all of this online conversation around the book going on. And so while The New York Times doesn’t release the exact standards, what we have determined in the last six years through the many campaigns that we’ve run is that, well, I don’t know the bottom number. We always aim to have 350 blogs in the month of the release, 90 vlogs in the month of the release, 90 podcasts during the month of the release.

45:44
We aim to have to run some kind of of online social media campaign to get 50,000 consumers engaged with likes or comments or shit not probably shares and comments on on Facebook Twitter and LinkedIn each right and those those are the things that the New York Times are looking at to validate that Why they’re seeing sales, right? The final standard is is what I would call old media or traditional media

46:14
which is radio, TV, and print, which are still valid forms of media. But what they’re looking for is for the author to have themselves or their book featured in 100 markets in TV, 100 markets in radio, and 100 markets in print. Now, if you have a good PR firm, TV and radio is still syndicated, right? And so that syndication allows you to get one national hit to hit

46:43
TV or radio prints a little bit more difficult. And so oftentimes we have to look at things like matte releases and other things to be able to hit the print center because it’s not it doesn’t have the same syndication that it used to have, right? That those syndication teams all broke up. But those are the standards that that New York Times are looking for from a technical standpoint for you to qualify. If you hit those standards, then they’ll they’ll let your book on the list. If you don’t, let’s you only have the sale, the sales part of it, maybe part of the distribution.

47:12
then it’s an editorial decision that the New York Times will make. they’re going to look at, they like your publisher? Do they like your subject matter? Do they like you? Like they’re look at really subjective things. Right. Wow, that sounds pretty comprehensive. Yeah. To hit that list. Yeah. Okay. Well, I don’t want to take up too much of your time because I know you got a workshop to run here, but…

47:40
Thanks for giving some insight into the book industry, why publishers don’t spend money on marketing, and what it actually takes to hit the cream of the crop, which is the New York Times bestseller list. In case your audience might be a little discouraged about publishing, me give them this encouragement. The information that I’m sharing should be empowering. It should give you an objective to aim for.

48:08
to be able to work in and succeed in the publishing industry, right? And that it doesn’t have to happen overnight. In fact, what I would tell you is that on average, my New York Times bestselling clients don’t run New York Times campaign until their third, fourth or fifth book. Because what we’re doing is building their platform and their business in the interim and still using books as ways to build credibility.

48:35
with their audience and their customer base and being able to add to their list and audience. But it’s usually the third, fourth or fifth book over, could be anywhere from a three to 10 year timer. I have clients that it took 10 years and five books launched before we ever ran a New York Times campaign. Now, every other subsequent book that they run before that added and built their platform so that when we ran the New York Times bestsellers list, we were

49:03
able to hit those standards that I shared fairly organically because we’d built the business to that point. so I would say, yes, you may not be able to go from nothing to New York Times on your first book, but that doesn’t mean that there isn’t a way for you to have success. You simply have to take the information that I’ve shared and use it to create a plan and to aim to hit those numbers at some point in the future.

49:32
and to then worry about running a New York Times campaign at that point. Right. Michael, where can people find more about you and your services? So my basic website is promoteabook.com, because I like to make it complex. P-R-O-M-O-T-E-A-B-O-OK.COM, promoteabook.com. The writer’s retreat that we run here in Guatemala. By the way, it includes a publishing deal. So at the end of the month, the promise is your book will be written, and we got a publishing deal lined up for you. That’s cool. Yeah, I like that.

50:02
We do this for a lot of those folks that can’t run New York Times bestsellers, but are using their book to grow their business and are looking out into the future. It’s a month long retreat. It’s really hard to be here. We’re at 6,000 feet. I’ve got five volcanoes behind me. It’s 72 degrees out with no humidity for a month. It’s really terrible. got to ride every day. So there is that. But if you want to more about the retreat, it’s bookretreat.com. Because again, I like to make it complex.

50:29
Bookwithreed.com. B-O-O-K-R-E-T-R-E-A-T.com. Nice. Well, Michael, thanks a lot for coming on the show. I learned a lot. I learned even more than the first time I chatted with you. So thank you. You’re welcome. It’s my pleasure.

50:57
Once again, I want to remind you that my annual ecommerce conference will be held in Fort Lauderdale, Florida on May 23rd to May 25th. I really want to hang out with you in person, so let’s meet up. Go to SellersSummit.com. That’s S-E-L-L-E-R-S-S-U-M-M-I-T.com. I also want to thank Spocket, which is the dropshipping supplier that I like for ecommerce. With a few clicks of a button, you can easily add products to your store and have pre-vetted suppliers ship your products to the end customer, no storage or fulfillment required.

51:25
And the best part is that most suppliers are in the US and Europe for super fast shipping. For more information, go to mywifequitterjob.com slash spocket. That’s mywifequitterjob.com slash sp-o-c-k-e-t. Now I talk about how I use these tools on my blog, and if you are interested in starting your own eCommerce store, head on over to mywifequitterjob.com and sign up for my free six day mini course. Just type in your email and I’ll send you the course right away. Thanks for listening.

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!

455: If I Only Knew: 5 Life-Changing Insights About Business I’d Tell My Younger Self – Family First Friday

455: If I Only Knew: 5 Life-Changing Insights About Business I'd Tell My Younger Self

Welcome to the first “Family First Friday” episode on the podcast. On these Friday segments, I’ll be producing solo episodes about my philosophies on business, family and life.

Today, I’m going to discuss 5 life changing insights about business and life that I’d tell me younger self!

Enjoy!

Other Resources And Books

Sponsors

Postscript.io – Postscript.io is the SMS marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Postscript specializes in ecommerce and is by far the simplest and easiest text message marketing platform that I’ve used and it’s reasonably priced. Click here and try Postscript for FREE.
Postscript Logo

SellersSummit.com – Sellers Summit is the conference I run every year that caters to ecommerce sellers all over the world. Click here and grab your ticket.
Sellers Summit

BigCommerce.com – If you are interested in starting your own online store, then I highly recommend BigCommerce. Out of the box, it already comes with full functionality and you do not need to install additional plugins. Click here to get 1 month free
BigCommerce WordPress Plugin

Transcript

00:00
You’re listening to the My Wife Quitter Job podcast, where I teach you how to start a business or side hustle from the perspective of a father with two kids. Welcome to a new segment to the show, which I’m calling Family First Fridays. And in these solo episodes, I will be presenting to you my personal thoughts about family, entrepreneurship, business, and life. And today we’re going to talk about some life-changing insights about business that I would tell my younger self if I started all over again. But before we begin,

00:28
I just wanted to thank Spockit for sponsoring this episode. Now most of you who’ve followed me for a long time know that I’m not a huge fan of dropshipping, especially from AliExpress or China. But I do know that many of you listening don’t have a large budget to start an e-commerce business. Now if you want to dropship from US or European suppliers, I like Spockit, and here’s why. Spockit integrates with all the top e-commerce platforms, which makes adding products and order fulfillment seamless.

00:54
They also offer branded invoices, which allows you to add your logo and store name to the invoice, so it appears as though it’s being shipped from your own warehouse. But the main value add is that 70 % of their suppliers are from the US and Europe. And as a result, your shipping times are fast at between two and five days, and the quality is superior. You can try Spocket for free over at mywifequitterjob.com slash Spocket. Once again, that’s mywifequitterjob.com slash Spocket. Now onto the show.

01:29
Welcome to the My Wife Could Her Job podcast and the very first Family First Friday. Now what if I told you that you could make a few million dollars per year while working only 20 hours a week and spend most of your time with your loved ones? What if I told you that starting a business on the side and achieving financial freedom was not only doable, but that it doesn’t require a lot of money upfront and very little risk?

01:51
Well, I can assure you that it can be done because I’ve personally achieved all the above with my businesses over at bumblebeelinens.com and mywifequitterjob.com. And if you are skeptical, let’s just say that a lot of things in life can seem impossible unless you see someone else do it first. Kind of like how no one believed that a human could run a mile in under four minutes until Roger Bannister did it in 1954. So in this episode, I’m going to share with you five life-changing insights that I would tell my younger self

02:21
and anyone who wants to start a business, achieve financial freedom, and free up their time to do what they want. Insight number one, 99 % of the business and entrepreneurship advice out there is wrong. Now this is a very strong statement, but it is true and here is a fact. Most entrepreneurship advice is given by single men who have no responsibilities outside of taking care of themselves. They have no family, no mouths to feed, and no expenses to worry about, but that’s not really representative of most people.

02:51
Now there’s a popular saying within the entrepreneurship community that entrepreneurs prefer to work 80 hours a week to avoid working 40 hours per week at a regular job. But if you follow the path of most entrepreneurs, working 80 hours a week and hustling nonstop, you will end up sacrificing your time and your freedom for the promise of riches. Work yourself to the bone and lose what precious time you had to spend with your loved ones. Now I’ve interviewed over 450 successful entrepreneurs on my podcast.

03:19
who are absolutely killing it with their multi-million dollar businesses. But what you never hear about publicly is that they don’t see their family much or that they are totally burned out or stressed out. You don’t hear about the huge sacrifices that they had to make in order to get there. I once interviewed a billionaire whose business ended up destroying their marriage because he was working too much. And to this day, this remains his biggest regret in life. And he would trade all of his wealth to be back together with his family again. Now the truth

03:49
is that you can in fact be financially free without being a stranger to your kids. You can make good money and have the freedom to enjoy it, and you don’t have to work 80 hours a week just to make it all work. There is in fact a sustainable way to achieve financial freedom without making huge sacrifices. You just have to follow a certain set of principles in order to stay on track. Insight number two, you got to start before you’re ready. Most people wait too long before doing what they know they need to do in life.

04:18
I wanted to start my blog for years before I did, and what took so long to get started were two concerns. One, I was intimidated to build my own website on WordPress. Yes, even engineers can be intimidated by tech. And two, I thought I hated writing, so I kept stalling until finally the pain of not starting was greater than the discomfort of just doing it. And then after that, I installed WordPress, and it was surprisingly easy. Two years of waiting, the whole thing took a couple of hours.

04:48
The next day, I typed out my first blog post and it turned out to be much easier than I anticipated and I could even make it fun. My blog post didn’t have to be long and eloquent, they just had to be helpful and direct and I’ve blogged regularly ever since then with minimal resistance. When my wife and I started our e-commerce store selling handkerchiefs, we knew nothing about websites, nothing about selling online and nothing about advertising. But we gave it a shot anyway and made over $100,000 in profit in our first year of business.

05:18
with zero experience. Once we ditched our doubts, progress followed. And lots of things are like that. Most people hesitate to start a business because they doubt they have any marketable skills to offer, or they think they need to conduct years of research to create a viable business plan. None of this is true. Launching a business is actually easy. The hard part is getting it to run on autopilot with minimal effort or interference needed from you. Many aspiring entrepreneurs delay the first few steps

05:47
which are ironically the least risky ones in the entire process. And nobody’s ever ready to begin, ever. You always have to start earlier than you think. After all, you can’t really learn how to run a business until you’ve had experience running a business. So if you wait until you’re ready, then you will never start at all. In other words, you will feel ready to start your business six months after you started. And even if your business fails, you learn something. And that is not failing in my book.

06:17
It’s education. By the way, if you’re enjoying these insights, make sure you preorder my book, The Family First Entrepreneur in the links below. And as soon as you preorder, you’ll receive instant access to my three day workshop on print on demand and my two day workshop on how to make money with content. Just go to thefamilyfirstentrepreneur.com. Insight number three, do not build a business around what you love.

06:42
Now when it comes to business, most people want to sell something they love or provide a service that they are passionate about. But what most people don’t understand is that whether you start a business around an area of passion or not, most of what you end up doing is not necessarily related to the thing that you sell. Now granted there are exceptions to this rule, but very few. In our case, we sell linens, but most of the daily operations have to do with sales and marketing, tracking inventory and customer service. We could be selling computers,

07:10
and it would basically be the same list of daily tasks. So do not start a business because you’re trying to monetize your passion. Why? Because you won’t be very happy and it probably won’t work. In most businesses, what you end up doing, especially in the startup phase, is all the stuff required to run just about any business and usually this isn’t what you’re passionate about. You may in fact begin to associate these mundane activities with your passion itself and therefore grow to resent it. For example,

07:39
My wife was passionate about embroidery and she loved to embroider blankets and pillowcases, you name it. But as soon as we started doing it for other people, for money, she started hating it. It’s just a recipe for unhappiness. If you do find something that you love and turn it into a business and you’re ready to do the work, great. But do not believe the myth that this is something you have to be in love with or that it won’t work. Simply not true. You can start a business around a lot of different areas of interest.

08:07
and make many of them succeed if you know what to do. You don’t have to be passionate about running a business necessarily. Just know that this is how you end up spending the majority of your time, doing mundane, boring things every business owner has to do. So instead of the passion, focus on the purpose of your business. For me, our business was always about whether we could make enough money to replace my wife’s income so she could stay at home with the kids. That was the real goal.

08:34
and every decision we made was oriented around that single objective. We passed up a lot of other opportunities that excited me more than hankies, believe me, but that wasn’t the point of what we were doing. The point was which business would allow us to have the most freedom to do what we wanted, and everything had to pass through that filter. It didn’t matter what we sold so long as we fulfilled our primary goal, and that was what we were passionate about, the purpose behind the business, not just the business itself.

09:04
Insight number four, everything is a commodity. Now when starting a business, most people struggle with what to sell, not because they can’t find a profitable product, but because they want to sell something completely novel or unique. And the truth of the matter is that very few products are unique and almost every product is a commodity. Think of how many successful apparel companies or jewelry companies are out there in the world and you’ll soon realize that nothing is really new.

09:31
Almost everyone sells the same types of products and services, so instead of killing yourself, trying to come up with the next big invention to present to the world, you should focus on what Drew Whitman calls the Life Force 8. The Life Force 8 are the core human desires that are responsible for almost all product sales. And here’s what the Life Force 8 is. Survival, enjoyment of life and life extension, enjoyment of food and beverages, freedom from fear and anger, sex,

10:00
Comfortable living conditions, being superior to others, care and protection of your loved ones, and social approval. If you can appeal to a person’s life force, you can sell anything. And the truth is that people rarely make purchase decisions rationally. It’s all about how you feel. So if you can position your product to address sexual urges, to elevate your status, or to keep your friends and family safe, you better believe that people are going to have strong feelings about it.

10:28
Take Dr. Squatch for example. They sell soap for men, but if you look at their commercials, what they are really selling is sex. Remember those old herbal essences commercials where they implied the women washing their hair were having an orgasmic experience? Or the Old Spice commercial where the guy getting out of the shower is daring the men watching to be stronger and manlier. These are all appeals to the Life Force 8, and they work very, very well. Everyone gets hung up on finding a niche, whether it’s a physical or a digital product.

10:59
But the truth is, is that you can make anything sell as long as you appeal to a person’s emotions. The product is less important than the emotions you evoke in a customer. So focus on the feelings and the sales will come. Insight number five, starting a side hustle is not risky. Now the biggest misconception about entrepreneurs is that they are all inveterate gamblers. Now at this point, as I mentioned before, I’ve interviewed over 450 successful small business owners on my podcast.

11:28
And I can tell you that not one of them has ever struck me as a big time risk taker. Quite the opposite in fact, I don’t know if the media is to blame or just some modern misunderstanding about what it takes to succeed, but there seems to be a myth in our culture that successful entrepreneurs enjoy taking wild chances, that they’re all high rollers who go big or go home. In my experience, nothing could be further from the truth. And almost every entrepreneur I’ve interviewed or met in the past 10 years,

11:55
has taken a methodical and conservative approach to starting their businesses. And as a result, most of them have succeeded. Now to put it concisely, what successful entrepreneurs do more often than not is take small calculated risks. They don’t bet the farm, which gives them room for little mistakes. And then they iterate. When my wife and I started our business, we both worked full-time jobs while building an e-commerce store on the side. And we only invested $630 to start a business.

12:24
We made small bets as we went, making little tweaks with each step and learning along the way. And our success is not a result of any brilliance in our part, just a willingness to keep experimenting and not going all in too soon. Well, how did things end up? It took a while, but our store makes over a million dollars a year. My wife and I no longer work regular jobs and we spend most of our time with family, not on the beach sipping margaritas, but with our kids creating meaningful experiences.

12:53
Starting a side hustle doesn’t have to be risky. Entrepreneurship doesn’t have to be all or nothing. It really can be a slow and steady process of taking risks, yes, but not the ones that will financially devastate you if something goes sideways. Now, if you decide to take the plunge into business ownership, I applaud you. It’s not for everyone, but the rewards can far outweigh the risks if you do it right. Just make sure you have a backup plan. Stay or day job until your side hustle can support you.

13:21
and then build upon your existing successes until you have a portfolio of income streams. Now this episode is just a small sampling of the insights in my book, The Family First Entrepreneur. And my book is relevant to anyone who’s tired of working four hours a week at a job that they don’t like. It’s relevant to anyone who runs a small business and is finding that their business has turned into another job. It’s relevant to anyone who wants to achieve financial freedom to spend more time with their loved ones.

13:48
or to spend more time on what they actually want to be doing in life. I specifically wrote The Family First Entrepreneur to walk you through a better way of building a business. One where you don’t have to strive unceasingly to succeed. One where your business actually frees up your time instead of draining it. And this is the book I wish I had when I first became an entrepreneur. And I hope it inspires you to find your own path to success and happiness. Pre-order it at thefamilyfirstentrepreneur.com.

14:18
and you’ll receive instant access to my three day workshop on print on demand and my two day workshop on how to make money with content. Once again, all of this can be found over at thefamilyfirstentrepreneur.com. Hope you enjoyed the first Family First Friday episode and this means I’ll now be putting out two episodes per week. An interview at the beginning of the week and a solo episode on Friday. And once again, I want to thank Spockit, which is a drop shipping supplier that I like for e-commerce. With a few clicks of a button,

14:47
You can easily add products to your store and have pre-vetted suppliers ship your products to the end customer, no storage or fulfillment required. And the best part is that most suppliers are in the US and Europe for super fast shipping. For more information, go to mywifequitterjob.com slash spocket. That’s mywifequitterjob.com slash S-P-O-C-K-E-T. And don’t forget to pre-order the Family First Entrepreneur over at mywifequitterjob.com slash book.

15:13
and you’ll get instant access to a couple of amazing bonuses that are worth 690 bucks. You’ll get a three day workshop on print on demand, a two day workshop on how to make passive income with content, and I’m also giving away a six week family first challenge where I will personally help you find your next side hustle. Now I talk about how I these tools on my blog, and if you are interested in starting your own eCommerce store, head on over to mywifecourtajob.com and sign up for my free six day mini course. Just type in your email and I’ll send you the course right away. Thanks for listening.

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!

454: From 0 To Millions: His Inc 500 Business Turned A Simple Idea Into A Multi-Million Dollar Empire W/ Mike Barnhill

454: From Zero To Millions: This Inc 500 ID Badge Business Turned A Simple Idea Into A Multi-million Dollar Empire With Mike Barnhill

Today, I have my good friend Mike Barnhill on the show. Aside from having a sexy voice and being the lead singer in a rock band called Hydrafighter, Mike and his brother Patrick started an e-commerce store selling ID badges over at Specialist ID.

This business has been featured in the Inc 500 for the past seven or eight years and they make millions selling what seem like mundane and saturated products.

Today we’re going to learn how and why they are so successful.

What You’ll Learn

  • How Mike started SpecialistId
  • How to grow a multimillion-dollar business selling highly competitive products
  • How to take advantage of B2B sales

Other Resources And Books

Sponsors

SellersSummit.com – Sellers Summit is the conference I run every year that caters to ecommerce sellers all over the world. Click here and grab your ticket.
Sellers Summit

Transcript

00:00
You’re listening to the My Wife Could Her Job podcast, the place where I bring on successful bootstrap business owners and delve deeply into the strategies they use to grow their businesses. Today I my good friend Mike Barnhill on the show. And aside from being the lead singer in a kick-ass rock band called Hydrofighter and one of my favorite people, Mike and his brother Patrick started an e-commerce store selling ID badges over at Specialist ID, which has been in the Inc 500 for the past seven or eight years. They make millions selling what seem like mundane and saturated products

00:29
And today we’re going to learn how and why they are so successful. But before we begin, I want to let you know that tickets for the 2023 Seller Summit are almost sold out over at sellersummit.com. We are literally down to like the last three or four tickets. It is the conference that I hold every year that specifically targets e-commerce entrepreneurs selling physical products online. And you all know me well enough by now to know that my event has zero fluff. Every speaker I invite is deep in the trenches of their e-commerce business.

00:56
and not high level guys who are overseeing their companies at 50,000 feet. Every year we cut off ticket sales at around 200 people and we all eat together and everyone parties together every single night. I personally love smaller events and tickets always sell out. If you are an e-commerce entrepreneur making over 250k or $1 million per year, we also offer a special mastermind experience where we break up into small groups, lock ourselves in a room and help each other with our businesses.

01:22
The Seller Summit is going to be held in Fort Lauderdale, Florida from May 23rd to May 25th. That’s S-E-L-L-E-R-S-S-U-M-M-I-T.com. I also want to thank Spockit for sponsoring this episode. Now, most of you who have followed me for a long time know that I’m not a big fan of dropshipping, especially from AliExpress or China. But I do know that many of you listening don’t have a large budget to start an e-commerce business and dropshipping is a great way to get started. If you want to dropship,

01:49
from US or European suppliers, I like Spocket, and here’s why. Spocket integrates with all the top e-commerce platforms, which makes adding products and order fulfillment seamless. They also offer branded invoices, which allow you to add your logo and store name to the invoice so it appears as though it is being shipped from your own warehouse. But the main value add is that 70 % of their suppliers are from the US and Europe. As a result, your shipping times are super fast, at between two and five days,

02:17
and the quality of the product is superior. You can try Spockit for free over at mywifequitterjob.com slash Spockit. That’s mywifequitterjob.com slash S-P-O-C-K-E-T. And then finally, I wanted to mention my other podcast that I run with my partner Tony. And unlike this one, where I interview successful entrepreneurs in e-commerce, the Profitable Audience podcast covers all things related to content creation and building an audience. No topic is off the table and we tell it like how it is in a raw and entertaining way.

02:47
So be sure to check out the profitable audience podcasts on your favorite podcast app. Now onto the show.

02:59
Welcome to the My Wife Could Her Job podcast. Today I’m really happy to have my friend Mike Barnhill on the show. Now, first off, I’m just gonna say that Mike is one of my favorite people in the world. He’s such a passionate guy and he’s provided me with a ton of support over the years from my event, The Seller Summit, and I appreciate him very much. Now, Mike and his brother, Patrick, started Specialist ID back in 2001, and this company has been in the Inc 500 for the past seven or eight years. I kinda lost count.

03:27
They make millions of dollars every year selling ID badges and holders. And what I really love about Mike is that he’s a family man. He runs his business with his brother and he’s got a great relationship with his kids. And in fact, he and his son jammed together on video where his son plays the drums. And let me just tell you, watching these videos makes me happy every time I watch them. Mike also belongs in a band called Hydrofighter. In any case, in this episode, we are going to talk about how Mike started Specialist ID.

03:56
and grew it into a multi-million dollar business. How’s it going, Mike? Good, Steve, man. Thank you for that intro. You’ve been one of my heroes over the years watching you with your kids and your family and giving your wife the opportunity to quit her day-to-day thing and come do something more important and be there for your family. It’s been a big inspiration to watch you. And I can’t wait for your book to come out at the Seller Summit, man. Yeah, man, I’m excited about that.

04:22
Awesome, I will write a little nice something for you in the book for sure. Please do. Mike, it’s been a long time coming and just welcome to the podcast. I just wanna say this upfront. Now, I know I kinda call you out as the lead singer of Hydrofighter all the time and I’m just gonna be straight up with you. When I first heard about Hydrofighter, I was like, oh, that’s cool, Mike’s got a band. And then I listened to you sing and I instantly became a fan. Oh, dude, thank you.

04:49
I it was the Cyndi Lauper cover. I that’s what did it. Anyway. I’m honored to hear that, man. Thank you. We’re not here to talk about Hydrofighter for all you guys listening. We’re here to talk about e-commerce. How did you and your brother decide to sell ID badges of all the things that you could possibly sell? It was an act of desperation. then it was some learning. was, you know, my dad had been homeless for years. He got off the streets in Nashville where he’d been playing music.

05:18
He came into some money because he had some back owed social security, disability, pension, things like that he’d never bothered to get. He ended up befriending an attorney. The attorney got him some money and my dad came into our lives after years being gone and said, hey guys, sorry I wasn’t there. Sorry I didn’t pay child support, but I want to give you this like kind of lump sum of about 20 grand. I called it the dream fund. My brother being a lot smarter than I decided that we should invest it in ourselves.

05:47
And we built a recording studio. Recording studios, we thought everyone’s going to come record in our studio. We’re going to make a ton of money. It didn’t work out that way. So we had this beautiful studio my dad had helped us build, and we had to keep the lights on. And so it basically started as selling pro audio gear and things we knew on eBay. my brother found a distributor. We could sell things on eBay, list their catalog, go pick up, bring things over, ship them out.

06:17
kind of worked, kept the lights on. So we started trying more and more things and ID badge holders. brother had had a previous relationship with, you know, an employer and the guy would sell us badge holders in bulk. And for some reason, these little retractable badge reels for 99 cents on eBay, 299 shipping, we’re selling like, we couldn’t have even forecast like how well they would sell. And they were just selling on, you know, on and on and on on repeat.

06:44
we were reading this book called Good to Great by Jim Collins. one of the things it suggests is that, know, do something that you can be the best in the world at. And we realized right then and there, we can’t be the best in the world at any of other stuff, but we could be the best in the world of badge holders. So we went all in on badge holders, went hardcore and tried to become the best badge holder company in the world. And I think we’re about there. Yeah, I mean.

07:09
I was actually doing, I was just doing some Google searches actually for badge holders just in preparation for this interview. There is a lot of competition out there. It’s actually quite saturated. And maybe things weren’t like that back in the day, but certainly now it’s a lot more saturated. How do you guys stand out? Yes, you’re absolutely right. There was nobody doing it online when we started doing it. And now it’s, you know, can go, you can own a factory overseas and you can.

07:37
you know, use some tools and you can sell them on Amazon and everywhere else. No problem. And so our, you know, really what it comes down to is what we’re good at is we, you know, we’ve known our customers for the last decade. That’s been a huge advantage. So we do, you know, we don’t just sell on Amazon, but we also have, you know, fortune 500 companies. work with, you know, with county government, federal government, everything in between. And we can sell from, from one on Amazon to 500,000 pieces, you know,

08:06
to a big company. And that’s been really good. And the other thing was actually at one of your conferences, this guy Jake gave me the book Blue Ocean Strategy. And just kind of realizing that the ocean’s always going to get saturated with competition. So we always need to be innovating. And one of the great things is we have customers that tell us what they need that doesn’t exist yet. And we’re able to find that, source that, and bring it into the market. And it’s kind of an advantage.

08:34
Is it fair to say that Amazon’s just a smaller fraction of your business? You know what’s crazy is Amazon has consistently remained about 70 % of our business. Really? We didn’t intend for it to grow into that much, but it’s about 65, 70 % of our business consistently. It just keeps growing. Interesting. Okay, I wouldn’t have thought that actually. Actually, I didn’t do a search on Amazon for ID badges, but are you guys ranking for those really hard terms?

09:02
Yeah, we’re still ranking pretty well, but I know there’s a lot of work to do. know, our catalog is so enormous, you know, and we have the kind of 80-20 thing where most of our sales do come from a small proportion of products. And we do need to, I guess, kind of what we’re kind of doing that this focus this year is to revisit all of the tools for keyword tracking and, you know, re-optimizing listings and things like that. yeah. Just curious, how many SKUs do you guys have? SKUs? It’s in the thousands.

09:31
It’s in thousands. Yeah. Okay. Yeah, that’s a lot of skews. Well, take me back to the beginning, because that’s where a lot of listeners find it most interesting. So you sold these on eBay, you’re selling like hotcakes. And what was the next step? Starting your own website? Or? The next step was, it was, yeah, it was pretty much going deeper into the product lines at first. So you know, we had some badge reels, and then we realized people wanted red badge reels, people wanted blue ones, pink ones, everything. So we started kind of adding products to eBay mostly.

10:01
And most of our sales were eBay for the first several years. We did end up adding a website, you know, to start trying to get bigger customers and the phone started ringing. And, uh, you know, we started answering phone calls and actually trying to, uh, you know, put out quotes and proposals and things like that. So we started getting some bigger customers that way. And then we started putting products on Amazon. We basically tried to become ubiquitous. We wanted to be everywhere, anywhere that there were people that needed badge holders. We wanted to be there with the best offerings.

10:29
We wanted to be the Nike of batch holders. So what’s funny about this is you started in the early 2000s and because you even started before I did and back in the day there weren’t that many options for websites. So you did eBay for a couple years that takes us to maybe what 2004, 2003, 2004. There’s nothing available for websites back then. So yeah, no, the original. So the business incorporated in 2002 in my brother’s dorm room and it was more of a consultant group at that time. It was not a consultant group.

10:59
He would go do installs for other companies. He was working in photo ID business, but he incorporated the name specialist ID and he got it. We really started our e-commerce journey late 2000, 2007, 2008, think 2009. So we could start around the same time. yeah. And we did our first Amazon around 2011 was when we started putting products on Amazon. Yeah. Okay. So you were on Amazon pretty early. 2011 I consider pretty early. Yeah, yeah.

11:28
Yeah, that was a hard slog to we were putting products on Amazon from some of our suppliers and then Amazon would actually kind of take the attribution they would own the listing and then all these new sellers would come on and we were like, wait a sec, we put this listing here. It’s like eBay, how come everyone’s jumping on these listings? Yeah, I didn’t understand what’s happening that is a yeah. So so you after did the website come first or did Amazon come first? The website came first and that was that came first. Yeah, yeah. And how did you promote?

11:58
How are you getting these phone calls? How are you getting like the early business on your website? A lot of it all honestly came through eBay, man. It came through ones and twos. What we did was back in the day, we’d put little coupon codes, you know, on our on every shipment that went out, you know, and every every shipment that went out was kind of a lead magnet. We might have to we wanted to get our foot in the door. And what usually happens in the big businesses, you know, the HR department is going to care about the badging. But but somebody’s badge real broke.

12:25
and they have to wait for somebody to approve something, to approve something, to approve something, to get their freaking badge reel that they need for work. And so what we really were was through eBay and things like that, a foot in the door, and everything came back to our website early on, and we were offering promo codes and come see our website and check out all the products, and that was from the beginning. What platform were you guys on back in the day? I think it was Volusion. Okay, yeah, I was about to say, because back in the day, Shopify, I don’t think, was popular.

12:55
Did you guys move over or are you still on? We did, yeah. We’re Shopify now. For a while we were transitioning from one to the other and it was a very expensive transition, but glad we’re there. It’s a good place to be in Shopify. Okay. And then you, okay, so you got a lot of sales from your own website driven from eBay through coupons and whatnot in the packaging that you were getting business from. Actually, what’s interesting about your business is most of the people who buy from you are probably businesses. Is that accurate?

13:26
It’s, you know, everybody that buys from us works for a business. So sometimes it’s the person that’s providing for the whole business. And sometimes it’s the person that just wants one that’s a little heavier duty or blocks RFID signal or is more hardcore. So we want to be there for everybody, man, from the guy that needs one thing to the purchasing manager who needs hundreds of thousands. then, So is it fair to say that when you get a customer, chances are they’re going to buy from you again, like if they enjoyed the experience?

13:54
Yeah, our reorder rates very high, even like on Amazon and stuff like that. do have like, think double, I was talking to one of the people over there, is about double the average reorder rate for a company in our industry. And yeah, we have a sales guy now, this guy Lars, he’s brilliant. And he’s like, man, you guys gave me the best leads ever. I just go through our phone list and I call the people that have ordered from us before and I see how they’re doing and they buy again. you know, customer service has been, we read Tony Shay’s book, Delivering Happiness at the beginning.

14:23
And that became like our culture. You we had to make every customer super happy, even if it meant losing money, if it meant, you know, overnighting products, like let’s make everybody so incredibly happy that even if they hated us yesterday, they love us today. That’s like our policy too. In fact, there was one time when a bride ordered too late and we freaking hand drove the handkerchiefs over to their wedding that day.

14:50
And I’m pretty sure she told all of her friends, you can never discount the word of mouth in any industry, I don’t think so. It’s true. you know, the beautiful byproduct of that is it gives you it allows you to get a good night’s sleep too. Because you know, when you’re going back and forth, are they screwing me? What should I have done? If you just do the best thing for the customer, you just realize, hey, I just did that. You don’t have to fight it anymore in your head that you’re getting screwed. You just go to sleep and you’re like, I don’t think about it anymore. I made somebody happy. Cost me some money. Big deal.

15:20
That’s awesome. So what I find interesting is that your business is very Amazon heavy and, and Amazon obviously owns a lot of ecommerce, but do get a lot of repeat business on Amazon as well? Yeah, yeah, that’s so Amazon is where we kind of have like, like I was talking to somebody, somebody over there about a month ago, and he was giving me a lot of data that I needed. And one of the pieces of data that was so interesting was in our industry, we have

15:49
I think it was a 16%. I’m horrible with numbers, but our reorder rate was about double the industry standard for office supplies. So even through Amazon, we get a lot of reorders. We’re trying to build out the brand leveraging Amazon’s eyeballs. And do you think it’s because people are aware of your website and aware of who you are and they’re like, okay, we trust these guys, but I prefer to shop on Amazon and that’s where I’m gonna get my IDs. I think it’s a bit of both.

16:17
There are people that are always gonna try to price shop or say, well, know, I these things on Amazon, but I want a million of them. You know, I can’t buy a million on Amazon. It’s too expensive. Like, can you get, cut us a deal? So we just, you we put our logo on everything. We have a beautiful logo. Now I’m so proud of it. We try to put it everywhere, have it always be seen. Just, we wanna have that imprint in everybody’s brain all the time. Doesn’t matter to me where they buy from. You we want them to buy wherever they wanna buy, but we wanna be there. Is the pricing on Amazon similar to your website? Is it the same or?

16:47
cheaper or? It’s honestly it’s just different. It’s different. If you’re buying things in bulk, it’s going to be cheaper on our website. lot of things we try to keep it about in line or would you know, they a lot of times they’ll have different skews because you know this this one comes in packaged packaged form with the sort of colors or it’s a bundle. Whereas on our website you can just pick five of this color 20 that color 10 of 10 that color so on. Okay. So does that imply then that you are packaging your

17:17
your IDs and kind of bulk specifically for Amazon? Absolutely. we do we have a lot of, you know, auto baggers. I’m not sure if you’ve heard of them. Probably have we have a ton of auto baggers in house. And we have a whole assembly team product. We call it packaging and branding. And they package all our products, put a barcode on it. It’s got a logo and ship it to FBA or whatever. Okay. And how do you kind of decide like what bundles to sell on Amazon?

17:44
Running your store is probably easier, right? But for Amazon, you actually have to decide what makes sense. Well, the beautiful thing is my brother’s great at e-commerce, he’s great at marketing, he’s great at leading teams. He takes care of all things website. And I’m just this goober dork who loves looking at patterns on Amazon. And I feel like Amazon is the place where I can leverage things like keyword optimization and product market fit and all that cool stuff.

18:10
auto completing keywords, like all these things where I’m able to, you know, product products that have demand but have no relevant, you know, listing. So I love to play in the Amazon space. And just, I think it’s actually really easy to find things on Amazon people looking for just by knowing the industry and knowing Amazon, it’s kind of like Scott Adams, who founder of Dilbert, says, don’t have to be the best in the world at things, just be really good at two different things, you know, and you can have some success there.

18:40
So do you, what do you guys source your products? Is it still from that same guy or you have your own? Oh no, no, we outgrew him. He sold his company and we didn’t, you know, we moved on to bigger, bigger pasture. So we, we source from all sorts of places. just, we’ve looked through all that. We’ve looked for all the best badge holder manufacturers that we could find across the globe. And if they’re to our standard, like a Nike, you know, or like a Nike kind of factory, we’ll work with them. If they’re not, we don’t, pass.

19:10
And so we have, we work in Taiwan, we work in China, we’re working with products now in Vietnam, we work with US manufacturers. you know, yeah, we’ll work with anybody who has a great badge holder. And then what do you guys do in-house? Because I know you have your own facility that’s pretty large in Florida. What are you doing in-house? Do do printing? Do you do any manufacturing there? So we do a lot of the printing like you’re talking about.

19:38
We specialize in these products called badge buddies, which in hospitals are a little tag that hangs behind a badge that just quickly identifies what the person’s role is. So they walk in and you see, oh, it’s an LPN, it’s a nurse, it’s a doctor, what have you. We also do lot of, you know, just assembling of two different products. One of the first things we ever did when we were developing new products for Amazon was, you know, like sticking badge, sticking key rings on badge reels. Cause at the time nobody had to ever put a key ring on a badge.

20:07
which to me was crazy. So I used to drive back and forth to the warehouse an hour a day and I would bring buckets of badge reels and key rings and in traffic I would sit there and I would assemble them, stick them in a different bucket. know, and so a lot of that we do, when we’re trying a new product and we don’t want to go all out, we do a lot of in-house manufacturing as well. we’ll bundle things, assemble things, put two pieces together, you know, and then if it is great, then we’ll have somebody else make it for us, but keeps our costs low for trying things out.

20:39
My first book, The Family First Entrepreneur, is available for pre-order at your favorite retailer. And leading up to the launch in May, I’m doing something crazy. I’m giving away a new bonus for people who pre-order every single week until the book launches on May 16th. And here’s the kicker. If you buy a book before the bonus expires, you get access to it forever. But if you buy the book after the bonus expiration date, you won’t get access to that week’s bonus. And here’s what I’ve given away already.

21:07
a workshop on search engine optimization for e-commerce store owners, a workshop on how to self-publish your first book, and a workshop on how to structure your blog post to rank in search. In addition to the weekly bonuses, you also get access to my six-week family-first business challenge, access to my three-day print-on-demand workshop, and access to my two-day passive income workshop, and free access to any future live workshops. Now, aside from all these bonuses, the book itself

21:35
will teach you how to achieve financial freedom by starting a business that doesn’t require you to work yourself to death. Because you can in fact achieve financial success without being a stranger to your kids. You can make good money and have the freedom to enjoy it and you don’t have to work 80 hours a week and be a slave to your business just to make it all work. I will teach you how to start a business from the perspective of a parent who makes both business and family work. Go to mywifecoupterjob.com slash book and I’ll send you the bonuses

22:05
invitations to book parties that I’ll be throwing all over the country, and other special offers. That’s mywifecluderjob.com slash book. Now back to the show.

22:16
So walk me through the progression here. So you started out with this smaller outfit who was selling you. You started selling on eBay, you saw success, so you started selling in an online store. When did you start deciding to, you know, source from overseas? Like when did the operation get a little bit bigger? When you decided to move into a facility? Like the early stuff is what’s interesting to a lot of people. Yeah, yeah. The early stuff was, especially talking about like, like our first facility was the studio. It was that studio. We had this little, little, little garage there.

22:47
And that’s where we did everything. Um, and my son, when he was about three months old, we didn’t have any place to stick them. So he’d just come with me to work every day. So pretty much, I know I’d be in the back doing purchasing while he was doing tummy time. I’d have him in a stroll. Literally I’d have him in, I’d have him in the stroller talking about the early days. I have him in the stroller in a county lanyards and I’d go one, two, three, four, you know, teaching him counting while counting products to put in packages.

23:14
And then, you know, I’d be taking sales calls while he was, you know, on my shoulder. And sometimes he’d start crying or, whatever. And, you know, I’d say to the person trying to buy, buddy, I’ll be right back. I got to go change my son’s diaper or whatever it was. And, uh, got a lot of sales that way. But yeah, so I kind of went off on a tangent there, but you know, we started with this little garage by our studio. Next thing you know, the building behind us comes available. We move into that place to knock down some walls. Another place comes available, knock down some walls.

23:43
Eventually we ended up tearing down the studio and we just became we just were growing and growing and growing adding team members and things like that. What were your traffic sources back in the early days? Like were you running ads was I don’t even think social media was around back then. So what was it? It couldn’t have been just all eBay, right? No, no. So by that by that point, that was when I was all going down, that was all Amazon private label. So we started Amazon private label in 2014 by watching guys like Scott Volcker.

24:12
Yep. And, these other, these other people that were giving away a lot of information on the internet. And I’d be watching these videos going to this is like what I need because I’m selling other people’s products. Everybody else is beating me on price. I don’t want to play this game forever. I’m stressed. I’m losing my mind. I can’t sleep. Like I’m going to start private labeling this stuff. You know, it was basically taking products that already existed that we knew there was demand for giving them keyword optimization, giving them beautiful photography.

24:40
You know, maybe making them special, making them into a five pack or a 10 pack or something that had never been offered before. Uh, looking up the, you know, the long tail searches on Amazon and saying, well, why is there no product? There’s so many searches for this, you know, this product that doesn’t exist and just going hard in all those opportunities. And so we just, you know, we went hard into private label and that was what grew us into having 70 % of our revenue from Amazon. wasn’t intentional. It was just because that was where the opportunity was. And, um,

25:09
We just had to keep adding people as we grew. So given that it’s so competitive now, today, like if I were going to look for ID badges and let’s say I didn’t know you at all and I go on Google or Amazon, how do you stand out from someone who does not know you at all? Or is your business primarily, since you have such a strong customer base, you have this really nice base of repeat orders now that you can just build upon.

25:39
It’s honestly, it’s both, you know, I’ll always go back to the idea of the ubiquitous brand, you know, being everywhere that people are looking, looking, we do have a marketing team now that we work with, it’s really good for helping us with like Google search and things, or Google ads and things like that. We’ve not done much in a way of any of that stuff until the last year or two. even like email follow ups and stuff, we’ve never done funnels, we’ve never done follow ups, we had never done any of that stuff. We had not, we had,

26:09
minimal Google ads just because you had to. about a year, maybe a little bit longer ago, we did start outsourcing that stuff to a great company called Zen Media. And they’ve been fantastic. And so now we do have Klaviyo, you know, things, email follow ups, but we had done none of that. There’s so much opportunity stuff for our business because we hadn’t done any of that stuff. Yeah, crazy, right? Yeah, that is crazy. I think the beauty of your business is that once you have a business customer,

26:37
And I can speak from this because for our business, like we focus on our business customers because they buy in bulk and they buy often. It seems like most of your customers that we talked about earlier, they are a business or they work for a business. And once you find someone who’s reliable, like they’re not gonna switch. And I think that’s the beauty. That’s why I was asking you, I wonder if you really even need to advertise.

27:00
So Google works, do you guys do any Facebook advertising or social media or anything like that? We do a little bit now, yeah, we review that every month and we do a little bit. It’s, you know, our ROAS is not fantastic, but it does keep more eyeballs coming in. And like you said, like we try to treat every customer, especially business customers with, you know, with kid gloves, or not kid gloves, but know, with like white glove treatment. And we hope that they’ll keep coming back. And historically we’ve had just great repeat business from customers we’ve tried to make happy.

27:26
And then you mentioned that you were taking calls. that a party? Like, do you want people to call you? Is that part of your strategy? Because I know people I’ve interviewed on this podcast where they just turn off the phone so they don’t want to deal with it. Yeah, no, no, we do. We have two full time customer service reps here in the US and they’re fantastic, you know, and they really care. And that was, you know, very important to us from beginning. And they’ll pass off our, you know, people that might be potential bigger players to our sales, our sales guy. And he’s brilliant, too.

27:54
And these are all things that we’ve built kind of in the last couple of years, but we’ve had customer service forever, ever since my son was born and I couldn’t do customer service, we brought people that started hiring in the US. Actually, that was my next question. Are most of your employees in the US or are you outsourcing any to other countries? Yeah, most of our employees are in the US. Most of those US employees are in the office in the warehouse in Miami, Florida. A couple of us work remote.

28:23
two new hires, they’re both fantastic that are in the Philippines. But you know, our business is so old, it was kind of built before this whole. All these opportunities presented themselves. So we built ourselves as a business to business kind of thing that happened to sell online real well. But we didn’t build it with the intention of scaling the way that people do these days. very, very different mentality. I have to ask you this. I noticed that you guys hit the Inc 500 in 2021, which is pandemic time.

28:51
Yes. And during pandemic, I can’t imagine like people weren’t going in, people weren’t throwing events and that sort of thing. How did you guys manage to grow during that period? Let’s talk about that. I am happy to because we got lucky. And we had been in the business for so long. And we had had great relationships with suppliers that we were able to move on things that other people didn’t see very quickly. So we have these double ended land. So the first thing we did was we made we make these badge buddies I was talking about.

29:22
out of desperation, we started looking on Indeed and Monster for who was hiring. Hospitals are hiring. These travel nurses need all these badge things, these badge buddies. They’re having to buy them themselves to show up at a new hospital, right? They have these favorite colors. So we basically put out every single job title that was hiring. We started building custom badge buddies for those, putting them in the top colors.

29:51
putting them on all sites and then boom, boom, boom, boom, boom, started getting just tons of these badge buddy sales, making everything mostly in hot pink. was awesome. The next thing we do is outreach or were they, did they find you? weren’t doing okay. I putting it on Etsy, putting it on Amazon products that had not existed before, you know, just saying, what do we have? What can we make? What do people need? What can we make immediately? The next thing that happened was we have these double ended lanyards, right? They’re for events, they’re for things. They hold a mask for a mask lanyard.

30:21
unbelievably. So we had just designed like a napkin holder, like a double ended napkin holder to start programs on. And so we had photos and all this crap already. And the next thing you know, we’re like, wait a second, people are using these to hold masks. And we were the first to market with mask lanyards. we went boom, we bought up every double ended lanyard we could find that was currently in the US. And we, we marketed it and we sold it, we put it on Amazon.

30:46
The first day that we started selling them, think we sold like 20 sets of mask lanyards. Next thing you know, we had our biggest two months in history. And then we were making them for schools in different school colors. We were making them with a breakaway so that kids wouldn’t choke on them. We made them MRI and metal detector friendly so you could walk into your office. Like we just kept innovating, innovating, innovating, getting copied, getting copied, getting copied, innovating, innovating, innovating. And if you know anybody that wants to buy some mask lanyards right now, I’ll give you a good deal because…

31:15
We got way too many of them now. What’s hilarious is your story is similar to ours. No one was getting married. Our customers are airlines and hotels. No one was using any of those. And so we started turning our handkerchiefs into masks. And back in the day, the cloth masks were popular. And no one was selling the decorative ones. They were all like the surgical masks. And we had like a really good year because of those masks. We just said, hey, stop making hankies. Turn those into masks. Dude, brilliant.

31:45
Man, okay, so that’s how you guys managed to go. That was ingenious. That was ingenious. It wasn’t even genius. was a good idea that had already been thought of and we happened to have enough product knowledge and relationships with vendors. We were able to just move and then ask the next question, what do they need next? They need a breakaway for their kids. They need a shorter one for their kids. So I think what you guys did was genius because that was a bold move, very quick and…

32:13
I mean, didn’t cost us any money. In fact, my wife was even hand sewing them for a little bit just to test the market. And we started giving away hankies for masks and gave away the instructions. Oh, nice. That caused people to come in too. So these lanyards, so what was, you went on indeed.com and you were looking for who was hiring? That was the first thing. That was to build the badge buddies for the hospitals. we needed to know which hospitals were hiring, what jobs were they hiring for.

32:42
Cause we knew that these nurses were going to have to go to new places. Every, every hospital is either color coded and they’re kind of badge buddy thing, or nurses just pick their own favorite colors. And so we just started, we’ll say, well, let’s build all the important colors that we know are color coded and the blues and the reds and the greens. And then let’s build a hot pink because that’s the top seller on for most of our, our badge buddies and build that for every title. And so, you know, looking at all these jobs that were very specific to the hiring of the time. Um, right.

33:11
putting those out everywhere. And were those marketed as such, like badge buddies for like nurses or medical? Oh yeah, yeah. So we would find out like on Indeed or Monster like, okay, an LPN is also called a licensed practical nurse or a license. And you start looking up all the things on the, pretty much the form where they’re supposed to submit their resume. You’re looking for all the different words that we don’t know. What are the other things associated with this job? Okay.

33:41
I can’t even think of them right now, but we’re looking for all those words that were significant to them that we didn’t understand, we didn’t know, and then building that onto the listings and the marketing and everything. Yeah. totally makes sense. Totally makes sense. For your own website, I’m just kind of curious, like off Amazon stuff, do you guys create content for SEO or what are the things that you do specifically to drive traffic to your website? Man, I wish I knew more about that side of the business. You’re the Amazon side.

34:10
I don’t, yeah, yeah. Pretty much all third party channels are where I can have some expertise and I’d be making it up if I gave you an answer. hi. Well, let me ask you this. Are you guys still selling on eBay and Etsy? Yep. You are? Okay, so can we, can you just tell me what percentage of that is to your business? I imagine it’s pretty small, right? It’s definitely small. A lot of Etsy customers end up becoming great website customers because they’re crafters and makers and they’re buying supplies, they’re trying us out. They love it.

34:40
Some of our biggest customers today are the ones that we met on Etsy six years ago. know, we consider it, we don’t, I say as a percentage of sales, we’re looking at what’s Walmart, eBay and Etsy, maybe about 1 % each. Wow. Maybe up to 3%, but small. How can you, so how can you justify, cause I know we used to be on eBay, we actually stopped because eBay customers are kind of more of a pain, like they require more customer service. They always try to low-ball you for something also.

35:10
For such a small percentage for your revenue, I imagine you still have like a person dedicated to working on eBay at least, right? Or someone taking care of it. How do you justify those costs? Yeah, so for us, it doesn’t seem like there’s any sort of added costs that we’ve noticed. We have a customer service team. They’re handling as many things as they can handle every day anyway. To us, it’s all kind of a profitable lead magnet. And so when we created Amazon, our process is typically when we create an Amazon listing, we just create a, we just move it to eBay, we move it to-

35:39
to Etsy and we move it to Walmart and we strategize, know, it’s a couple of tweaks in the keywords in the title and that’s pretty much all that we’re changing. And then it’s all just, you know, sales coming in and some things that do crap on Amazon do really well for us on Walmart. So we never really know. So we just put it there, let it do its thing and then our customer service team handles the customers. What’s interesting about all this is Etsy I wouldn’t think would be a

36:08
a good place to sell your stuff. But you just mentioned that some of your best customers are from Etsy. So do you recommend that people sell on Etsy also if they already have like a really well established e-commerce store? I’ve loved Etsy because we’ve built our best customers, the most loyal customers, the most community oriented customers have all been on Etsy. And for us, it makes sense because what we do, what we sell is kind of craft supplies. What we realized…

36:36
But we learned from our Etsy customers as well. We learned that a lot of nurses have side hustles where they’re buying a badge reel and they’re decorating it with some bling and they’re selling it to their friends. And then they’re selling on Etsy too. And then when they get really good and really big, they’re go, you know, some of them, don’t even work in the hospital anymore as a nurse. They become a small business owner who is just an amazing crafter. So I would, in my personal opinion, I tell everybody, sell on Etsy because the percentages are pretty low.

37:06
They’re changing all the time. you meet good friends and you learn a lot. Some of our best product suggestions have come from Etsy customers who were like, hey, I know the vendor who makes this. I don’t wanna buy 10,000. Will you buy 10,000 and put them on your website and I’ll buy the first 500 from you? Let me say sure. And so a lot of our best ideas come from our best customers. So on Etsy, presumably you’re selling just like the blank holders, right?

37:36
Do they enforce the fact that it needs to be hand made? I guess you are the manufacturer. is that legal technically to sell? Yeah, yeah. So they don’t even require that you have it handmade anymore. And when we started going there, our loophole, and it wasn’t even really loophole, is if you supply the handmade industry, then you are welcome to sell as they had a whole supplies like catalog or not catalog. And so we just went in as a supplier for Etsy resellers.

38:06
Let’s switch gears a little bit and talk about Walmart. Do you think it’s been worth your time? Are you using WFM? We’re trying it. We’re always just kind of dabbling with Walmart. Okay, so right now you’re fulfilling yourself? Yeah, yeah, we have about five products I think that we’re trying Walmart Fulfill. But we’re not making any moves on it. We’re not making any aggressive moves. We’re just trying to be there. I see. Where do you see the future going in terms of

38:36
your sales, is it still all on Amazon, even though it’s getting more more competitive? We’re really doubling down on our website now. I think that’s what we’re trying to bring everything to the website, know, hiring these new things, you know, the marketing team that we were working with joined EOS. So we’re really trying to fix our website, learn everything we needed to do to have that be like just dominant. And then

39:03
You know, and having our sales guy and everything like that. We’re really trying to optimize for our website going forward. Okay. And if you guys seem to be selling everywhere, can you prioritize for me what your marketplaces are? Like if you just tell me right now? Yeah. Yeah. So Amazon. Okay. Website, definitely. Okay. Uh huh. And then it would probably go Etsy, to be honest. Really? Etsy. And then eBay and Walmart. I don’t know.

39:32
That’s a disparage either of those but we know I was just curious what your priorities are because everyone’s priorities are a little bit different like I I actually just had some Walmart guys on in the last episode and they were like yeah you can expect between five and twelve percent you know of a revenue lift by going to Walmart assuming you you put like what was funny about what they said is a lot of times what sells

39:56
poorly on Amazon will sell well on Walmart because it’s not nearly as competitive. Especially if it’s a more competitive product that’s kind of more mainstream is actually what they said. Seems like you’re saying the same thing. Yeah, I would agree with that, especially kind of the inexpensive things or bundle things that are so super saturated on Amazon. That’s where we sell more on Walmart than we do on Amazon even. One thing I’ve always been curious about also, you and your brother are tight.

40:25
What’s it like running a business with your brother or having it being a family-owned business? think it’s great. I love how smart he is. I love what a great leader he is. I think part of the success is that neither of us wants to the other down. We’ve always considered ourselves two ninjas with our backs facing each other. He sees that. He sees the enemies. He sees that. And I see the enemies over here. And what’s great for me is I love him. I’ve loved him since…

40:53
since he was born, you we shared a bedroom growing up, you know, we had parents that fought a lot. And so we were always kind of tight and we kind of had our thing. He’s so good at so many things that I’ll never be good at. And that’s great because I’m pretty damn good at some things that he’s not the best at. And we just have never had that competition. I remember the first time I saw him jump onto a soccer field and score a goal. was like, well, there you go. He’s the soccer player, not me.

41:19
And when he got a guitar for Christmas, I stole his guitar and I played it all the time. And he’s great at guitar too, but it’s cool. We let each other shine and I love watching him shine. Yeah. The reason why I ask is, you know, I work with my wife and whenever people ask me whether you should work with your spouse, I’m always a little hesitant. Maybe it’s different working with your brother, but with the spouse, it’s already stressful. Kids, everything.

41:47
and running a business together just adds another layer of stress where we were fighting all the time in the beginning. Now we have it down, but it can be tough. Yeah. It seems like you guys are really coming into something special. When I see the two of you together and I see what you’re doing through the business and with your kids, to me, as an observer, it just looks really special, man. It’s been cool to watch that. Cool. Last thing I want to talk to you about is

42:15
know, specialist ID is not your only thing. Talk to me about Hydra Fighter. So you’re in a band. How do you manage to balance all these things that are going on in your life? And tell me about the band. I’ve always been curious. Yeah, sure. So the my band is called Hydra Fighter. And it actually is based off of a book by what’s his name, Josh Kaufman. He’s a business writer, but he wrote this parable about the guy who fights Hydra and

42:41
I just love that story. The guy who fights Hydra is a guy who’s a blacksmith, who’s got a very comfortable life and everyone tells him to be a blacksmith, work hard, love your life. And he says, I get that I love that, but I really, there’s this Hydra out there that’s attacking our city. It’s always beckoning me to become the ultimate Hydra fighter. So he goes off and, you know, it’s just a parable about pursuing what means the most to you. And, you know, so seemed relevant.

43:08
for the music stuff. the music that I write is very, we call it sad bastard music. It’s the kind of music where if you’re watching a movie and somebody breaks up and drives away in the car, the songs that we write are the songs that are in that scene. And so I I love folk music, I love acoustic music, and I got a buddy here, we play together, and my brother produces our songs. so, yeah, it’s something I always love doing.

43:35
we’re finally in place in the business where I can actually resume that pursuit of just playing because I love to play. And this is my home studio and you know, I’ve always been a songwriter. It’s in me. And so just I’m doing it. And it’s what your original business was in a way, right? With the studio. Yeah, the whole plan originally was that we were going to build the studio. And the funny thing is we worked so hard for all these years and now my brother and I both have home studios. I record here. I sent it to him in Miami. He’s brilliant at mixing and engineering and he does that.

44:05
And then we come up with these songs that are just so cool. So it took us not being in the same state, not being in the same studio for us to actually find the time and the workflow to make music together again. So it’s been so cool. It’s funny how that happens. It’s like most of the friends that I see most often are ones that don’t live in the area. Cause when they come into town, we make sure we see them. Yeah, right. When they’re in the area, we’re just like, ah, we’ll see them whenever we can, but we never end up doing it. So love it. Mike.

44:35
It was a pleasure talking to you. If people have any questions about your business or need any IDs, where can they find you? Yeah, thanks, Steve. Well, they want to check out specialist ID calm that singular specialist ID ID card calm. And from right here, if you need any mass holders, they’re on they’re on clearance. They’re on clearance. Yeah, come pick them up. Bring the truck. Cool. My thanks for coming on, man. Appreciate it.

45:03
My pleasure, man. It’s good to see you. Thank you so much. We’ll see you at Seller Summit, bro. Summit and ECF. And ECF.

45:13
Hope you enjoy that episode. Now Mike is a very successful entrepreneur and there’s lots to learn from him and be sure to check out Hydrofighter on YouTube as well. For more information, go to mywifequitterjob.com slash episode 454. And once again, I want to remind you that my annual e-commerce conference will be held in Fort Lauderdale, Florida on May 23rd to May 25th of this year. I really want to hang out with you in person, so let’s meet up. Go to sellersummit.com. That’s S-E-L-L-E-R-S-S-U-M-M-I-T.com.

45:43
I also want to thank Spocket, which is the drop shipping supplier that I like for e-commerce. With a few clicks of a button, you can easily add products to your store and have pre-vetted suppliers ship your products to the end customer without worrying about storage or fulfillment. And the best part is that most suppliers are in the US and Europe for super fast shipping. For more information, go to mywifequitterjob.com slash Spocket. That’s mywifequitterjob.com slash S-P-O-C-K-E-T.

46:11
Now I talk about how to use these tools on my blog and if you are interested in starting your own eCommerce store, head on over to mywifecoderjob.com and sign up for my free six day mini course. Just type in your email and I’ll send you the course right away. Thanks for listening.

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!

453: How To Uncover Your Competitors’ Secrets And Find Good Suppliers With David Applegate Of ImportYeti

453: How To Uncover Your Competitors' Secrets And Find Their Suppliers With David Applegate

I’m really excited to have David Applegate on the show. David is the founder of ImportYeti, a free service that allows you to search through the US import records to find the suppliers that your competitors are using.

He is also a long-standing e-commerce seller himself on both Amazon, his own online store and a retail store too.

David is a wealth of knowledge and today we’re going to talk about how to be successful in e-commerce today.

What You’ll Learn

  • How to find the suppliers your competition is using on Amazon and Shopify
  • How to succeed in e-commerce today
  • The right way to approach and find your suppliers

Other Resources And Books

Sponsors

Postscript.io – Postscript.io is the SMS marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Postscript specializes in ecommerce and is by far the simplest and easiest text message marketing platform that I’ve used and it’s reasonably priced. Click here and try Postscript for FREE.
Postscript Logo

SellersSummit.com – Sellers Summit is the conference I run every year that caters to ecommerce sellers all over the world. Click here and grab your ticket.
Sellers Summit

BigCommerce.com – If you are interested in starting your own online store, then I highly recommend BigCommerce. Out of the box, it already comes with full functionality and you do not need to install additional plugins. Click here to get 1 month free
BigCommerce WordPress Plugin

Transcript

00:00
You’re listening to the My Wife Could Her Job podcast, the place where I bring on successful bootstrap business owners and dig deep into what strategies they use to grow their businesses. Now, what if I told you that you could find out exactly which suppliers your competition were using on Amazon or Shopify? And what if I told you that you could do all this for free? Well, today I have an amazing guest on the show, David Applegate. And David is the founder of Import Yeti, which is a service that allows you to research your competitors’

00:25
And in this episode, we’re going to talk about how to succeed in e-commerce as things get more and more competitive. But before we begin, I want to let you know that tickets for the 2023 Seller Summit are on sale over at SellersSummit.com. And it is the conference that I hold every year that specifically targets e-commerce entrepreneurs selling physical products online. Now, you all know me well enough by now to know that my event has zero fluff. Every speaker I invite is deep in the trenches of their e-commerce business and not high level guys who are overseeing their companies at 50,000 feet.

00:55
Every year we cut off ticket sales at around 200 people and it’s a very intimate event. Everyone eats together and everyone parties together every single night. I personally love smaller events and tickets always sell out far in advance. Now if you’re an e-commerce entrepreneur making over 250k or $1 million per year, we also offer a special mastermind experience where we break up into small groups, lock ourselves in a room and help each other with our businesses. The Seller Summit is going to be held in Fort Lauderdale, Florida from May 23rd to May 25th.

01:24
go to SellersSummit.com. I also want to thank Postscript for sponsoring this episode. Now, if you’re on an e-commerce business of any kind, you know how important it is to own your own customer contact list. And this is why I focus a significant amount of my efforts on SMS marketing. SMS, or text message marketing, is already a top five revenue source for my e-commerce store, and I couldn’t have done it without Postscript, which is my text message provider. Now, why did I choose Postscript? It’s because they specialize in e-commerce, and e-commerce is their primary focus.

01:54
Not only is it easy to use, but you can quickly segment your audience based on your exact sales data and implement automated flows like an abandoned cart at the push of a button. Not only that, but it’s price well too and SMS is the perfect way to engage with your customers. So head on over to postscript.io slash Steve and try it for free. That’s P O S T S C R I P T dot I O slash Steve. And then finally, I wanted to mention my other podcast that I run with my partner, Tony. And unlike this one,

02:21
where I interview successful entrepreneurs in e-commerce, the Profitable Audience Podcast covers all things related to content creation and building an audience. No topic is off the table and we tell it like how it is in a raw and entertaining way. So be sure to check out the Profitable Audience Podcast on your favorite podcast app. Now onto the show.

02:46
Welcome to the My Wife Could Her Job podcast. Today I’m really excited to have David Applegate on the show. Now, David is someone who I met recently on an Alibaba panel with Keon Ghazari and MetaWorld Peace of all people. He’s the founder of ImportYeti, a free service that allows you to search through the US import records to find the suppliers that your competitors are using. He is also a longstanding e-commerce seller himself on both Amazon and his own online store and a retail store.

03:12
which I believe is what led him to create Import Yeti in the first place, but we’ll find that out in the interview. But David is a wealth of knowledge. And today we’re gonna talk about, you know, how to be successful in e-commerce, which is an industry that’s getting more and more competitive every single year. So welcome to show, David. How are you doing today, I’m doing great, great, doing great, happy to be here. You know, I enjoyed that Alibaba panel as well. It was fun. know, I’m from Southern California and like Lakers are like gone down here. So to on the panel of Ron Ritesh was just, it was cool.

03:42
Yeah, yeah. And I’m a diehard warriors fan. So yeah, yeah. I always knew there was something off about you. Just kidding. Well, a tough loss the other night. Yeah, I know. You know, this is getting a little tangential, but I clay Thompson was one of our neighbors growing up. Yeah. So you’re friends with clay? Yeah, my little brother more so because they were the same class. But dude, that’s awesome. That’s awesome. So David, how’d you get started selling online and

04:12
Tell me about the brand that you run in the retail shop that I think you’re filming out of right now, right? Yeah, yeah. So I got started when I was in my early teens. Much to my mother’s kind of dismay, I was selling tobacco paraphernalia on eBay. Cigar cutters, hookahs, and things like that. And did that for a long time and just kind of kept with it. A lot of failures along the way.

04:41
And then I kind of haphazardly stepped into wrestling work. And that’s been just a blessing, a real, real kind of learning opportunity. then Pandemic Kit, sporting goods is, least high school sporting goods is not the space you want to be in. It’s gotten a lot better now, the pandemic’s kind of eased up. this, Import Yeti is my pandemic project, just kind of meant to fill some of my time and keep my learning and growth going.

05:10
It’s done, you know, just picked up a huge following, which is really cool. I didn’t realize that you started that during the pandemic, like in 2020. Yeah. Yeah. Like literally it was like they shut things down or like March something. It was like that Friday. was like, hmm. And, you know, we we have been using this stuff kind of ourselves, you know, to solve problems. You want to find somebody that makes, you know, a coffee mug. There’s a lot of manufacturers for that because you start to get into harder products.

05:39
and you’re trying to find higher quality suppliers, there’s a lot of challenges using existing tools out there. And this was our just solution of these problems. We built some of our most successful products and found our most successful suppliers using the Bill 8087. Interesting. So for your wrestling store, what were you using before Import Yeti was available? Like how did you find your products? Or were you just primarily carrying like popular brands?

06:08
Yeah, so we do a lot of, you know, reselling, but we would, you know, we go to trade shows a lot. Trade shows are really, really good, like Canton Fair, you know, the Magic Show in Vegas is great. You know, and then a lot of industry knowledge, like when you, if you take any product that you’re trying to develop and you really spend time in that industry, you really start to dedicate yourself to it. A lot of times the supply chains begin to emerge. You just start to understand who’s actually making the products.

06:36
You know, it happens serendipitously. People start reaching out to you. They start being like, hey, we see that you’re selling a lot of these things. We also, we make these things. You know, you get, you know, you get, you know, mail or, you know, you’ll, you know, be at a trade show. Someone will know that you are a company like this that already you see to their buddy, you know, who they know moves the products. And so we were doing a lot of kind of more manual sourcing.

07:02
and then using platforms like Alibaba and stuff as well depending on what the product is. You know what’s funny is we actually get emails like that every single day from mainly Asian manufacturers who wanna sell us stuff. I don’t think I’ve ever responded to any of them. So are you saying that you actually responded to some of those people that approached you? Yeah, we’ve found some killer manufacturers doing that, just killer. Wow, okay. Now that being said, 90 % of them are horrible. Okay.

07:30
So it’s not like they’re all good. when we try to look for a manufacturer, we really evaluate what type of company they are, what capabilities they have. And we do that stuff through Google. if we are, let’s say we’re trying to make widget A, and someone’s constantly emailing us saying, hey, we make widget A, we’re going to start looking for the ones that we think are good.

07:55
Let me ask you this, since you’re kind of unique, you’re a reseller of very popular brands and you have your own private label brands, what is the revenue distribution of each and which is what you focus on more, the reseller aspect or your private label stuff? Yeah, like I understand the question you’re asking, but we think about it a little bit differently. I think it’s better to say what’s the profit distribution of each is the first thing. And almost across the board, private labels can have higher profit.

08:25
ban when you’re reselling somebody else’s goods. And then we also look at things from saying, how can we develop customers that are able to spend more money with us and are really round out product ones? So we don’t look at it as a competitive thing, as much as it’s like, how can we take person A and really service them as much as we can? And there are certain holes that we choose to develop, which is kind of where Private Label falls into.

08:56
All right, so it’s not like you find out what’s selling well from a reseller and then private labeling a version of the same thing. Like Walmart, they know like Robitussin sells well, so they come out with Wal-tussin. That’s not your strategy, right? No, no. With almost everything we try to do, we innovate. I’m put things differently. If you’re in a marketplace where there’s not big people playing, that might be different. But we’re going up against Nike. I’m not gonna beat Nike.

09:24
You know, they’re a great company that creates great products. It’s stupid for me, strategy wise, to try to, you know, compete in that space. You know, so we try to choose things that we can win at and really stay close to that customer list. Give me an example of something that you’re selling in your wrestling store of something you’ve innovated on. Yeah, yeah. So like we need it very heavily as an example on design. That would be like a really strong innovation point for us because we’re closer to the customer and we have different kind of guidelines we’re able to create.

09:53
If it’s a, know, a singlet as an example, singlet designs that are going to very strongly resonate with our consumer. Whereas, you know, ASICS, Adidas and Nike tend to create more of a blank strategy, you know, where it’ll be like, hey, here’s a red singlet, you know, we’ll be able say like, here’s the Mexico singlet. Because the users want that Mexico singlet. And that’s not competing directly with, you know, with those big dogs, you know, we’re not going to win in that game. Interesting. So just for people listening, a singlet is essentially the wrestling uniform, right? Yeah.

10:24
So I imagine there’s standards on what the singlet can be made, right? Or no, I don’t know anything about wrestling, sorry. Yeah, there are some technical specifications with that, they’re easy for us to solve because we’re a wrestling company. We eat, and sleep to sport. Where I think people make mistakes is they’re like, oh, I’m going to try to develop specs for a product that I don’t actually use.

10:49
I don’t actually know in and out. We know the products like crazy. So it makes it real easy to kind of find the right manufacturer, which plays a huge role in your manufacturer as a whole. You’re not gonna find good manufacturers if you don’t know the product. When you’re asking these questions and things like that, they don’t take you seriously. They’re like, this person obviously doesn’t move this product because they don’t know anything about it. You mentioned not being able to go up against guys like Nike. And I can understand in shoes, that’s probably the case.

11:19
But in other things that, you know, where Nike, think, just puts their brand on something, I feel like you could definitely compete on those, especially wrestling specific items, right? Yeah, yeah. Yeah, I’m gonna be very careful with some of the stuff, as I’m sure you can all worry pussy putting around in a little bit. But we, you know, like what makes wrestling our crush is keeping those vendors just super happy. So it is a statement we know against those guys head to head in some areas, we don’t want to really touch on that. Yeah, that’s like, you know, we don’t move any of that volley, quote unquote.

11:49
Yeah, so they’re an important part of your business having those resellers, you because they give you legitimacy, right, which allows you to then move private label products. Okay. Yeah. All right. I can tell you don’t want to talk about that too much. So let’s switch gears a little bit. Yeah, I think that like we talked about, like the product development strategies, that’s like really stellar and like how to find sourcing agents, how to figure out what products to develop that stuff is. Yeah, it’s great. Let’s do that. Let’s do that. Let’s talk about Alibaba. You mentioned Alibaba in the beginning, but

12:15
Something must have made you start import Yeti. Were you not having great results on Alibaba or? I think that Alibaba starts to struggle when you get into very specialized products, which we had problems with. know, like if you’re searching coffee mugs, there’s a thousand coffee mug manufacturers. But if you’re searching, you know, die cast vintage cars and you want to find the company that has the molds for those. There’s a high chance that that’s not on Alibaba to figure out who’s actually making these products.

12:43
And in its core, that’s where we were kind of struggling. Combined with, know, Alibaba is great for, you know, helping you find a large amount of manufacturers, but it doesn’t do as good of a job of saying who is a better manufacturer than this other person, or at least doesn’t paint the full picture. And, you know, the bill laying data sets can really help you understand that, because you can look at things like how much volume do they move? Who are this? Who are like their customers? Do we trust their customers? What’s the product quality of their customers?

13:11
If they’re able to meet the product standards of a big brand that you know and trust and love, they’re likely to be able to make your standards. If they’ve got the green and ESG certifications for a particular brand, they’re likely going to be capable of doing that in-house themselves for you. Yep. Let me ask you a question that I’ve always wondered. So there’s other competing services to import Yeti out there, which I will not name. Yes. But why start your own as opposed to just paying like the couple hundred bucks to use another person’s tool? Yeah. So

13:41
We struggled with some of the way that data was being represented when we used other free tools out there. That was the first kind of data point. For me, when I spoke with other e-commerce sellers, they found that this data was hard to utilize from an action standpoint. You wouldn’t actually be able to get what you needed out of it. You had to really, really understand data science. So we wanted to create something that would be user-friendly so that somebody who wasn’t

14:09
you know, a supply chain, you know, expert who didn’t have a strong understanding of the way big data worked, can go into something like this and be able to make those supply chain decisions as if they did. Give me an example of that. I mean, I’ve actually used all the tools at some point. Yeah. How’s yours different? Like, let’s say you’re searching, we’ll take a big company like IKEA. Now, IKEA, of course, you’re not going to be importing from IKEA’s manufacturers of fat, but

14:36
You know, on the bill laying data set, there are probably 500 IKEA entities, maybe a thousand IKEA entities. So you’re going to search that and it’s going to be like, IKEA, IKEA, IKEA, IKEA, IKEA, IKEA, IKEA. And you have to wait through all of those. You have to figure out which one is the right IKEA that adds your particular product. Right. We do a bunch of fancy footwork that when you search IKEA, there’s just IKEA. You know, and all of their, you know, things, all their vendor table is visualized.

15:04
The fact that when you look at their vendor table, you can understand the volume those vendors are moving. If you’re using the data set in its raw form, you would have to search IKEA, see that, and then search the vendor, tabulate how much that vendor is moving, try to visualize the consistency, compare that consistency across a bunch of other vendors. And that becomes very hard if you’re trying to make decisions around who is the right vendor based off their consistency.

15:31
You basically just want the data process in a different way in an easier to digest manner. Let me ask you this. I’ve had varying success with tools that browse the import database. Yes. Mainly because, you know, if you look for a big guy like IKEA, you’re right. They’re probably not going to work with you, right? So how do you approach like, how do you, let’s talk about how to use your tool actually. So you find a company and there’s a list of manufacturers. What is your strategy for actually getting one of them to even want to work with you?

16:00
So I think that you’re like, the way I like to think about it is that, you know, just like how you look at some customers is bad versus good. You can flip the roles and start to say, if you’re in that manufacturer issues, right? How do, how are they thinking about you? Why would they want to give you a good price? Why would they want to pick you up as a company? You know, why would they want to ensure that your product is super consistent and has no issues, right?

16:29
And when you start to ask those questions, you can then begin to kind of, you know, say, how do I present myself to alleviate those concerns? Like a really common problem I see is people will send out an email saying something like this. My name’s Billy. I’m an Amazon seller. I want to import your coffee mugs. Tell me your MOQ and price. What that email tells a vendor is, hi, I’m an unproven seller. And they think that

16:58
because of the fact that they got 800 other emails that month saying they’re an Amazon seller. Two, you’re gonna be extremely cost conscious because you’re asking about the price in the very beginning and you’re gonna be ordering the smallest amount of stuff possible. Now when you think about that, you would never give that person a good price ever. You just be like, you wouldn’t. You know what you wouldn’t even mention that I’m an Amazon seller. That’s probably a red flag too. I don’t. Yeah, I don’t.

17:26
Now, you put that script in you, if we take the wrestling mart analogy, imagine you make a wrestling product and somebody messages you and they say, Hi, my name is David Applegate. I’m the purchasing director at Wrestling Mart. Right. We’re the world’s largest specialty wrestling store. You know, I’m trying to import product ABCD from you. And, you know, we’re very aware of this product. You know, we’re looking for these specifications. You guys become highly recommended. I’d love to set up a call with, know.

17:55
you know, and your CEO or sales manager, so we can better understand what your company’s capabilities are and see if we might be the right strategic alliance or something like that. And then you’d have a call with the person and you’d start to build that relationship and they would become invested in your success. We want our partners to be like, you know, Wrestling Mart is the best company ever because when that happens, that’s when, you know, you get the best products, the highest quality and best price and all that good stuff. What if you can’t make that claim?

18:25
Like pretend that you were starting from scratch. What would you say? So I think the first thing I would say is that make sure that you’re the things that are inside your control. You understand like the product you’re trying to import. Do not ask questions about like, what is this material made out of? How is what about this feature and this feature? Because that just says that even if you’re a beginner, you don’t understand what you’re doing, you know. And if you don’t understand what you’re doing, learn.

18:51
I’ll even message like this, if I’m trying to import a product, I don’t know everything I’m importing, I’ll message some vendors from a different email address and just ask all those questions and learn all that stuff so that when I message the people I actually want to message, I already have all of that knowledge framework in my mind. So one, first thing, we don’t make any rookie errors around the things that you should be knowing, doing that. And then I think honesty is always the best kind of approach.

19:18
But there’s a difference between being honest and positioning yourself poorly and being honest and still positioning yourself well. So it’s okay to say, I’m a newer e-commerce brand and we’re investigating bringing this and this and this out. I’m looking through these products. In I’d still like to build a relationship. That’s a better thing than saying, tell me your MOQ and price in the first few steps. And I have a lot of friends that have started,

19:48
Amazon brands that have done very well, that have stellar relationships with their vendors from day one. And it makes a big difference. have been none of them are sending out those emails saying, me your MOQ and price in the first 10 seconds.

20:04
My first book, The Family First Entrepreneur, is available for pre-order at your favorite retailer. And for the month of April, I’m doing something crazy. I’m giving away a new bonus for people who pre-order every single week until the book launches on May 16th. And here’s the kicker. If you buy the book before a bonus expires, you get access to it forever. If you buy the book after the bonus expiration date, you won’t get access to that week’s bonus. Here’s just a preview of the bonuses coming up in April.

20:34
There’s going to be a workshop on search engine optimization for e-commerce store owners, which expires on April 6th. There’s going to be a workshop on Chat GPT and how to use artificial intelligence to automate your business, which expires on April 13th. And I’m also giving out a workshop on how to structure your blog post to rank in search, which expires on April 20th. In addition to this, you also get access to my six-week family-first business challenge, access to my three-day print-on-demand workshop,

21:03
and access to my two-day passive income workshop and tickets to any book party that I’m re-throwing after May. Now aside from these bonuses, the book itself will teach you how to achieve financial freedom by starting a business that doesn’t require you to work yourself to death. Because you can in fact achieve financial success without being a stranger to your kids. You can make good money and have the freedom to enjoy it and you don’t have to work 80 hours a week and be a slave to your business just to make it all work.

21:31
I will teach you how to start a business from the perspective of a parent who makes both business and family work. Go to mywifequitterjob.com slash book and I’ll send you all the bonuses, invitations to book parties that I’ll be throwing all over the country and other special offers. Once again, that’s mywifequitterjob.com slash book. Now back to the show.

21:55
So if you were new, would you start out with like an Alibaba or would you consider just starting with, know, import yeti and finding out, you know, who your competitors are using and starting with Atlas first? I’m not a huge Alibaba fan. Alibaba gets a bad rep with some things, you know. I don’t think that it’s as binary as that. It’s a little bit of either or. You know, I would probably be searching the suppliers on

22:23
that find on Alibaba into import yeti and seeing the problem that the volume they actually move. One of the biggest problems that will happen on platforms, and this isn’t Alibaba’s spin-fix, just out there, is like, let’s say, you if you take Wrestling Mars as an analogy, we sell lots of wrestling shoes. We also sell wrestling laces. Now, our wrestling shoe competency is a lot better than our wrestling lace competency, but if we were to list our product in Alibaba, we’d say we sell both.

22:50
So you’re gonna end up messaging Wrestling Mart saying, I buy shoelaces? When we’re the worst shoelace supplier in the world. And by using data sets like Import, you can see what is the company actually move volume up. And when you understand what that supplier specializes in, hey, 70 % of their business is whatever the product you’re looking for is, or a particular manufacturing technology, then you’re gonna have a much higher quality, you’re gonna have a much…

23:19
you know, typically better cost structure because they get the efficiencies of sale of scale tied to that. Yeah. They’re going to have a more trained workforce in that space. They’re going to have, you know, they buy more raw materials. They got lower cost of goods for that type of stuff. See, I don’t think it’s an either or with Alibaba or Import Yeti. I almost always use it. Alibaba at least some stage of my sourcing journey. I think the more important thing is, you know, making sure you have a good product. It’s very rare.

23:47
that I see people that mess the sourcing stage up so bad that that’s the failure of their business. Every single time I’ve had somebody say like, this didn’t work, was because you chose the wrong product. Right. I mean, quality control is a problem. Actually, since we were just talking about that, what are your guidelines for deciding on a manufacturer?

24:11
Yeah, it’s, I mean, for me, it’s a lot of feel. It’s not as hardcore as that. And since I’m building the relationship, it’s the one I feel like is going to partner the most with, you know, our organization. You know, I those people that want our business, because those are the people that are going to make sure that there’s not issues, you know, that are going to make sure that they’re treating us right. You know, you know, we’ve had manufacturers where there are quality issues.

24:36
And if they’re a strong partner of ours who say, listen, there’s a quality issue here and they refund our money or they give us this context or they do right by us. Now, the reason that’s the case is they look at it they go, we want to keep you guys as a client. So it’s not in our best interest to screw this relationship up. Just like it’s not in our best interest to screw their relationship up. And we treat them fairly because there’s been times where it’s like we make an error or something like that. know, yeah. So it’s more about your gut feel on

25:06
how they’ll work with you as opposed to something that you’ll find in like the assessed supplier report on Alibaba or are there things you look for first? Yeah, I think that like maybe I put those as qual the problem where is I use as qualifiers. So I say like, what is my manufacturer need to have like what will be the right potential fit? You know, and if they’re checking those boxes off, then it becomes relationship. So it’s like, okay, I want to find somebody that

25:35
specializes in manufacturing product A, that we’re gonna be a big fish in their pond, that is located in this region or whatever the six things are, that has a stable customer relationships. And then from there, it would be at those two or three, which I don’t message 30 vendors, I pick one or two, sometimes three. I then say, hey, let’s build a relationship. So some of the common questions that I get asked are mostly solved by relationship.

26:04
So I’ll get asked like what’s stopping them from just copying my product and selling to other people? Yeah. And my answer to that is always, you know, once you’ve talked to them face to face, it usually doesn’t happen. What is your answer to that question? Like you have a good relationship. think that one, the copying problem isn’t as big of a deal as I think most people make it out to be. You know, it’s very I have heard of use cases where someone’s like, I was making this product with this manufacturer and then they started selling on Amazon and that has happened.

26:33
But it’s very, very rare. It’s not like I talk to 100 people and 20 of them have that experience. like one. So I think that’s the first endpoint. But the second thing is goes back to that relationship as you’re saying. There’s no way any of our vendors would want to do that because they’re like, okay, we can A, ruin this relationship that is very profitable for us and is win-win. Or B, we can try to make some, know, little bit cash on the side and, you know, it just doesn’t, the math doesn’t pencil out.

27:02
Plus, there’s an organizational competency thing. Most good manufacturers are not Amazon sellers because they’re focusing on manufacturing. You know, that’s a different skill set. Yeah, totally. So we talked about Amazon a couple of times, and it’s getting harder every single year. Yeah. How do you stand out among the crowd looking forward in 2023 for Amazon or DTC? Yeah. So, I mean, I think the first thing is, is I never like to think of

27:32
creating an Amazon business. I feel like that’s trying to say you’re trying to create an app on the app store. That’s not a business, it’s a sales technique, a distribution channel. The correct thing is can you create core business fundamentals that make sense and add value to customers? And if you can answer yes to those questions and you’re creating things people actually want to buy, Amazon’s a great accelerant for that sales.

28:00
You know, I have warehouses, do warehouses are hard. You have to scale. have to have ERP systems like it’s hard. Amazon completely abstracts all of that, which is a huge, huge, huge deal. That doesn’t, you know, make it so that you then magically can wash your hands of the actual business problems, which is how you create value, how you market your product. You know, like I can’t tell you how many Amazon’s I speak to, or I say, what’s your marketing strategy? And they say Amazon PPC. And that’s not

28:29
an entire marketing strategy. That’s one tool you can use out of many. And it’s a hyper competitive one that is getting much, much thinner in terms of value these days. But there’s thousands of other ones that are great, that work stellar. And you can use Amazon’s amazing warehousing and infrastructure to scale the way you never could in the past, which is just amazing. But you have to focus on this core business fundamentals if you want to create something that lasts.

28:56
you know, stands the test, you know, generates money over the like the time. Walk me through your process of finding that product that you know is going to sell well. Regardless of the first thing. Yeah. Yeah. The first thing I do is I try to be a consumer. You know, I really slight like spend time in areas that I enjoy. So like we look right here. Here is a fountain pen. Right. I love writing and I’ve got 10 fountain pens over here.

29:22
And I could tell you about the inks, the different strategies behind inks, different colors with inks, the different oils that go into inks. I know this stuff, but I don’t sell any fountain pen products, but I have considered it because I know what I want. For me, the things that value, that I really like is I like certain color reds. They’re drawn to me and I don’t see them in the marketplace a lot. I also like certain fountain pen holders and things like that. Fountain pen space in terms of the actual pens I’m very happy with.

29:51
I love a lot of pins on the market. I don’t go, ooh, I wish I could create this. But because I’m in this space, and it’s important, there’s a lot of spaces that I try to spend time in, whether it’s fitness or fountain pins or whatever, I begin to see opportunities, things that I would want, that my peers that I’m hanging out with want, that other people online want, because I’m in those communities.

30:21
You know, from there, I began to take what would be a potential product idea. And then I tested out with people. I’d say, Hey, I’m thinking of doing this. What are your guys’ thoughts on it? You know, because I’m in the community, people will give me feedback. You know, it’s kind of a slightly tangential story. A long time ago when was in college, we had a great senior project and everybody in the room had presented an idea.

30:45
And so we’re sitting in like, there’s like 40 of us or something like that. We’re in a circle. And the first person’s business idea is like, I’m going to create a cleaning service for college fraternity parties. And the next person’s like, I’m going to create hangover breakfast. The third person’s like, I’m going to create a book lending service. And the fourth person’s like, I’m going to create a college cleaning process for house parties. know, it’s like everybody had the same business ideas.

31:12
Like literally there was no diversion thinking. And you realize because we were all students and all we were doing was partying and studying. Right. know, and so that was the ideas we had. No one had any money. Nobody was playing around with fountain pens. Nobody was thinking of, you know, the next, you know, boring, you know, Shopify conversion app or something like that. Because they weren’t on Shopify. They weren’t, you know, playing with makeup or whatever kind of passion is.

31:38
So spend time in areas where you think you can actually add value and you’ll see serendipitously where those values can be created by being in that space. Once you have that idea mentioned, I like to test it, really say, hey, I’m thinking of creating an ink. And then I would say, okay, what are the biggest risk areas? Risk area one is are people gonna want to buy it? Risk area two is how am I gonna get in front of those customers? And risk area three is can I even make ink?

32:05
You know, maybe it’s different, but those are my first three that I would think of if I’m trying to make ink. And I would say, which is the riskiest or most, you know, kind of, um, you know, has the highest chance of failure. I have pretty high faith. I could probably figure out how to make the ink, you know, uh, like people I could pay to do that. Like, so I go, okay, that’s low distribution too. I actually don’t have a lot of risk in that area. I, know, I’m very competent at my ability to market on forums. I’ve seen a lot of people do things like this. I understand the way it’s worked in the past.

32:35
But I have no idea whether people actually want to read it. You know, I do. But am I the only one in the room? So I would probably, you know, message 30 people and I’d say, hey, listen, can I buy you a cup of coffee for a 10 minute Skype call or Google meets call and just ask a few questions about your ink purchasing habits. And I would say, hey, here’s my name’s Dave. Here’s what I’m thinking of doing. You know, do you feel that you want to read it too?

33:00
And people are like, they’re like, oh yes, I feel the same way as you. Yes, yes, yes, I’ve been dying for this. And I go, hey, you if you, I did the pre-order today for 20 bucks, would you pay for this? And the person’s like, yes. That’s a huge indicator of interest. And that’s, you know, the way we build everything. It’s the way Import Yeti was built. We didn’t build Import Yeti all in one day. We released a really, really shitty version of it. And people tore it to smithereens. But a lot of people tore it to smithereens, which indicated that people were interested.

33:31
You know, it’s funny, before we hit the record button, you were telling me that, you you run Wrestling Mart, you’re not really a wrestler. And we were just talking about like some of the merits of having a retail location. How do you get feedback from people regarding the next product that you’re gonna launch? I mean, I know you have this retail store. you, would you say that the retail part of your business is a very important component of your product research process? Insanely.

33:59
You know, especially for a sport where like you’re trying things on and stuff. So you get it like, you know, it’s if you’re dealing with like a coffee mug, it’s easier to get feedback from that over the phone. But with certain garments, like you have to be able to look at it person because people can’t describe the way a garment doesn’t fit correctly or whatever the particular thing is. And I actively try to develop, you know, ways to stay in touch with customers, whether it’s answering the phone a lot. Like most people would never answer a customer’s support call. I answer customers’ calls regularly. You know,

34:29
you know, looking at emails, surveys, you know, all that stuff makes a big difference. So what I’m getting at is, if you were to do this all over again, yeah, would you actually start the retail component? Also? That’s a tricky one.

34:48
I’m bullish on certain aspects of specialty retail, but it depends a lot on situations. It varies a lot depending on the kind of individual space. That being said, I think that there’s a lot of magic in retail that’s not being utilized correctly.

35:10
If you were online only, how would you get your feedback? I mean, lots of phone calls, you know, really trying to make sure that you’re plastering your ability to get in touch with customers, you know, just like everywhere’s phone numbers, you know, you’re available all the time. There’s surveys after purchase, like, you know, email addresses are everywhere. You know, you have those monitoring systems and you have all hands on deck meetings with team members so that, you know, people have

35:40
clear ways of bringing problems forward and you can have discussions around things. That kind of stuff makes a big difference. If you’re just starting something out, trying to participate in communities like forums or subreddits, things like that, just really, really being in there makes a big difference. Interesting, are you still doing all that stuff today or is your retail channel good enough?

36:10
Um, you know, I still answer the phone a lot. You know, I’d like to take 10 to 15 phone calls a day is my guess. Any more than that. Okay. You know, and then we, you know, we have like a lot of all hands on deck types of meetings, where it’s like, you know, people are able to disseminate information so that, you know, if someone takes a phone call, and they’re like, Hey, this person, you know, is complaining about this product. And then six other people have the opportunity to go, Oh, I got a phone call about that too.

36:39
or I got two emails and one phone call about that. And that provides a lot of opportunity to kind of make sure that those things are being dialed in and you’re getting everyone sharing information. So what’s funny about this is I’m trying to get information about you, like if you were to start all over. When you’re on Amazon, you don’t get any of that. So what would be the sequence that you would start things if you were to start wrestling all over again? I I would never start on Amazon. Like I know that’s probably a controversial opinion, but like,

37:10
I feel like if you’re starting on Amazon, you’re effectively doing, you’re doing manufacturer arbitrage now, you never spend the time, which is you’re trying to say like, as opposed to drop shipping, you’re just saying, I’m going to buy more units with a longer lead time and then sell the same widget as everybody else at 1 % lower the cost or 10 % more efficient, the PC campaign or whatever the, you know, the, the letter is. And that’s a, that’s a bad business strategy, like really bad business strategy. Because all you’re saying is, is I’m waiting for the next person who’s

37:39
X percent smarter than me or stupider than you will lose money, which is a likely thing that happens to and you know, you’re going to end up, you know, this just doesn’t work out well. That’s a short answer. You know, and in doing things like traditional retail, traditional Ecom are important. You can’t sell somebody on a Shopify store. You’re not going to build a good Amazon store out. The truth, not in the long term, at least not in the long term.

38:10
You could find that manufacturer arbitrage, but you’re not building a sustainable brand if you can’t do whatever. And I’m all for Amazon, I love it. It’s a beautiful platform that completely can accelerate your growth. But people think it’s a business and it’s not, so distribution show. Yeah, I always refer to it as like an ATM machine where you insert products and money comes out, like if someone, everything is a commodity on Amazon, right? People will just copy that exact same thing.

38:37
Yeah. So that’s interesting. I would say a lot of the people who are trying to get rich quick are selling commodities on Amazon. I buy a lot of things like ink that are not commodities. You know, like if I buy, you know, this beautiful Eldenstein, I think it’s how you pronounce it, Topaz Blue ink, which is one of my favorite colors. I got this on Amazon. This is not a commodity. This is a well-branded, well-developed product. Correct. Correct. But it has brand equity, right?

39:07
I’m just talking about when you’re first starting out. You probably don’t have brand equity. So it’s interesting. You wouldn’t start out on Amazon and you would launch your store first and get sales there and get the feedback there and then launch on Amazon later or? Yeah, I honestly probably wouldn’t even start on Shopify first. would buy, with most things I would just say, can I get community sales? So can I go into a subreddit or a forum or whatever and convince people to buy my product?

39:37
you know, you know, or even if it is you give it away, you know, he said no one’s willing to take it or whatever, then you’ve got other warning signs. And I would just from there, really hedge my bets. You know, and take baby steps forward. what are you talking about, like a PayPal button? Okay, that’s a perfect example of it. You know, like a PayPal link. Yeah. Like, hey, you know, like I see a lot of this like Kickstarter, like functions. Yeah, it’ll be like, hey, I’m bringing in this product.

40:07
you know, like I’m trying to sell 10 units of it. And if I do our 100 units, you know, we’ll do this. You know, and those things prove is stellar ways to prove out of market. You’ve mentioned several different ways kind of in passing, like, would just look on Reddit, what are the communities like, where do people hang out in communities? Typically, I know Facebook and Reddit are, are two, are those the two main platforms you use? Or? mean, it varies a lot depending on what the space is. So like,

40:37
And if you’re part of it, you generally get a very quick understanding of where those communities lie. some things, like you take guitars as an example, which is another thing I love, forums are very key with guitars. Probably slightly older demographic, not using younger social Like standard forms, like the old school, like BB press type of forms? Yeah, yeah, yeah, yeah, yeah. Wow, okay. And really tight-knit communities, just stellar places.

41:05
if you’re trying to move a new guitar tune or maybe you can innovate on or whatever the space is. And then Facebook groups work really well for some things, really bad for others. Reddit works great for some things. Some things, it’s physical meetups. I spent a lot of time going to e-commerce meetups. There’s lots of conventions. You just have to say, where are my people hanging out? And if you find where that place is, online, offline,

41:33
Discord, know, wherever it is. Yeah. Walk me through, like if you’re new to a community, walk me through your steps to kind of ingratiate yourself before you start dropping these questions like, hey, would you buy this? Yeah. So I, I almost like nobody ever responds to posts that are like, would you buy this? Like, that’s just like, I’m sure, you know, I focus on, you know, at first, just adding value and being a part of it, you know, and then I generally do reach outs.

42:01
to people after I’ve already built up a reputation, you know, of like a valued member of the community. You know, then people are going to want, because they know me, they’ve seen my screen name, they’re going to want to, you know, participate in that stuff. And there are sometimes some exceptions that were like, you truly have a product that like, is going to be viral, and you already have samples of it, and you’ve got a great post, you can eventually do the post and it’ll probably do well. But at first, I’m starting out just with messaging people and just trying to…

42:30
you know, get inside their heads and understand their worldview. Okay, and then if you can get people to buy it, we already kind of talked about interfacing with the factory. One thing that I forgot to ask you was, in terms of pricing, like, how do you gauge the profitability of the thing that you actually want to sell? So, one people, I think they’re afforded walk into this conversation that changed my views on pricing a lot, is time scum. I used to much more low cost kind of

43:00
You know, thinking so much is my part of resting Mars done a really good job and like saying, since higher prices are good and we’ve seen really good results with that. Um, you know, I think that because Amazon is so price conscious, people have the mindset they need to be the lowest cost. That is how a sale happens. You know, uh, but if you’re focusing more on value, you know, price becomes a secondary thing. Like for me, if we take, back to that ink example.

43:28
I genuinely don’t know what I paid for that ink, but I can tell you there is a 0 % chance I’m not buying it. It’s $9, $15, $19, $29. It’s the same ink. like for me, it’s 20 bucks. You know, like I want the ink, you know, I want the color. I want that color, you know, so I’m willing to pay more money for that. Just like how everybody buys the fancy new iPhone, it three times the price of the Android phone that does the exact same thing. And anyone who’s like my iPhone’s better than an Android phone.

43:57
myself because I have an iPhone and love iPhones is lying to you. You’re buying that because you want to have an iPhone. And that’s the way your products I think need to be if you want to charge those kind of premium prices. And if you are going to say we’re going to be a low cost provider, that’s okay. But you have to have a competitive advantage with that type, that low cost strategy. What doesn’t work is you’re going to say, I’m going to use the same manufacturers as everybody else, get the same pricing as everybody else.

44:26
and sell it for a lower cost than everybody else. That’s a flawed business strategy. If you’re like, I’m able to manufacture these things 20 % lower because I’ve got ADCD technology, or I’m innovating in this space, or I understand this thing. And that allows me to sell at a significantly lower price than anybody else, and still be profitable, that might work. But most people aren’t thinking like, or actually, they’re not thinking like that. They don’t have the opportunity for that. I think going low cost is one of the hardest things that you can do.

44:56
I always tell everyone to just go high end because then it’s not a question. That puts money out of the equation altogether. And having competitors, it kind of makes you more resistant to the competition. If you can put out something that’s really good, you’re right. I pay for stuff where I don’t even look at the price. it makes advertising easier. It makes customer service easier. Because you can just, you don’t care. You just give it away for free or whatever, like if they complain. And that adds to your bottom line. So yeah.

45:26
I actually don’t know that many people who stand the test of time going on the low end route and just, because it’s always a race to the bottom in terms of price. Yeah, my first product I ever sold was that tobacco paraphernalia. And I’m gonna, you know, he’s butchered the numbers a little bit, I would save some work, but I was selling these cigar cutters, and it was like, I was selling it for like 9.99, buying it for 50 cents, and I was charging like $3 shipping. And it was like 13 at times, I don’t sell like 20 of these things a day.

45:55
which when you’re that age with that, this is back in 1992. Like I was literally looking for my Ferrari online. like my first car is going to be a Ferrari type of thing, you know, thinking I was like, this is it. And I do this for like 30, 45 days or something like that. And then I woke up one day and there was zero sales. And I was like, that’s weird. I went 20 of the day before, you know, and then the next day comes around zero sale.

46:23
So I go on eBay search and now some dude selling cigar cutters at 9.50. I’m like, whatever. So I changed my ID to 8.99 and then 20 sales, right? Next day, 20 sales, 20 sales, 20 sales. And this goes on for nine more days. And then I wake up the day and there’s zero sales. And this time immediately go and check and the dude’s now selling them at 7.99. know, and fast forward four months, I’m now selling cigar cutters in a dollar 99 with free shipping and losing 50 cents on every cigar center I sell, with shipping included, you know.

46:53
And that’s the way eBay went back then. Amazon is going through the same thing, although it isn’t quite as extreme yet. If you search my favorite searching exercise rings on Amazon, you will see 195 exercise rings listings that are all from the exact same pair of exercise rings. It’s probably coming out of one of two factories. What do you expect this gonna have?

47:22
My last question for you actually is how do you feel about those people doing Amazon wholesale where they’re using these pricers to just make sure that they get the buy box and whatnot. To me that’s unsustainable but I’m just kind of curious what your thoughts are. Yeah, mean like I know a lot of people that made a lot of money doing a lot of different things online and you know I’ve got you know I’m not gonna use my name and I’ve got a friend that makes a fortune doing things like that. His mindset is I’m gonna be ahead of the curtain. That’s always what he thinks.

47:52
It’s how can I be the first one to figure this out? Push it as hard as I can and then recognize when it stops and take my foot off the gas and move on or next. You know, and I don’t agree with that business model at all. You know, he makes a lot of money doing it, you know, but he has done things like that before. Now, the reason I say that is that obviously people make money doing things like people make money doing retail arbitrage, manufacturer arbitrage and drop shipping.

48:22
whatever it is, but there’s good and bad business models. And, you know, if you, if you focus on what the good business models are and core business fundamentals, you stand the test of time, you actually make the world a better place. And you tend to, you know, have a much easier kind of, you know, time in the long run. The one other thing I’d say about my buddy is he is extremely intelligent, a lot smarter than I am. And

48:50
I think that intelligence serves him well. And if you’re looking at these sorts of opportunities and you’re going, haven’t spent 20 years doing various internet marketing trends and always spinning on the top of the curve, you’re an idiot if you think that this time you’re going to be, you know, because history has said you’re hot, you know, and I’ve tried to do some of those hustles before and sometimes I, you know, uh, wins and I lose, but what I’ve learned is that

49:17
ends up being kind of net velocity at them all together. And that I am investing a lot of time. And so now I, you know, try my best to avoid that temptation. And you know, focus on what’s valuable. For me, it’s about sleeping well at night, actually. Yeah, with those fads and whatever, like you could lose that stuff really quickly. Whereas if you have your own brand, it’s still my drop, but it’s a lot more gradual and you have time to react. Yeah. And it’s I think that’s that’s well said, like especially if your income is depending.

49:45
Like if you’re saying that like I am the wholesale, you know, button buyer guy, like you have to be able to, you know, be able to weather that storm because there will come a day where that would stop. It’s just gonna happen. Yeah. Dave, where can people find about your tool? Ask you questions. Where are you at online? ImportYeti.com. And there’s a little contact us button and the emails go straight to me. And I would love to hear from anyone and everyone about how they use the tool.

50:14
especially if they have ways they can make it better. And I care about especially the granular things like you’re like this, putting this button here makes me want to punch you every time I see it. It’s so annoying, it’s the wrong spot. I want to hear that feedback. You know, it’s the thousands and thousands of Import Yeti users that have made Import Yeti good so far and allowed us to spread and give me opportunities to be on podcasts and stuff like this, which I’m very grateful for. And I love the tool and I love the fact that it’s actually free, which we had

50:42
talked about this earlier, like that core component of the product is always gonna be free. there’s no reason not to check it out. Thanks for coming on Dave. I appreciate it.

50:54
Hope you enjoyed that episode, and if you haven’t already, go check out Import Yeti right now because it’s free. For more information about this episode, go to mywifecluderjob.com slash episode 453. And once again, I want to thank Postscript, which is my SMS marketing platform of choice for e-commerce. With a few clicks of a button, you can easily segment and send targeted text messages to your client base. SMS is next big own marketing platform, and you can sign up for free over at postscript.io slash div.

51:22
That’s P-O-S-T-S-E-R-I-P-T dot I-O slash Steve. I also want to hang out with you in person in Fort Lauderdale, Florida. So grab a ticket to Seller Summit and let’s meet up. Go to SellerSummit.com. That’s S-E-L-L-E-R-S-S-U-M-M-I-T dot com. Now I talk about how I use these tools on my blog. And if you are interested in starting your own eCommerce store, head on over to mywifecouterjob.com and sign up for my free six day mini course. Just type in your email and I’ll send you the course right away. Thanks for listening.

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!

452: Meet The Man Who Makes 8 Figures Selling Baby Shoes With Cole South

452:  Meet The Man Who Makes 8 Figures Selling Baby Shoes With Cole South

Today I’m thrilled to have my friend Cole South on the show. Cole runs an 8 figure business selling moccasins for kids over at Bird Rock Baby and BJJ uniforms over at Gold BJJ.

He is a former poker player turned entrepreneur and in this episode, we’re going to talk about what it takes to grow a footwear business to 8 figures.

What You’ll Learn

  • How much does it cost to start a footwear business
  • How Cole grew this business from the ground up
  • Cole’s philosophies on business grow, 3PLs and selling on Amazon

Other Resources And Books

Sponsors

Postscript.io – Postscript.io is the SMS marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Postscript specializes in ecommerce and is by far the simplest and easiest text message marketing platform that I’ve used and it’s reasonably priced. Click here and try Postscript for FREE.
Postscript Logo

SellersSummit.com – Sellers Summit is the conference I run every year that caters to ecommerce sellers all over the world. Click here and grab your ticket.
Sellers Summit

BigCommerce.com – If you are interested in starting your own online store, then I highly recommend BigCommerce. Out of the box, it already comes with full functionality and you do not need to install additional plugins. Click here to get 1 month free
BigCommerce WordPress Plugin

Transcript

00:00
You’re listening to the My Wife Could Her Job podcast, the place where I bring on successful bootstrap business owners and delve deeply into the strategies they use to grow their businesses. Today I have an old friend, Cole South on the show, and Cole sells moccasins for kids over at Bird Rock Baby and BJJ uniforms over at Gold BJJ. And what’s cool about Cole is that we have similar philosophies on business. And in this episode, we’re going to talk about what it takes to grow a footwear business. But before we begin,

00:28
I want to let you know that tickets for the 2023 Seller Summit are almost sold out over at sellersummit.com. It is a conference that I hold every year that specifically targets e-commerce entrepreneurs selling physical products online. And you all know me well enough by now to know that my event has zero fluff. Every speaker I invite is deep in the trenches of their e-commerce business and not high-level guys who are overseeing their companies at 50,000 feet. Every year, we cut off ticket sales at around 200 people.

00:54
and everyone eats together and everyone parties together every single night. I personally love smaller events and tickets always sell out. If you’re an e-commerce entrepreneur making over $250k or $1 million per year, we also offer a special mastermind experience where we break up into small groups, lock ourselves in a room and help each other with our businesses. The Seller Summit is going to be held in Fort Lauderdale, Florida from May 23rd to May 25th. That’s S-E-L-L-E-R-S-S-U-M-M-I-T dot com.

01:22
I also want to thank Postscript for sponsoring this episode. Postscript is my SMS or text messaging provider that I use for e-comm and it’s crushing it for me. I never thought that people would want marketing text messages, but it works. In fact, my tiny SMS list is performing on par with my email list, which is easily 10x bigger. Postscript specializes in text message marketing for e-commerce and you can segment your audience just like email. It’s an inexpensive solution, converts like crazy, and you can try it for free over at postscript.io slash Steve.

01:52
That’s P-O-S-T-S-C-R-I-P-T.I-O slash Steve. And then finally, I wanted to mention my other podcasts that I run with my partner, Tony. And unlike this one, where I interview successful entrepreneurs in e-commerce, the Profitable Audience podcast covers all things related to content creation and building an audience. No topic is off the table and we tell it like how it is in a raw and entertaining way. So be sure to check out the Profitable Audience podcast on your favorite podcast app. Now onto the show.

02:27
Welcome to the My Wife Could Her Job podcast. Today I’m really happy to have Cole South on the show. Cole is someone who I met at Ecommerce Fuel and the Seller Summit in past years. He is a former poker player turned entrepreneur, which is something that I’m actually finding increasingly common over the years. There are a lot of poker players who actually go into business. Cole is an eight figure seller who runs two brands, Gold BJJ and Bird Rock Baby. He is also working on a software tool for Ecom as well.

02:54
Now, since I’ve always known Cole for his baby moccasin store over at Bird Rock Baby, this is a business we’re gonna focus on today. And I just have to say that selling any kind of shoes, especially kids shoes, I would say is tough. It’s capital intensive, you have to carry a bunch of styles and a bunch of different sizes. So in this interview, we’re gonna learn how Cole grew this business from the ground up. And with that, welcome to show, Cole. How you doing today, man? Thanks for having me on, Steve. Yeah. Hey, so I…

03:21
out of all the products that you could sell, why did you choose Baby Moccasins? It seems like shoes are competitive, saturated, there’s lots of brands that sell these. Yeah, totally. Well, when we started this e-commerce business, we didn’t really have any clue what we were doing, there wasn’t a ton of thought into it. Aside from that, we wanted to start the business around products my business partner and I were personally using. And at the time, he had two young kids, and his wife just wasn’t crazy about the shoe options. They were either 65 bucks and like,

03:48
you’d lose one with kid throwing out the window or losing at the playground, just kind of impractical to spend that much money on a pair of shoes that your kid’s gonna outgrow really fast. Or like six bucks from AliExpress, drop shipped in a plastic bag where you feel like, this even safe to put on my child? So that was the initial idea. Maybe we can do like a mid-market baby shoe, backed by an American company, safety tested to beyond all standards. That’s how we landed on baby shoes. Interesting. So you mentioned AliExpress and Wanna. Are these made in the US then?

04:18
Our shoes are all made in China. They’re all made in China, okay, okay, right. And so you just have tighter quality control and whatnot. Exactly. So did you do any testing on this? Because like I said, it’s competitive. Or maybe it wasn’t as competitive when you got started. But how did you know that these shoes were gonna move? Well, we could tell from all the typical Amazon and SEO tools that there was a lot of demand for this type of product, leather baby shoes, baby moccasins. And again, it was kind of just seeing that gap in the market.

04:48
a lot of these very cheap items were selling a ton of units. And then there were some brands with some expensive baby shoes selling a ton of units. And kind of just use a little bit of logic thinking that, there’s probably a space for a mid-market baby shoe in this category. So as a poker player, you probably calculated the expected value of launching this product. Yeah, mean, certainly a lot of skills translate well from poker to e-commerce. I think the biggest one is just like being okay with.

05:14
risk and comfortable losing. If it didn’t work out, it’s not like we had mortgage or houses for this business. How much did you invest actually to start it? Man, I want to say we opened the LLC. My business partner and I, and I putting in five or 10 grand. Of course, as the business grew, e-commerce is a super capital intensive business. And so I loaned the business some more money to finance inventory. And then eventually as we became more established, we started getting other.

05:41
financing options through Amazon or Chase. I am curious, when you first launch, like, do you have to launch with multiple styles, multiple sizes, or did you just launch with one style? I believe we launched with four colors in four sizes, something like 16 skews. Okay. And then how do you actually, this is something I’ve always wondered about anything related to sizing. Like, how do you know what to order or how much to order in what? Yeah, that’s tricky. And I feel like, especially on your first order, it’s so hard to tell. And there’ll be some

06:10
some specific colors where the baby size just crushes in that color. But a different color, people are only buying that for two year olds. So it’s hard to kind of translate that from style to style. So our approach has been just order a ton on the first order so you don’t run out of stock because the second you’re out of stock, all your forecasting goes haywire. And then try to use that cushion from that first order to place more accurate orders going forward. What do you consider a ton? How much was your initial order? Oh man, the initial order was probably

06:40
two brand of shoes. Of each style and size? No, total. Yeah. Oh, total. We started off really small. Yeah. I mean, we started our e-commerce business as a side project where my business partner and I both played poker for a living. We were pretty burnt out on it looking for something new. We like, let’s just start something to get some experience doing any sort of business outside of poker. And that’s how we land on e-commerce launching brands around products we personally use. Okay. And so you ordered 2000 pairs, I assume evenly split because you had no idea.

07:10
what was gonna sell. And then what was your first market, was your Shopify store your first or were you on Amazon at first? No, strictly Amazon. I’d say that first year sales was 99 % Amazon. Okay. And then I imagine you did all the keyword research and whatnot and did you do anything special to rank those? Yeah, so, you know, when we started the e-commerce business, was kind of like learning poker all over again. We just devoured every Amazon e-commerce podcast and blog we could find.

07:39
to try to learn how to market for e-commerce. And we definitely were lucky to kind of catch the wave of Amazon and e-commerce at the right time, where in 2016 we put this product up on Amazon. And I think on the first day we sold two or three units, you know, without ads or anything, turning on ads or anything. Yeah. Okay. And then over the course of that first year,

08:01
customers really liked the product and we just had enough organic traction that we’re like, okay, I think we’re onto something here. And then we quit poker and went into this full-time. Oh, I didn’t realize you were still doing poker at the time. Did you have your website up then or was it just strictly Amazon? I think we had a website up, like a very simple commerce website or something. But if we did more than five sales on the website the first year, I’d be surprised. Oh, okay. So it was literally all Amazon. And I am curious, are you guys in retail at all or?

08:31
Yeah, so we just broke like 500 wholesale stores. My wife runs the wholesale program. It’s all small independent mom and pop boutiques around the country. But yeah, it’s a cool part of the business. Very different from online marketing. To get those, did you literally just walk, go door to door to these mom and pop shops? We’ve tried a few different things. Some of it has been outbound where my wife just has stores she likes that she thinks would be a good fit and reaching out to them with a very personalized pitch.

09:00
and then trying to use those to find similar stores in other cities, something like that. We’ve also used wholesale platforms like Fair, which has been great for customer acquisition. And we’re starting to do a little bit more on the outbound side of things. But I also think there’s a lot of aspect of just getting your product out there. And people who own boutiques that sell baby products, they need products that parents like on the shelves that sell through. So they find our product and just inbound reach out to us and stock in their store. I’ve always been curious. what is your minimum order from one of these small mom pop shops?

09:31
I believe 250 bucks and they get a 50 % discount. Okay, so it’s not very much money at all. And then it’s a different beast, right? You have to keep track of them and then maybe remind them to reorder or do they keep track of all that stuff? We have not done an amazing job at the customer relationship management side of wholesale. Okay. But you know, we do at least have like a customer database for wholesale customers that we’re sending email campaigns to and trying to send out reminders when they haven’t ordered in a while.

09:58
I was just chatting with my buddy about this because sometimes you got to argue for where your stuff is displayed to. But I guess it doesn’t happen in boutiques. Maybe that’s more for the big box stores. Yeah, for us, it’s all, you know, they’re paying upfront for all the inventory or for all their orders. So it’s not like we’re financing an order in a big box store where we have some risk or if it doesn’t sell through, we’re taking the product back. We had a fitness brand as well that we sold to one of the large Amazon aggregators. And for that brand, we had our products in Best Buy.

10:28
And so we learned a little bit about big box retail. Best Buy was launching like a connected fitness section where they had to like pelotons and treadmills and they had one of our fitness products in there. you know, totally different model where we’re being paid on net 90. Yeah, 90. Crazy, right? Yeah. Just wild. Yeah. Can you walk me through just like the sourcing process? I know a couple of my buddies, they source shoes from like Mexico. Did you look in different geographies?

10:58
Yes, we have looked at Mexico as well. There is a big shoe industry in Mexico and it’s specifically something we’ve been thinking of as tensions between the US and China have kind of ramped up for the past couple of years. We want to make sure we’re not, you know, totally locked into manufacturing there. Although we do, have great relationship with our partner there. I think we first found our, all of our manufacturing partners on the baby side through Alibaba. Nice. Okay. Just got a ton of different samples and

11:27
worked out who we felt comfortable working with. And were you designing your own designs at that point? Or were you just kind of taking what they had? We always want to do something like a little bit different from what everybody else was doing. So we would try to take an existing design and add at least like three customizations to it. Give me an example of a customization. Oh, sizing is huge for baby shoes. So a lot of the existing brands I just had like totally off the wall size charts, whether it was like Chinese

11:55
sizing or just something totally custom. So something where like we, you know, use a traditional sizing chart and made the fit of the product like a way more standardized and better customer experience, lower return rate, that sort of thing. you give me an idea of like what the return rate is for shoes? Is it like apparel? Yeah, say probably like in the 15 to 20 % ish range. Okay, so less than apparel, but still pretty high. Basically.

12:24
Also, our products are being worn by people who can’t talk yet. So to some extent, they can’t complain too much about the Well, the parents are the loud ones, right? Yeah, I guess so. And minimum order quantities for shoes, I you can just get by getting like a couple thousand units, huh? Yeah, when we first started with our manufacturer, yeah, I think our initial order was, yeah, just, it might’ve even only been a few hundred units, might’ve been 500 units, something like that. Have you switched factories over the years?

12:53
No, we’ve worked with the same one the entire time for our main products and grown our business a ton with them and it’s been just an awesome relationship. Wow. Okay. So we’ve never been there either. As you’re selling these shoes, I’m just kind of curious what the margins or shoes are like. Are baby moccasins similar margins to just like people selling shoes? Or I’m just kind of curious what the margins are like. Yeah, you know, I don’t really think of it too much, like within the shoe category. I just think of it as like running a healthy e-commerce business in general. And specifically like, you know, we’re talking about wholesale. We’re like,

13:23
If you need to make your wholesale business make money, if you retail a pair of shoes for 30 bucks, the wholesale customer is paying 15. You really need a 50 % markup on that wholesale to be running a healthy business. in general, think to run a healthy e-commerce business, you need to have like a 4X markup on your cost of goods, kind of bare minimum.

13:44
you know, to make it work. I would say bare minimum. So I’m just kind of curious because you have a let’s say you have a return rate of 15%. You kind of have to factor that in as well. Presumably you can’t resell the returns, right? You know, it’s hit or miss. I’d say probably half of returns we can resell. Okay. And then prior to starting the recording, like you’re recording from your warehouse right now, right? And, and I had mentioned I just bought a warehouse.

14:12
And then I told you like, hey man, if I could go with the three pill, I definitely would. It seems like your products are pretty ideal. They’re small because they’re baby shoes, pretty light. I would imagine a three pill makes sense. Why are you, why did you invest in your own warehouse in California of all places? Uh, just like me, right? I mean, I could share my story, but I’m curious what, your reasons were for sure. mean, so the main one is just the sheer number of skews. think most three PLs do really well with a small and light product that is like,

14:40
supplement where you maybe you have a line with 10 SKUs, but for our baby moccasins, we have, you know, 50 different styles each offered in six sizes. The, you know, number of SKUs compared to the actual inventory of each SKU is kind of crazy. And we have tried to use several 3PLs. I just don’t think we were a great customer based on how many SKUs we had. And so it never really worked out well. I really just like running our own warehouse too. It gives me like a sense of control over the business. And for something like wholesale, it allows us to, you know,

15:09
get a wholesale order boxed up personally by our team, sent out to the customer quickly. I feel like that was a real big pain point using a 3PL, trying to do something like wholesale. See, for me, I like the control too, because I’ve just heard so many nightmare stories of 3PLs losing inventory. Our mutual friend, Mike Jackness, he actually had to fly to his 3PL and dig through all the stuff and find his inventory. Presumably stories like that are few and far between.

15:37
But I’ve never heard anyone like running a warehouse actually. And I know you’re in California. Do you have problems finding workers who are willing to do that sort of work at a reasonable cost? You know, I think part of it is just finding employees that do a really good job and then overpaying them so they stay and running a relatively lean team. I feel like one thing we’ve learned in our warehouse is the difference between an A player

16:06
and a C player is not like 2X, it’s that the A player is like working 10 times more efficiently and the B player or the C player is like literally pulling your business backwards. So try to like get a small squad of those A players, do everything you can to make sure that they’re super happy in their job and keep things running relatively leanly. How big is your warehouse? curious. 5,500 square feet. 5,500 square feet and how many people are in there? It’s like five of us.

16:34
on daily basis. Wow, and so you’re picking and packing, running an eight figure business with five people. That’s nuts. Okay. Yeah, you know, mean, Amazon is roughly 60 % of our sales. those orders are all fulfilled by FBA. So that’s just going out the door, direct to Amazon in bulk. And the other stuff, I feel like we’ve got good enough processes with the way things are laid out that if anything, we’re running a little bit below like our

17:02
bandwidth capacity just because we’ve learned that like, if everybody’s running nonstop and you feel like you’re always playing catch up in the warehouse, that’s when projects start piling up, people start getting grumpy. So we always try to like leave ourselves a little bit of a buffer on our bandwidth. I completely agree actually, because the holiday season comes around. You need a little bit of buffer like I go in to the warehouse and I’m like packing orders and answering phones over the holiday season. Because in the past, we used to try to hire like temporary people over those periods but

17:31
Training them and getting them up to speed was actually problematic. we kind of just suck it up now. Do you guys do anything special over the holidays? Nope, it’s just all hands on deck. Yeah, just like you’re saying. We’re all in here trying to get everything out the door and also accepting that like, look, over the week of Black Friday, orders might go out in three business days instead of one and like we’re selling apparel here. It’s not like life or death supplies that need to be get to the customer the next day.

17:58
Let’s talk about the D to C side of your business. And it’s interesting that you sell kids shoes and I was looking on your site and it’s still pretty much baby, right? So do you get a lot of repeat business? Yeah, we do. think we do. We try really hard to catch people at the beginning of their customer lifecycle with us, whether that’s marketing towards people who are expecting or have a newborn so we can get several purchases out of them in our sweet spot of ages zero to two. And then people who have one kid, you

18:27
relatively frequently have another. As a new parent myself, I’m always talking to other parents about baby products they like. I think there’s a big word of mouth aspect to the business. On the DDC side, what is your primary acquisition channel? So we were spending pretty aggressively on Facebook up until roughly six months ago. And then I feel like the iOS privacy changes just wrecked the profitability of everything. And we just had a phase in the business where we had

18:56
spent enough to kind of get the initial snowball rolling of customers to where we could really dial back marketing spend and try to run things a little bit more profitably with an eye on the bottom line as opposed to top line. Yeah, I mean, over the years, we’ve started focusing a lot more on our existing customers and our own marketing list.

19:16
My first book, The Family First Entrepreneur, is available for pre-order at your favorite retailer. And for the month of April, I’m doing something crazy. I’m giving away a new bonus for people who pre-order every single week until the book launches on May 16th. And here’s the kicker. If you buy the book before a bonus expires, you get access to it forever. If you buy the book after the bonus expiration date, you won’t get access to that week’s bonus. Here’s just a preview of the bonuses coming up in April.

19:46
There’s going to be a workshop on search engine optimization for e-commerce store owners, which expires on April 6th. There’s going to be a workshop on chat GPT and how to use artificial intelligence to automate your business, which expires on April 13th. And I’m also giving out a workshop on how to structure your blog post to rank and search, which expires on April 20th. In addition to this, you also get access to my six week family first business challenge, access to my three day print on demand workshop,

20:15
and access to my two-day passive income workshop and tickets to any book party that I’m re-throwing after May. Now aside from these bonuses, the book itself will teach you how to achieve financial freedom by starting a business that doesn’t require you to work yourself to death. Because you can in fact achieve financial success without being a stranger to your kids. You can make good money and have the freedom to enjoy it and you don’t have to work 80 hours a week and be a slave to your business just to make it all work.

20:43
I will teach you how to start a business from the perspective of a parent who makes both business and family work. Go to mywifequitterjob.com slash book and I’ll send you all the bonuses, invitations to book parties that I’ll be throwing all over the country and other special offers. Once again, that’s mywifequitterjob.com slash book. Now back to the show.

21:06
I’m curious though, so now that Facebook isn’t as working as well, and it’s not an uncommon thing, like I’ve talked to many e-commerce business owners where when the iOS updates happen, like Facebook ads kind of went to crap, what are your new things that you’re trying to acquire new customers? Yeah, I’d say kind of our approach is do the 80-20 of a lot of different areas. You we do focus on SEO, Google ads, but we’re not like all in on like, okay, we got to figure out TikTok this quarter.

21:34
and we’re gonna spend all of our ad budget there. I really feel like at this point, the business is somewhat organically growing just through word of mouth, existing customer base spreading it. it feels like for a long time there, we were pushing the rock uphill and now it’s starting to roll downhill a little bit and this is kind of growing on its own a little bit. Plus the retail probably helps with that, right? I would imagine. Absolutely. Being in a lot of boutiques. Can you walk me through the retail side?

22:03
So are you allowed to run discounts on your website? Can you like undercut your retailers and price? how does all that work? So we try to focus on purely retail retailers with a physical brick and mortar store. Okay. Where, you know, want to sell the product on their website. We’re not going to tell them they can’t do that, but like we’re not working with e-commerce only businesses. Okay. So that’s been our approach where we don’t feel like we’re competing with them really, cause they’re, you know, focused on walk-in traffic to their store, buying the product. So do you have the freedom to sell things cheaper than

22:32
Like the brick and mortar price? Yeah, I mean, we run sales and we allow our brick and mortar customers to run sales too. We’re not super strict on, you know, map pricing for our products as long as they’re not going and like selling them on their website cheaper than us and bidding a bunch on like branded Google ad terms. Actually, that was my next question. So they have to obey a map price. Yeah, but you know, we’re not super strict about it again, most of the partners we’re working with are physical brick and mortar stores that don’t do a lot of online sales anyway.

23:02
So, A, how are we gonna enforce this? we gonna go around running? Yeah, you can’t really. That’s I was asking. Yeah. Yeah. And if they wanna sell the shoes for $20 instead of $30 in their own brick and mortar store and they’re still paying us $15 for them, go for it. Yeah, so presumably the wholesale price is 50 % of what you sell on your site, like retail. Exactly. 50 % of retail. probably these people aren’t internet savvy. They’re probably not running campaigns that are competing against you.

23:31
I would imagine Okay. On the so on the deed, and we do our best to screen for that too. And like, we make sure that like our, we can both get our ideal customers and we set those policies very upfront. Like the number one thing is just you cannot sell on Amazon. Right? was actually my next question. Yeah. Okay, because you they could like piggyback on your listings. Okay. Got it. But again, they’re not particularly, you know, Amazon savvy. Business owners, we are if somebody tries to piggyback on our Amazon listing, we notice it real fast. You know, we have a

24:01
you know, one very frank discussion with the person. And then if it’s an ongoing issue, you know, we’re brand registered, trademark sellers, we know ways to protect ourselves. Well, you just cut off their supply. mean, totally. That’d be the end of it. What about social? Is that a big part of your strategy? It is, but it’s something my business partner’s wife works on. She runs Instagram and email marketing. And it’s not something that I personally have my hands in too much. Well, I’m just trying to.

24:29
gather like what your primary, like what’s like the main driver of new business now? Just on the DTC side. Yeah, on the DTC side, I really think it’s just the business kind of growing based on word of mouth. Like we have all these individual channels like SEO and email marketing that are getting that existing base customers and some new customers going, but I wouldn’t say we have like one specific channel that’s driving a bunch of new customers. Can we talk about SEO real quick? are you going for

24:59
Content that attracts like moms and dads or you doing like product focus content or a mixture of both? Okay So we have like an article on how to size baby shoes Which is a problem that every you know new parent has and you know We rank number one in Google I think for how to size baby shoes and we also try to rate rank our collection pages So if you search baby moccasins in Google, we’re I believe we’re number one in that right now as well that’s been through combination of on-site optimization stuff as well as

25:28
PR has kind of been the biggest thing for us. hired a PR agency that got us a bunch of exposure, high authority backlinks. That’s interesting. Walk me through the PR because I’ve known a number of people, like I’ve never used a PR agency before, but I just get mixed reviews on that. is the main benefit for the backlinks or has some of the PR exposure directly led to a lot of sales? Yeah, great question. So I think it’s really

25:56
matters on what your approach to it is. If you are approaching PR as like, this is a performance marketing channel and I need to pay my PR agency three grand a month and they have to drive 5,500 a month in sales to make this work. Like it’s not going to be a good fit for you. But if you approach it as like brand and awareness marketing and like asset building of, Hey, you know, I’m going to run a six month PR campaign. I’m going get all these cool features that I can use as amazing social proof that, Hey, our product has been featured on motherly and all these popular outlets for new moms, pregnancy magazine. And I’m getting valuable backlinks from all the sites that are just

26:26
building our SEO authority, then I think it really makes sense. I do think there’s an aspect of it where any PR agency has their kind of core group of connections that are super valuable. And they kind of turn through those for the first like six, 12 months of a campaign. So don’t know if it makes sense to have permanently for small business, but I think like a three or six month PR blast is pretty underrated for an e-commerce business. I can imagine all it takes a couple of backlinks actually to really boost your domain authority.

26:56
You know that post you mentioned that you’re ranking number one for? How to size a shoes. Does that actually lead to sales? At least in my store I can tell you this like the articles that I have that target the customer I just try to get them on the email list and maybe they’ll convert the ones that convert directly to sales are like buying guides or reviews or comparison posts. I’m just curious how your content converts and what your strategy is. It does it doesn’t convert to sales like a

27:25
collection page ranked in search does. But we’ve been trying to do content that’s like pretty tightly wrapped up in the buying experience. Like how to size baby shoes is the next step in that is where am gonna buy the baby shoes? It’s not like seven tips for putting your newborn down for the night or something like that, you know? Where that’s a little more disconnected from like the shoe buying process. We’re not focused on stuff like that. And that article that you’re talking about, it like an advertorial? Like is there a like a link to your?

27:54
your shoes at the bottom or? Oh, of course. Yeah. But I mean, we try to make it like a valuable piece of content to like we have a printable size chart that obviously has our logo on it. And like, you know, our products are interspersed throughout the article. But even if you weren’t going to buy our, our product, it is a good guide on how to up issues. Let’s switch gears to Amazon. I know it’s gotten a lot more competitive over the years. And I’m presumably you have a lot of competitors now on Amazon. Right? Absolutely. Yeah.

28:22
How are you adjusting to the increased competition, the increased costs of FBA knockoffs, evil sellers and that sort of thing? Yeah, it’s certainly been a lot of that. We did a price increase this year. I think that was probably long overdue and that helped subsidize some of increased FBA costs, just increased costs that we’ve experienced across the board in our business. Advertising has gotten more expensive on Amazon. I’d say, you know, three years ago we were probably spending

28:52
six or 7 % of our total Amazon revenue on advertising, and that’s maybe doubled. Really? To 15, 10, 12%. 10, 10, 10, 12%. Something like that. Okay. Are you guys doing DSP or? No. No, just straight sponsored product ads and brand ads? Sponsored products, video and search, headline display, but no DSP. Okay. And then these days, presumably, can you walk me through your launch process when you have a new style? For sure.

29:22
So we really have not focused on launching many new products. We’ve been trying to continue to drive demand for our core product of Baby Mocsins where we have really strong product market fit. We have tried to launch other products like a diaper backpack, other types of baby shoes, and we just really haven’t had as much success with that. And I feel like the kind of standard way to grow an Amazon business is to launch a bunch of products once you have this formula figured out. I feel like for us, our penetration in the actual market of baby shoes is so small.

29:52
And we have this one product that just has really clear product market fit. People just love these baby shoes that I don’t think it makes a bunch, makes much sense for us to keep branching off instead of just to push this ball further and further, faster and faster. I love that policy actually. Cause a lot of people are, I mean, I think launching new products is actually the hardest way to grow the business. It’s much easier to focus on maybe increasing.

30:18
the average order value or increasing the number of times that someone buys. What are your goals with this business actually? Are you trying to grow it or are you kind of, I don’t want to say taking your foot off the pedal so to speak, but it sounds like it’s not like a VC backed company where you’re trying to grow at all costs. Totally, yeah. mean, so the first five years it was like, we need to double this business each year to get it to the point where, you know, it’s just like,

30:47
a relatively self-sustaining operation. But now that we are kind of at that point, yeah, we’re trying to do a modest 15 % a year growth sort of thing, actually be making money from this business rather than reinvesting it all into taxes and more inventory. So yeah, would say taking our foot off the pedal is a reasonable way to describe it. I also have two young kids and other hobbies and like, I want to make sure I’m living a lifestyle where I’m not totally burned out on this business and I actually enjoy running it.

31:14
And in terms of like your focus on Amazon versus DTC versus retail, how do you treat each of those? for me, I focus all my efforts on DTC. Amazon is just like a bonus. It seems like you’re split a little higher on Amazon. How do you view all those different marketplaces and traffic sources? Sure. So from year one, you know, when we were 100 % Amazon to now we’re at 60 % Amazon, like even just breaking off that 40 % of the business was a ton of work.

31:44
Um, but I feel like now that we’ve kind of gotten to that point, we run each part of the business relatively siloed where, know, have my Amazon Asana board where I, you know, pop in her ad campaigns, make sure Amazon inventories replenish that sort of stuff. Then I have like the DTC silo of things. And then my wife runs the wholesale side of things. So really try to run the three, uh, sales channels of the business somewhat independently. Um, so we have a little diversification. Nobody feels like they’re.

32:13
having to work on every aspect of the business, that sort of thing. So the reason why I’m asking that is like, do you ever use your email list to launch a new product in Amazon or drive people to Amazon or is it always to like your own online store? Nope, always to our own online store. Again, if it was one thing where like our strategy to grow the business was to launch a new product every week on Amazon, for sure we would be doing something like that. But that’s just not how we’re operating the business. Okay, cool. I like that. I like that.

32:39
You’re different from some of the other people that I talked to where they’re always just constantly trying to scale, scale, scale. It seems like you guys got a pretty good balance with the way you guys are running things. Let’s switch gears again. And with the fact that Amazon is a lot more competitive, I understand you guys have developed some in-house tools to help you with that. What are these tools and why does it give you an advantage? For sure. So yeah, I’m working on an e-commerce software tool called Synchronize.

33:08
And it allows e-commerce sellers to use their data from Amazon Seller Central, Shopify, Facebook ads, directly in Google Sheets. And the way this started off is from inventory management. We manage our inventory in a big Google Sheet. And every six months or so, we would try using some sort of hosted inventory management tool. And they just never were a great fit for our business. There’s so many different quirks of how each individual e-commerce businesses ran that I felt like they all box us in. And we would just end up right back in the Google Sheet.

33:36
So can you actually before you go on, I’m curious about this too. What are some of the problems you’ve had with standard off the shelf inventory software? Handling multiple sales channels and multiple warehouses. So, you know, we have FBA and our San Diego warehouse and we have Amazon, Shopify and wholesale sales channels. And there are some really good Amazon only inventory management tools and the other inventory management tools that try to take everything into account. It almost feels like

34:05
for the first two years, they got 10,000 support tickets with a bunch of different requests. And now the tool is just 800 check boxes on every page is impossible to like untangle to like actually get what you need for your business out of it. Okay. And so you’re, you’re managing all that stuff on a Google sheet, which seems a little bit on, I don’t know, I’ll let you go on. Okay. So you’re doing this on the sheet. I’m curious what this sheet looks like. Cause I know what our inventory looks like and we actually, my wife is an Excel.

34:34
Like she’s an expert in Excel. So she actually manages it in Excel. But to me like looking over her shoulder It looks like a disaster. So I’m curious how you guys do it. Yeah No, that’s the beautiful thing about a spreadsheet though because you can perfectly customize it for how you run your business Yeah, so I mean, I’m happy to send over a screenshot of her sheet An example if you want to put in the show notes But basically the way ours is set up is we have like one tab That’s the master inventory dashboard that you know has a list of all our products and tells us

35:02
when we need to reorder it, how much runway we have. And then a bunch of other tabs that are like our manage FBA inventory report and our Shopify sales from the past 30 days. All that sort of thing. We have an employee that every day goes into Amazon, exports the inventory reports, the sales reports, same thing from Shopify, uploads it into those data tabs that the main dashboard pulls from. Because if you’re forecasting inventory, it’s critical you’re working with up-to-date information.

35:31
But it’s such a manual process that no matter how careful you are, it’s only a matter of time until you’ve filtered for the wrong date range when you exported the report or uploaded it the wrong tab. And in our experience, these mistakes, they weren’t always immediately obvious. It’s not like it would totally break the spreadsheet. You would just be working on a reorder of something. You’re like, that number just doesn’t quite look right. And then you realize that, it’s ignored one sales channel for the past three weeks, and now you’ve drastically underordered.

35:59
And those mistakes are super expensive for an e-commerce business. So we started by hiring a developer to build an internal tool for our business to allow us to connect our Amazon and Shopify accounts. So instead of, you know, importing that Amazon manage FBA inventory report, we just have a custom function that’s equals Amazon inventory MySkew. And that’s a continuously refreshing value of the units available at FBA or equals Shopify sold units MySkew T30. And that’s like an always up to date.

36:29
value of the number of units sold over the past 30 days of that SKU. And this was super helpful for us to eliminate a lot of that manual work and make sure our inventory dashboard was always working with up-to-date data. like that. I actually had a similar problem in our company too where we do personalization and every morning someone had to cut and paste the personalization into another tool so it could be digitized and sent to the machine. And you’re right, inevitably someone cut and paste something wrong.

36:58
and then you have an unhappy customer. So I wrote something that automated that entire process. It sounds like it’s something similar to you on the inventory side, right? Totally. Yeah. So we’re scraping all these reports from Amazon and Shopify, putting them in a central database that we host and then allowing you to query them in very useful ways in your Google Sheets for something like inventory management, know, all sorts of other stuff to it. Cause we have like return reports or marketing reports to kind of keep an eye on all that sort of stuff. So any sort of dashboard that you’re already doing in a spreadsheet.

37:26
This is kind of supercharging it and removing the manual work of getting that data into it. So this spreadsheet is something that is shared among your team and it’s considered like the golden document of all the accurate inventory measurements in your company. Exactly. And I just feel like I’ve talked to so many other e-commerce store owners who are in the same boat where they tried these inventory management tools and they just end up back in Google Sheets. So we figured, you know, if this tool is useful for our business,

37:53
how hard it could it be to turn into something that other people can connect their Amazon and Shopify accounts to. Turns out that was way harder than I expected, but that’s what I’ve been working really hard on. conceptually, it sounds simple, right? But when you get into nitty gritty. Man. Let me ask you some more questions. So this sheet, how do you do inventory projections on, like, does this sheet have a bunch of formulas that help you project? Exactly. So, you know, the important numbers are the number of units I have available at our San Diego warehouse, the number of units I have available at FBA.

38:23
and the number of units I have in production. That’s on the inventory side, right? Then on the sales side, I need like my average daily sales from Amazon, Shopify, and wholesale for that SKU. I’m kind of using that in combination with the lead time for that product to make sure that I always have a bit of a cushion, you know, that I have an order in progress before I’m running out of stock. Does it take into account seasonality, like holiday season? Yes. Okay. We basically have an adjustment column where you can

38:52
in our sheet, adjust any one SKU sales velocity by a percentage of your choice. We go through and kind of look at previous year’s sales. We also look at like, has this SKU been out of stock? Because if it’s been out of stock, any sales projections I have based on like its trailing sales aren’t gonna make sense because it’s sold zero units since it’s been out of stock. So that’s something that we’ve got like some custom formulas for in our tool where we can say, hey, this SKU has been out of stock.

39:21
for 60 % of the last 30 days, you don’t wanna trust a sales velocity number based on trailing 30 day sales. Yeah, I guess the next level to this is to issue alerts, right, when all this stuff’s happening. Exactly, so that’s kind of the next step of this to have some actions where, if sell D2 drops below 100, create an Asana task saying reorder product and sell B2, that sort of thing. that’s kind the next step Yeah, cool, I like it. For anyone who’s listening who actually wants to sell

39:50
shoes or moccasins, like what were the hardest part of your business? Oh man, that’s a tough one. Cause I feel like running an e-commerce business, you’re, you’re juggling so many different balls in the air. for us, it hasn’t been like one specific area of the business that has been constant headaches. It’s more like we’re just playing whack-a-mole on a bunch of different things. Um, I think the hardest part of any business is just finding product market fit, like having something that people actually want and are really excited about. And if you can figure that out.

40:19
it makes marketing so much easier. makes inventory forecasting so much easier because you know, people are going to continue ordering it and that sort of thing. So if that’s the one thing I would stress on, it’s like focus less on the e-commerce hacks of, I can pump this product through some search, find, buy campaigns, number one on Amazon. And then I can use that to leverage an insert to pull people over at my website and then trick them to buy this. And it’s like, no, just like focus on the core aspect of a business, like having a product or service that people really love and want to pay for.

40:48
And that just makes everything so much easier. If you were to start all over again, would you do shoes with all the sizing requirements? I was going to ask you actually, what do you deal with? How do you deal with like all this excess inventory of sizes that you can’t sell and that sort of thing? Would you do it all over again? I well, I think part of like picking your business in general is like identifying where or how developed the market is. And it’s like when I played poker, I started poker at the start of the poker boom and like

41:16
rode that wave really well. And then that kind of started to die out. And when we started our e-commerce business in 2016, I think it was a really good time to start an e-commerce business. I don’t think I would necessarily try to start an e-commerce business selling shoes from scratch in 2022. So I think that’s kind of on the market cycle thing. the actual product, I do think there’s some aspect of complexity being a moat in your business. And if you’re selling garlic presses that anybody can find on AliExpress, you’re going to have a lot of

41:45
competitors right off the bat and something like baby shoes where the more complex the business is, the more value there is for the customer and that like, we have so many styles and sizes. It’s an amazing selection that like somebody else can’t just open up an Alibaba account, spend 10 grand and immediately be competing with us. I do think that’s a moat that’s becoming more more important as e-commerce gets more competitive.

42:07
I’m a firm believer in barriers to entry. You know what’s funny, I’ve been doing this for a long time and I teach a class, everyone always asks me, what’s the easiest way to get started? What’s the easiest way to do that? I mean, if it’s easy, then anyone can do it and you got tons of competition. Whereas if you just take a little bit of time and produce something that’s hard, like this is why we do embroidery. I can’t, I don’t know if you guys do custom embroidery on your stuff, but the machines break all the time. It’s a pain in butt to maintain the machines. And it’s actually my least favorite part of the business, but I do know that that’s actually

42:37
one of the main revenue drivers for our business too and our moats, so to speak. Totally, you have to have something that is your unique competitive advantage that’s hard to replicate. And on our jujitsu side of the business, we have a lot of jujitsu academies that buy our uniforms and stuff. And a lot of them want the uniforms to be embroidered with their academy pattern. So that’s a goal of ours to get done next year. Oh, you guys are going to do embroidery? I think so for the jujitsu side of things. Yeah, it’s just such a common request where

43:06
an academy wants to 150 uniforms, but they have to have the Academy logo on them. It makes sense. Cause you can charge a huge premium for those also, which is what we do. sure. And it’s just one more thing that is like, it’s very hard for an overseas seller without a presence in the U S to offer something like an embroidery turnaround, an embroidery program where they can turn around 150 yeas in a week to a Jitsu Academy. And then you’ve got your product in a ton of people’s hands right off the bat. Yeah, absolutely.

43:35
Well, hey, so Cole, you’ve got three main things going on, right? You got the BJJ store, you got Bird Rock Baby, and now you have this SaaS company. And I’m guilty of this too, like I got a lot of stuff going on too, but how do you split your time and your focus? And do you have this belief that if you work on too many things, you can’t focus on either one as well as you could? Totally, but at the same time, you gotta know who you are. like, I am.

44:03
someone that likes working on a lot of projects. And I feel like that kind of almost prevents me from getting burnt out on any specific one, where especially if I have a strong team working on that project, like our e-commerce business, we’ve got really solid people and processes in place. Or if I’m just getting burnt out on something, okay, maybe I’ll go spend a little more time on the SaaS tool for a little bit, or switch from brand to brand. So I get what you’re saying, but for me personally, I like working on multiple projects. So do I. It’s a curse though. I feel, I don’t know.

44:33
I go back and forth all the time like, hey, you know, if I had just focused on this one thing, could I have blown that up? But you’re right. Like I need constant stimulation and I do get bored of certain things and thank God I have other things to keep me occupied. So. Yeah, it’s kind of like think about what your goals are. Like if your number one goal in life is to like blow one thing up massively and build this massive business. Yeah, then for sure. Focus is probably the number one thing. I like kind of like the four burner theory that you talk about like.

45:01
you know, there’s some aspect of that in business too, where like, it’s not all about building the biggest business possible. Like that’s not my approach right now. Right. I want to work on things that I find interesting and feel like I’m not being totally burnt out in a pursuit of a goal that like isn’t really my ideal big picture. Cool. Cool. Where can people find you if they want to learn more about any of your brands or your new SaaS tool, inventory? Sure. You can find me on Twitter. My handle there is coal south.

45:30
And if you’re interested in trying out Synchronize, you can go to synchronize.com slash slash Steve and we’ll have a special offer for my wife, quit her job listeners. Sweet. Did you get the blue checkmark? Yeah. Yeah. It’d be interesting to see if that program is still still live by the time this podcast goes live. It sounds like it’s kind of haywire. I don’t see any value in it whatsoever. They don’t even verify you. Right. Anyone can get it. So.

45:58
Yeah, it seems like it’s been a rocky start for him. Cool. Hey, thanks for coming on, man. Appreciate it. Thanks, Steve.

46:08
Hope you enjoy that episode. Cole is a very successful entrepreneur and there’s lots to learn from his strategies and philosophies. For more information about this episode, go to mywifecoderjob.com slash episode 452. And once again, I want to remind you that my annual e-commerce conference will be held in Fort Lauderdale, Florida on May 23rd to May 25th of 2023. I really want to hang out with you guys in person, so let’s meet up. Go to sellersummit.com. That’s S-E-L-L-E-R-S-S-U-M-M-I-T.com.

46:38
I also want to thank Postscript, which is my SMS marketing platform of choice for e-commerce. With a few clicks of a button, you can easily segment and send targeted text messages to your client base. SMS is the next big own marketing platform and you can sign up for free over at postscript.io slash dv. That’s P-O-S-T-S-E-R-I-P-T dot I-O slash dv. Now I talk about how I use these tools on my blog and if you are interested in starting your own e-commerce store, head on over to mywifecoderjob.com and sign up for my free six day mini course.

47:07
Just type in your email and it’s sending the chorus right away. Thanks for listening.

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!